各种情况的分别讨论巴利
34. Pakiṇṇakavinicchayakathā
这样讲完业与非业的判定论之后,现在要讲杂项判定论,所以说“现在应当知道杂项论”等等。其中,以各种方式散布的,就是“杂项”,就像“白天睡觉”的说法那样,不是各自分开出现,而是在同一章里作为行为方式而说的,比如团食论等。而“杂项”这个词,是依据自身含义加上ka后缀构成的。巴利
Evaṃ kammākammavinicchayakathaṃ kathetvā idāni pakiṇṇakavinicchayakathaṃ kathetuṃ ‘‘idāni pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā’’tiādimāha. Tattha pakārena kiṇṇāti pakiṇṇā, divāseyyāti kathā viya visuṃ visuṃ appavattitvā ekasmiṃyeva paricchede karaṇavasena pavattā gaṇabhojanakathādayo. Pakiṇṇakā sakatthe ka-paccayavasena.
这里,这是杂项论母。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ pakiṇṇakamātikā –
还有聚众吃饭的讨论,以及辗转得来的食物。
论母列举项:不请示而取粪扫衣,然后是被夺衣。
还有辩才心以及腐败的食物。
亲自诵戒者和令他人诵戒者,同样要间隔三个安居期。
长时间坐着、照顾病人、描述死亡的恐怖,
没有先审察就坐下的自投死地,同样如此。
为了焚烧用石头砸,也同样为了焚烧放火烧林。
从邪见家庭得到的东西,还有布施给牧牛人的物品,
按照正法提出请求,以及丢弃大小便等物;
洗澡时用树皮搓身,以及佩戴(手镯等)饰物。
长发、镜子等物,以及跳舞、截肢等行为;
已获得全部粪扫衣、滤水囊,以及裸形无衣之行。
涂了香的花,还有一个抹香小瓶;
浴巾、擦脚巾、扇子,还有伞。
指甲、体毛、腰带、下衣和上衣;
扁担、齿木,还有爬树。
投掷贪欲、顺世论,以及扔掉的大蒜;
不该踩踏的等等,以及不该礼敬的和该礼敬的。
还有礼敬的方式,以及床座等的说法。
高座、大座,以及楼阁的享用。
鞋子、车乘,还有僧衣和破僧衣;
不适合的衣,以及对衣的拣择。
杖咖提那衣和居士衣也一样,
六种衣、染色等,以及多余的衣。
八种坐具,以及非法羯磨;
信众供养的许可,以及内衬和外覆。
僧衣的收置,以及手术法与灌肠法,同样;
理发师、十分之一、路粮,还有边地。
混合的五种药,第二是油根。
粉剂、涩味的东西、树叶,还有果实、树脂和盐。
药粉、非人干扰所致的病患,以及眼药和鼻药;
烟熏疗法、油熬疗法、发汗疗法、放血疗法。
涂脚油、生疮的病,以及毒和家里给的。
恶性癫痫病、黄疸病和皮肤病。
身体流脓的,还有盐和酸粥也是如此;
关于内宿等的论说,以及已受取的受持。
从此带出食物的规定,以及午前接受食物;
住在林中、住在莲池,以及未作净的(住处)。
粥论、糖论,还有大教示。
关于利益的开示,这些收在杂事篇里。巴利
Gaṇabhojanakathā ca, paramparā ca bhojanā; Anāpucchā paṃsukūlaṃ, tato acchinnacīvaraṃ. Paṭibhānacittaṃ vippa-katabhojanameva ca; Uddisantuddisāpentā, tivassantarikā tathā. Dīghāsanaṃ gilānupa-ṭṭhānaṃ maraṇavaṇṇakaṃ; Attapātanamappacca-vekkhitvā nisinnaṃ tathā. Davāya silāvijjhanaṃ, dāyāḷimpanakaṃ tathā; Micchādiṭṭhikulābhataṃ, gopakadānameva ca. Dhammikāyācanā ceva, uccārādīna chaḍḍanaṃ; Nhāne rukkhaghaṃsanāni, valikādīna dhāraṇaṃ. Dīghakesā ādāsādi, naccādyaṅgacchedādi ca; Patto sabbapaṃsukūlaṃ, parissavana naggiyaṃ. Gandhapupphaṃ āsittakaṃ, maḷorikekabhājanaṃ; Celapati pādaghaṃsī, bījanī chattameva ca. Nakhālomā kāyabandhā, nivāsanapārupanā; Kāja dantakaṭṭhañceva, rukkhārohanakampi ca. Chandāropā lokāyatā, khipitaṃ lasuṇaṃ tathā; Na akkamitabbādīni, avandiyā ca vandiyā. Vandanākārakathā ca, āsandādikathāpi ca; Uccāsanamahāsanaṃ, pāsādaparibhogakaṃ. Upāhanaṃ yānañceva, cīvaraṃ chinnacīvaraṃ; Akappiyacīvarañca, cīvarassa vicāraṇā. Daṇḍakathinakañceva, gahapaticīvaraṃ tathā; Chacīvaraṃ rajanādi, atirekañca cīvaraṃ. Aṭṭhavaraṃ nisīdanaṃ, adhammakammameva ca; Okāso saddhādeyyo ca, santaruttarakopi ca. Cīvaranikkhepo ceva, satthavatthikammaṃ tathā; Nahāpito dasabhāgo, pātheyyaṃ padesopi ca. Saṃsaṭṭhaṃ pañcabhesajjaṃ, dutiyaṃ vasā mūlakaṃ; Piṭṭhaṃ kasāva paṇṇañca, phalañca jatu loṇakaṃ. Cuṇṇaṃ amanussābādhaṃ, añjanaṃ natthumeva ca; Dhūmanettaṃ telapākaṃ, sedaṃ lohitamocanaṃ. Pādabbhañjaṃ gaṇḍābādho, visañca gharadinnako; Duṭṭhagahaṇiko paṇḍu-rogo chavidosopi ca. Abhisannadosakāyo, loṇasuvīrako tathā; Antovutthādikathā ca, uggahitapaṭiggaho. Tato nihatakathā ca, purebhattapaṭiggaho; Vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhañca, tathā akatakappataṃ. Yāgukathā guḷakathā, mahāpadesameva ca; Ānisaṃsakathā ceti, pakiṇṇakamhi āgatā.
关于群食的论述巴利
Gaṇabhojanakathā
1 这里,“应计算的东西”就是“众”,也就是任何一种聚集;不过在这里,特指四人以上的团体。“食用食物”,就是名为受用行为的进食活动;“众的食物”就是众食,“于其”。“于众食有波逸提”,这里的处格表示生起的原因。“除时”,就是除去生病等七种时。这个学处是在先作表白之后、在受用食物的情形中制定的,所以从所依事来看,众食本来就已经很明显;但这里不那样说,而是在分别句中依邀请而说众食:“所谓众食,就是……(中略)……受邀请而食用。”不过,有些学处也可能是依事而定的,所以有人可能会怀疑:“按照分别句所说的方式,就成了众食。”为了消除这种怀疑,所以说“众食以两种方式产生”。“一起取”,这里应当理解为:彼此之间不超过十二手尺而站着,就叫一起取。从“请给我们四个人的食物”这样的话,以及下面“你给一位比丘食物,你给两个人”这样的话来看,应当知道:为了自己的利益,即使是由别人表白后所受用的,也仍然是众食。如此,“从表白而产生”——这里如果有表白,而且是众人一起取用,依这个学处就有罪;如果是分别取用,则应当知道,依美食和饭食的表白而有罪。巴利
1. Tattha gaṇitabbo saṅkhyātabboti gaṇo, yo koci samūho, idha pana catuvaggādigaṇo adhippeto. Bhuñjate bhojanaṃ, byavaharaṇabhāvasaṅkhātā bhojanakiriyā, gaṇassa bhojanaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ, tasmiṃ. Gaṇabhojane pācittiyaṃ hotīti ettha janakahetumhi bhummavacanaṃ. Aññatra samayāti gilānādisattavidhaṃ samayaṃ ṭhapetvā. Imassa sikkhāpadassa viññattiṃ katvā bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattattā viññattito gaṇabhojanaṃ vatthuvaseneva pākaṭanti taṃ avatvā ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ nāma yattha…pe… nimantitā bhuñjantī’’ti nimantanavasenevassa padabhājane gaṇabhojanaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñci pana sikkhāpadaṃ vatthuanurūpampi siyāti ‘‘padabhājane vuttanayeneva gaṇabhojanaṃ hotī’’ti kesañci āsaṅkā bhaveyyāti tannivattanatthaṃ ‘‘gaṇabhojanaṃ dvīhi ākārehi pasavatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Ekato gaṇhantīti ettha aññamaññassa dvādasahatthaṃ amuñcitvā ṭhitā ekato gaṇhanti nāmāti gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Amhākaṃ catunnampi bhattaṃ dehī’ti vā viññāpeyyu’’nti vacanato, heṭṭhā ‘‘tvaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno bhattaṃ dehi, tvaṃ dvinnanti evaṃ viññāpetvā’’ti vacanato ca attano atthāya aññena viññattampi sādiyantassa gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ viññattito pasavatīti ettha viññattiyā sati gaṇantassa ekato hutvā gahaṇe iminā sikkhāpadena āpatti, visuṃ gahaṇe paṇītabhojanasūpodanaviññattīhi āpatti veditabbā.
对于“取了五种食物的名称”这一说法,这里有人主张:即使说的是“取食物”,也照样构成群食。他们还引用三处结文中的说法:“在下文道路行走的事例和登船的事例中,当有人说‘尊者,就在这里吃吧’时,那些比丘因为心生疑虑而没有接受,所以即使说的是‘吃吧’,也照样构成群食。”不过,由于原文说的是“取了五种食物的名称而邀请”,所以只有当说出“请吃米饭”或“请吃饭食”这样取了食物名称的话时,才构成群食,否则不构成。在“尊者,就在这里吃吧”这一处,也应当理解为:他们是先说了“米饭”或“饭食”之后才这样邀请的。或者,那些比丘是因为忘恩负义而心生疑虑,虽然是按群的方式被邀请,却没有接受——这是我们的主张,应当经过考察后采用更合理的解释。然而《疑惑遣除》中说:“因为原文说‘以任何言说’,所以即使以‘取食物’这样的一般名称来说,也构成群食。至于巴利文中道路行走等事例里‘就在这里吃吧’这句话所引生的疑虑,也应当知道,那是因为取了米饭等名称之后才说的,所以同样构成。”巴利
Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvāti ettha ‘‘bhojanaṃ gaṇhathāti vuttepi gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevā’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Heṭṭhā addhānagamanavatthusmiṃ, nāvābhiruhanavatthusmiñca ‘idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’ti vutte yasmā kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhiṃsu, tasmā ‘bhuñjathā’ti vuttepi gaṇabhojanaṃ hotiyevā’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā nimantetī’’ti vuttattā pana ‘‘odanaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti vā ‘‘bhattaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti vā bhojananāmaṃ gahetvāva vutte gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti, na aññathā. ‘‘Idheva, bhante, bhuñjathā’’ti etthāpi ‘‘odana’’nti vā ‘‘bhatta’’nti vā vatvāva te evaṃ nimantesunti gahetabbaṃ. Gaṇavasena vā nimantitattā te bhikkhū apakataññutāya kukkuccāyantā na paṭiggaṇhiṃsūti ayaṃ amhākaṃ khanti, vīmaṃsitvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.217-218) pana ‘‘yena kenaci vevacanenāti vuttattā ‘bhojanaṃ gaṇhathā’tiādisāmaññanāmenapi gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ addhānagamanādivatthūsu ‘idheva bhuñjathā’ti vuttavacanassa kukkuccāyanaṃ, tampi odanādināmaṃ gahetvā vuttattā eva katanti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
《库伦达》中说:“审察”,就是按五块等来安排。“击打”,就是截断顺风后,用手或小杖击打。“作线”,就是搓线。“缠绕”,就是在小杖或手上绕转。有人说:“只有新衣的制作,在这里才叫衣作;在旧衣上做针线活,不算衣作。”《疑惑遣除》里则说:“‘客布’,是指不截断后依次第放好,用来做衣服。‘安置’,就是把一端系在衣服上。‘转回而缝’,就是把另一端转过来,缝在击打过的地方。‘系客布’,就是把它和衣服连在一起时,反复用线在那里系。‘击打’,就是量好尺寸后,用小杖等击打。‘作线’,就是把线搓成三股等。‘缠绕’,就是用手或轮杖把多股线绕成一束。‘作转回’,就是做转回杖器,把线球放进去,放在竹管等里面转动,然后从线头拉出来。”《金刚智疏》里说:“用空线把客布缝好后放好。在它的顺风处,用手击打,使它成为一个平面。‘缠绕’,就是绕转。‘转回’——是为了取线的人容易拿而把线转回,也是为了缝布的人容易缝而把布转回。这里指的是做新衣的人,不是别人。”巴利
Kurundīvacane vicāretīti pañcakhaṇḍādivasena saṃvidahati. Ghaṭṭetīti anuvātaṃ chinditvā hatthena, daṇḍakena vā ghaṭṭeti. Suttaṃ karotīti suttaṃ vaṭṭeti. Valetīti daṇḍake vā hatthe vā āvaṭṭeti. ‘‘Abhinavasseva cīvarassa karaṇaṃ idha cīvarakammaṃ nāma, purāṇacīvare sūcikammaṃ cīvarakammaṃ nāma na hotī’’ti vadanti. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.217-218) pana ‘‘āgantukapaṭṭanti acchinditvā anvādhiṃ āropetvā karaṇacīvaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ṭhapetīti ekaṃ antaṃ cīvare bandhanavasena ṭhapeti. Paccāgataṃ sibbatīti tasseva dutiyaantaṃ parivattitvā āhataṃ sibbati. Āgantukapaṭṭaṃ bandhatīti cīvarena laggaṃ karonto punappunaṃ tattha tattha suttena bandhati. Ghaṭṭetīti pamāṇena gahetvā daṇḍādīhi ghaṭṭeti. Suttaṃ karotīti suttaṃ tiguṇādibhāvena vaṭṭeti. Valetīti anekaguṇasuttaṃ hatthena vā cakkadaṇḍena vā vaṭṭeti ekattaṃ karoti. Parivattanaṃ karotīti parivattanadaṇḍayantakaṃ karoti. Yasmiṃ suttaguḷaṃ pavesetvā veḷunāḷikādīsu ṭhapetvā paribbhamāpetvā suttakoṭito paṭṭhāya ākaḍḍhantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 209-218) na ‘‘āgantukapaṭṭaṃ moghasuttena sibbitvā ṭhapenti. Tattha anuvāte yathā ekatalaṃ hoti, tathā hatthehi ghaṭṭeti. Valetīti āvaṭṭeti. Parivattananti suttaṃ gaṇhantānaṃ sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ suttaparivattanaṃ karoti, paṭṭaṃ sibbantānaṃ sukhasibbanatthaṃ paṭṭaparivattanañca, navacīvarakārako idhādhippeto, na itaro’’ti vuttaṃ.
“未受邀请的第四人”,是指某个比丘四人组中,那位没有受到邀请的第四人,这就是“未受邀请的第四人”。其余的也是这样。因此说“五种四人组”。有人说:“因为说到‘第四人来了就不能如法举行’,所以如果另外没有别人来,只有四个人坐在那里不能如法举行,那就不允许。”由于这是能产生群食罪的邀请,所以说“不如法的邀请”。“令入”,就是让他坐下。“群破”,意思是这群人不犯戒。不过《疑惑遣除》里说:“‘令入’,就是让他们结合在一起。‘群破’,意思是这不是受邀请的僧团。”巴利
Animantitacatutthanti animantito catuttho yassa bhikkhucatukkassa, taṃ animantitacatutthaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Tenāha ‘‘pañcannaṃ catukkāna’’nti, ‘‘catutthe āgate na yāpentīti vacanato sace añño koci āgacchanto natthi, cattāroyeva ca tattha nisinnā yāpetuṃ na sakkonti, na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Gaṇabhojanāpattijanakanimantanabhāvato ‘‘akappiyanimantana’’nti vuttaṃ. Sampavesetvāti nisīdāpetvā. Gaṇo bhijjatīti gaṇo āpattiṃ na āpajjatīti adhippāyo. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.220) pana ‘‘sampavesetvāti tehi yojetvā. Gaṇo bhijjatīti nimantitasaṅgho na hotīti attho’’ti vuttaṃ.
“在哪里四位比丘……中略……食用”这段话对照来看,所以说“但对其他人来说,则成为凑足人数”。“不加区分”是指不区分“病人或做衣者”,用共通的说法一概而论。“因此”是指因为没有加以区分。巴利
‘‘Yattha cattāro bhikkhū…pe… bhuñjantī’’ti imāya pāḷiyā saṃsandanato ‘‘itaresaṃ pana gaṇapūrako hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. Avisesenāti ‘‘gilāno vā cīvarakārako vā’’ti avisesetvā sabbasādhāraṇavacanena. Tasmāti avisesitattā.
“承诺后离开”这句里,在不如法邀请应诺的那一刻,即使只是前面的准备动作,也没有恶作;但在由告知而产生时,也就是告知的那一刹那,依其余学处则有恶作,应当这样理解。“吃后离开”这句里,即使已经回来,只要吃饭的事已经完成,就可以接受。那些食物没有和他们一起拿,就是说:对那些没有形成关联的食物,那些比丘并没有一起拿,因为后来被其中一人拿了。“大长老”是就比丘而说的。“请接受邀请”就是接受邀请的食物。“何者”:豆粥等,因那些比丘有人事后取用,故未一起取食。应是有智慧的施食分配者……应令解脱:以此说明,若施食分配者应诺了不如法的邀请,则一切人也都算应诺了;若他们一起取食,则也有别众食的罪过。“使者来到门口”之后,因为害怕又说“请取食物”,所以说“不站在村门口”。“前往彼处彼处”:前往内街等处,他们站立者所在之处。为了比丘们,即使放在家门口而给予,也是同样的道理。然而,若说“请回去”,则可以回去;因为截断“请回去”之后,后来又说“请取食物”,所以可以。巴利
Adhivāsetvā gatesūti ettha akappiyanimantanādhivāsanakkhaṇe pubbapayoge dukkaṭampi natthi, viññattito pasavane pana viññattikkhaṇe itarasikkhāpadehi dukkaṭaṃ hotīti gahetabbaṃ. Bhutvā gatesūti ettha āgatesupi bhojanakicce niṭṭhite gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tāni ca tehi ekato na gahitānīti yehi bhojanehi visaṅketo natthi, tāni bhojanāni tehi bhikkhūhi ekato na gahitāni ekena pacchā gahitattā. Mahāthereti bhikkhū sandhāya vuttaṃ. Nimantanaṃ sādiyathāti nimantanabhattaṃ paṭiggaṇhatha. Yānīti kummāsādīni tehi bhikkhūhi ekena pacchā gahitattā ekato na gahitāni. Bhattuddesakena paṇḍitena bhavitabbaṃ…pe… mocetabbāti etena bhattuddesakena akappiyanimantane sādite sabbesampi sāditaṃ hoti, ekato gaṇhantānaṃ gaṇabhojanāpatti ca hotīti dasseti. Dūtassa dvāre āgantvā puna ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vacanabhayena ‘‘gāmadvāre aṭṭhatvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha tattha gantvāti antaravīthiādīsu tattha tattha ṭhitānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā. Bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya gharadvāre ṭhapetvā dīyamānepi eseva nayo. Nivattathāti vutte pana nivattituṃ vaṭṭatīti ‘‘nivattathā’’ti vicchinditvā pacchā ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttattā vaṭṭati.
次第受食论巴利
Paramparabhojanakathā
2 在“展转食”的讨论中,所谓展转食,就是别人再转给别人的食物。那是什么呢?就是除了最初受邀应供的饭食之外,去吃其他食物的行为。展转食和集体食一样,从表白和邀请开始就不被允许,所以说“展转食……”等等。“pana”这个词是表示特别的意思。那顿饭食仅仅通过舍弃的方式,就被称为不存在,因此不以随制定的方式设立舍弃,而只确立如本制定的学处。不过在《附随》中,连舍弃时的允许也被看作等同于随制定,所以说“四种随制定”;后面讲到《大波车利》等处的说法时,因为与圣典相符,就只确立了隔面舍弃。然而有些人说:“当时搁置自己身边的情形,因为世尊作为他人不在场,长老没有作当面舍弃,世尊也没有单独说过当面舍弃,即便如此,当面舍弃也是允许的。”因此《疑惑义注》中也说:“如果比丘对五位同法者中的某一位说‘我把我的饭食应得份额给你’或‘我舍弃’,这样是当面;或者说‘我给某某’或‘我舍弃’,这样是隔面;如果没有舍弃最初的邀请,后来在受邀之家,从已得食的比丘那里吞下一口食物,就是波逸提。”巴利
2. Paramparabhojanakathāyaṃ pana parassa parassa bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Paṭhamaṃ nimantitabhattaṃ ṭhapetvā aññassa bhojanakiriyā. Paramparabhojanaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ viya viññattito ca nimantanato ca na pasavatīti āha ‘‘paramparabhojanaṃ panā’’tiādi. Pana-saddo visesatthajotako. Vikappanāvaseneva taṃ bhattaṃ asantaṃ nāma hotīti anupaññattivasena vikappanaṃ aṭṭhapetvā yathāpaññattasikkhāpadameva ṭhapitaṃ. Parivāre (pari. 86) pana vikappanāyaṃ anujānanampi anupaññattisadisanti katvā ‘‘catasso anupaññattiyo’’ti vuttaṃ, mahāpaccariyādīsu vuttanayaṃ pacchā vadanto pāḷiyā saṃsandanato parammukhāvikappanameva patiṭṭhāpeti. Keci pana ‘‘tadā attano santike ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ aññassa abhāvato thero sammukhāvikappanaṃ nākāsi, bhagavatā ca visuṃ sammukhāvikappanā na vuttā, tathāpi sammukhāvikappanāpi vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘itthannāmassa dammī’ti vā ‘vikappemī’ti vā evaṃ parammukhā vā paṭhamanimantanaṃ avikappetvā pacchā nimantitakule laddhabhikkhato ekasitthampi ajjhoharati, pācittiya’’nti vuttaṃ.
被五种食物邀请的人,不管最初是被哪一种邀请的,如果不按顺序逐一舍弃,而从别人那里、再到别人那里地吃,就成了次第食。所以经文说:“如果最初的邀请在下面,后面的在上面,从上面开始吃的人,犯戒。”把手伸进容器里拿最下面的食物时,放在中间的食物也会被手带到,所以经文说:“然而手……中略……无论怎样吃,都无犯。”因为牛奶和汁液没有和饭混在一起,浮在上面,所以说:“喝牛奶或汁液的人,无犯。”巴利
Pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa yena yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tassa tassa bhojanato uppaṭipāṭiyā avikappetvā vā parassa parassa bhojanaṃ paramparabhojananti āha ‘‘sace pana mūlanimantanaṃ heṭṭhā hoti, pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ upari, taṃ uparito paṭṭhāya bhuñjantassa āpattī’’ti. Hatthaṃ anto pavesetvā sabbaheṭṭhimaṃ gaṇhantassa majjhe ṭhitampi antohatthagataṃ hotīti āha ‘‘hatthaṃpana…pe… yathā yathā vā bhuñjantassa anāpattī’’ti. Khīrassa rasassa ca bhattena amissaṃ hutvā upari ṭhitattā ‘‘khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vā pivato anāpattī’’ti vuttaṃ.
“大近事男”就是指家主。《大义注》里用“有罪”这个说法,和《库伦达》里“可以”的说法,看起来像是互相矛盾。这两个的意思在《大帕扎里》里已经讲清楚了——《大甘提巴达》里是这么说的。巴利
‘‘Mahāupāsakoti gehassāmiko. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘āpattī’ti vacanena kurundiyaṃ ‘vaṭṭatī’ti vacanaṃ viruddhaṃ viya dissati. Dvinnampi adhippāyo mahāpaccariyaṃ vibhāvito’’ti mahāgaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ.
“一切邀请”,是指用不如法的方式去邀请。因为这样说:“所谓次第食,就是接受了五种食物当中某一种食物的邀请,却把那种食物放在一边,去吃五种食物当中另一种食物,这就叫次第食。”所以,即使是在行乞的情况下,如果最初得到了食物,仍然说“行乞之后吃得到的饭食,有罪”。巴利
Sabbe nimantentīti akappiyanimantanavasena nimantenti. ‘‘Paramparabhojanaṃ nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena bhojanena nimantito, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññataraṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjati, etaṃ paramparabhojanaṃ nāmā’’ti vuttattā satipi bhikkhācariyāya paṭhamaṃ laddhabhāve ‘‘piṇḍāya caritvā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ.
《疑惑消除》(律注·波逸提 2.229)中则说:“所谓‘牛奶或汁液’,是指未与五种食物混合、浮在食物上方的而言。因为那并非食物,所以即使不按次第饮用也无犯。因此说‘食用时’等。”而《跋耆罗疏》(律疏·波逸提 229)中说:“这里,依据注释中‘大近事男邀请比丘们……中略……后来食用所得之食者有罪。行乞后食用所得之食,有罪’的说法,依据经典中‘我们一早就行乞后食用了’的说法,以及依据《犍度》中‘诸比丘,除非被邀请,不应食用他人的食物或粥,若食用者,应如法处理’的说法,可知已邀请或已告知或未邀请,对于最初接受邀请的比丘,除了最初邀请所得的食物之外,任何属于他人所有的食物,都构成次第食罪。属于自己所有的、从僧团或团体所得的,或者非在家人所有的,则开许;然而,由于在邀请之前就已确定,所以他人所有的常食等也开许。”巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.229) pana ‘‘khīraṃ vā rasaṃ vāti pañcabhojanāmissaṃ bhattato upari ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tañhi abhojanattā uppaṭipāṭiyā pivatopi anāpatti. Tenāha ‘bhuñjantenā’tiādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 229) pana ‘‘ettha ‘mahāupāsako bhikkhū nimanteti…pe… pacchā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjantassa āpatti. Piṇḍāya caritvā laddhabhattaṃ bhuñjati, āpattī’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vacanato, ‘kālasseva piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjimhā’ti pāḷito, khandhake ‘na ca, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantane aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo bhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’ti vacanato ca nimantetvā vā pavedetu animantetvā vā, paṭhamagahitanimantitassa bhikkhuno paṭhamanimantanabhojanato aññaṃ yaṃ kiñci parasantakaṃ bhojanaṃ paramparabhojanāpattiṃ karoti. Attano santakaṃ, saṅghagaṇato laddhaṃ vā agahaṭṭhasantakaṃ vaṭṭati, nimantanato paṭhamaṃ nibaddhattā pana niccabhattādiparasantakampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
3 在“不告知”这一节里,“以平常说话的声音”是指:站在十二肘距离以内能够听到的,就叫平常说话的声音。“应当告知”是指:要用“我去某某人家里”或者“我去村里走动”这样的话来告知。这里其余的内容都很清楚。接受五种食物中任何一种的邀请、不告知在场的比丘、从供饭的人家进入别的人家、未过正午、没有时节或因缘——这些就是这里的五个条件。《义灯》里只说了这么多。但《疑惑消除》里说:“因为已经说过寻找之后没有告知的义务,所以对于不该去寻找的人,在适合前往的地方见到时,即使他站在超出平常说话声音能听到的范围之外,也应当走过去告知。因此说‘另外……乃至……见到谁,就应当告知谁’等等。在无犯的部分里,这里只说到寺院内等处,所以从住处越过村道而没有得到允许的理由,也会有罪,但并不是只要越过家附近就有罪。不过经文里说‘进入别人的家附近……乃至……跨过第一道门槛’等等,那是针对已经进入村里来说的。即便如此,如果不进入别人的家附近,只是沿着路中间走,站在想要去的人家门口东看西看地走过去,也仍然是波逸提。关于这一点,有人说‘在路上走过时,按家附近来计数犯罪’。另一些人则说‘按所要去的人家来计数’。接受五种食物中任何一种的邀请、不告知在场的比丘、从供饭的人家前往别的人家、未过正午、没有时节或因缘——这些就是这里的五个条件。”在“非时入村”这一节里也说:“没有围墙的村子的界区,应当依照不与取中所说的方式来理解”,以此说明这里的界区就是第二掷土的范围。这里其余的内容都很清楚。不告知在场的比丘、没有允许的理由、非时入村——这些就是这里的三个条件。巴利
3. Anāpucchākathāyaṃ ‘‘pakativacanenāti ettha yaṃ dvādasahatthabbhantare ṭhitena sotuṃ sakkā bhaveyya, taṃ pakativacanaṃ nāma. Āpucchitabboti ‘ahaṃ itthannāmassa gharaṃ gacchāmī’ti vā ‘cārittakaṃ āpajjāmī’ti vā īdisena vacanena āpucchitabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā, bhattiyagharato aññagharappavesanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imāni panettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.298) ettakameva vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pacittiya 2.298) pana ‘‘pariyesitvā ārocanakiccaṃ natthīti vuttattā yo apariyesitabbo upasaṅkamituṃ yuttaṭṭhāne dissati, so sacepi pakativacanassa savanūpacāraṃ atikkamma ṭhito, upasaṅkamitvā āpucchitabbo. Tenāha ‘apica…pe… yaṃ passati, so āpucchitabbo’tiādi. Anāpattivāre cettha antarārāmādīnaññeva vuttattā vihārato gāmavīthiṃ anuññātakāraṇaṃ vinā atikkamantassāpi āpatti hoti, na pana gharūpacāraṃ atikkamantasseva. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘aññassa gharūpacāraṃ okkamantassa…pe… paṭhamapādaṃ ummāraṃ atikkāmetī’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ gāme paviṭṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tathāpi aññassa gharūpacāraṃ anokkamitvā vīthimajjheneva gantvā icchiticchitagharadvārābhimukhe ṭhatvā manusse oloketvā gacchantassapi pācittiyameva. Tattha keci ‘vīthiyaṃ atikkamantassa gharūpacāragaṇanāya āpattiyo’ti vadanti. Aññe pana ‘yāni kulāni uddissa gato, tesaṃ gaṇanāyā’ti. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, bhattiyagharato aññagharūpasaṅkamanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayāpadānaṃ abhāvoti imānettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti. Vikālagāmappavesanepi ‘‘aparikkhittassa gāmassa upacāro adinnādāne vuttanayeneva veditabbo’’ti iminā dutiyaleḍḍupāto idha upacāroti dasseti. Sesamettha uttānameva. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, vikāle gāmappavesananti imāni panettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
4 在关于粪扫衣的讨论中,“身体未坏”指的是身体尚未冷却、仍然湿润。用“尚未冷却”这个说法,是为了不借助同义词的区分,直接说明前面已经说过的意思,所以说“湿润的身体”。巴利
4. Paṃsukūlakathāyaṃ abhinne sarīreti abbhuṇhe allasarīre. ‘‘Abbhuṇhe’’ti imināpi vuttameva pariyāyabhedamantarena vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘allasarīre’’ti vuttaṃ.
“异类身体”是指女人的身体。因为是异类身体,所以不应该过于靠近,因此说“在头部”等。“允许”的意思是:即使在异类身体上,也可以按自己刚才所说的做法去做,也可以拿取布料。不过有些人说:“虽然按照这条学处不算犯戒,但触摸女人形像的人犯恶作。”“随业而去”是从那个饿鬼的状态显示出已经死了。“尚未冷却”是因为临近死亡时身体还带有温热,所以他说“湿润的身体”。即使已经变成尸体,因为还没冷却所以仍然湿润,因此是已坏的。“异类身体”是指女人的身体。“在头部”等话,是就锁骨以下、膝盖以上这个区域也能生起心念变异而说的;在任何地方不触碰而做,才是妥当的。即使是死尸,如果有人以任何方式不直接触碰而故意去碰,也仍然是“未触”的恶作,而不是无犯,他们这样说,这是合理的。因为即使在非波罗夷所依的女人形像等上面存在的恶作,也不会在作为波罗夷所依的死女人身体上消失。这是《疑惑消除》中所说的。巴利
Visabhāgasarīreti itthisarīre. Visabhāgasarīrattā accāsannena na bhavitabbanti āha ‘‘sīse vā’’tiādi. Vaṭṭatīti visabhāgasarīrepi attanāva vuttavidhiṃ kātuṃ sāṭakañca gahetuṃ vaṭṭati . Keci pana ‘‘kiñcāpi iminā sikkhāpadena anāpatti, itthirūpaṃ pana āmasantassa dukkaṭa’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Yathākammaṃ gatoti tato petattabhāvato matabhāvaṃ dasseti. Abbhuṇheti āsannamaraṇatāya sarīrassa uṇhasamaṅgitaṃ dasseti, tenevāha ‘allasarīre’ti. Kuṇapasabhāvaṃ upagatampi bhinnameva allabhāvato bhinnattā. Visabhāgasarīreti itthisarīre. ‘Sīse vā’tiādi adhakkhake ubbhajāṇumaṇḍale padese cittavikārappattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, yattha katthaci anāmasantena kataṃ sukatameva. Matasarīrampi hi yena kenaci ākārena sañcicca phusantassa anāmāsadukkaṭamevāti vadanti, taṃ yuttameva. Na hi apārājikavatthukepi cittādiitthirūpe bhavantaṃ dukkaṭaṃ pārājikavatthubhūte matitthisarīre nivattatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.135) vutta.
在这里,虽然老师没有讲到粪扫衣的讨论,但应当依据粪扫衣的共同特征来理解。这个讨论在《衣犍度》(大品 340)中是这样出现的:“当时,那些接受居士衣的比丘们心生疑虑,不肯接受粪扫衣,心想:‘世尊只允许一种衣,不是两种。’他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:‘比丘们,我允许接受居士衣的人同时也接受粪扫衣。比丘们,我赞叹对这两种衣都知足。’”其中,“世尊只允许一种衣,不是两种”这句话,是他们把“以某种衣”理解为“以居士衣或以粪扫衣”。但这里的“以某种”,意思是无论廉价的还是昂贵的,随便哪一种都行——这是注疏中说的。因此,没有受持头陀支、只是按律接受粪扫衣的比丘,也应当接受居士衣;然而,对于受持粪扫衣头陀支的人来说,居士衣是不允许的。应当理解为:这是“我拒绝居士衣,我受持粪扫衣支”的受持。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne ācariyena avuttāpi paṃsukūlakathā paṃsukūlasāmaññena veditabbā. Sā hi cīvarakkhandhake (mahāva. 340) evaṃ āgatā ‘‘tena kho pana samayena ye te bhikkhū gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyanti, te kukkuccāyantā paṃsukūlaṃ na sādiyanti ‘ekaṃyeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, na dve’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyantena paṃsukūlampi sādiyituṃ, tadubhayenapāhaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemī’’ti. Tattha ‘‘ekaṃyeva bhagavatā cīvaraṃ anuññātaṃ, na dveti te ‘kira itarītarena cīvarenā’ti etassa ‘gahapatikena vā paṃsukūlena vā’ti evaṃ atthaṃ sallakkhiṃsu. Tattha pana itarītarenapīti appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacīti attho’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto, tasmā dhutaṅgaṃ asamādiyitvā vinayapaṃsukūlamattasādiyakena bhikkhunā gahapaticīvarampi sāditabbaṃ hoti, paṃsukūladhutaṅgadharassa pana gahapaticīvaraṃ na vaṭṭati ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti samādānatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
那时,很多比丘正在憍萨罗国的乡间赶路。有些比丘为了找粪扫衣,就拐进墓地去了;有些比丘却没有停下来等。那些进墓地找粪扫衣的比丘,拿到了粪扫衣。那些没有等的比丘就说:“贤友们,也分给我们一份吧。”他们回答说:“贤友们,我们不会分给你们,你们为什么不等呢?”他们把这件事告诉了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许对没有等着的人,不情愿也分给一份。”这里“没有等着”的意思是:直到那些人从墓地回来为止,他们都没有停留,而是直接走了。“不情愿也分给一份”的意思不是违愿给;如果愿意,就应该给。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū nāgamesuṃ, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe nāgamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāgamentānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti. Tattha nāgamesunti yāva te susānato āgacchanti, tāva te na acchiṃsu, pakkamiṃsuyeva. Nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti na anicchāya dātuṃ. Yadi pana icchanti, dātabbo.
那时,很多比丘正在憍萨罗国的乡间赶路。有些比丘为了捡粪扫衣进了墓地,有些比丘则留在原地等候。那些进墓地的比丘拿到了粪扫衣。那些等候的比丘就说:“贤友们,也分给我们一份吧。”他们回答说:“贤友们,我们不会分给你们,你们为什么不进去呢?”他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许即使不情愿,也要分一份给那些等候的人。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū āgamesuṃ. Ye te bhikkhū susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū āgamesuṃ, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvusā,e bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na okkamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
那时,众多比丘正在憍萨罗国的乡间赶路。有些比丘先进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣,有些比丘后进入。那些先进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣的比丘得到了粪扫衣,那些后进入的比丘没得到。他们说:“贤友们,也分给我们一份吧。”他们回答说:“贤友们,我们不会分给你们,你们为什么后进来呢?”他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许后进来的人若不情愿,就不分给份额。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Ekacce bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, ekacce bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū paṭhamaṃ susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya, te paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū pacchā okkamiṃsu, te na labhiṃsu. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe pacchā okkamitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pacchā okkantānaṃ nākāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
那时,很多比丘正在憍萨罗国的乡间赶路。他们同时进入墓地捡拾粪扫衣。有些比丘捡到了粪扫衣,有些比丘没捡到。那些没捡到的比丘这样说:“贤友们,也分给我们一份吧。”那些比丘这样回答:“贤友们,我们不会分给你们,你们为什么没捡到呢?”他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许:对同时进入的人,即使不情愿,也应当分给一份。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sadisānaṃ okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti.
这里,“等候”是指在附近停留。所以世尊说:“比丘们,我允许给等候的人分一份,即使他们不情愿。”所谓“附近”,是指墓地旁边靠近的地方。如果人们说“凡是来到这里的人都可以拿”,然后布施,或者留下记号后离开,说“谁到了谁拿”,那么所有到场的人都有份。如果他们把东西丢下就走了,那么谁拿到就归谁。“同时进入墓地”是指所有人一起进入,或者从同一个方向进入,这也是这个词的意思。巴利
Tattha āgamesunti upacāre acchiṃsu. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āgamentānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātu’’nti. Upacāreti susānassa āsannappadese. Yadi pana manussā ‘‘idhāgatā eva gaṇhantū’’ti denti, saññāṇaṃ vā katvā gacchanti ‘‘sampattā gaṇhantū’’ti . Sampattānaṃ sabbesampi pāpuṇāti. Sace chaḍḍetvā gatā, yena gahitaṃ, so eva sāmī. Sadisā susānaṃ okkamiṃsūti sabbe samaṃ okkamiṃsu, ekadisāya vā okkamiṃsūtipi attho.
当时,很多比丘正在憍萨罗国的乡间赶路。他们彼此约定后,进入坟场去捡粪扫衣。有些比丘捡到了粪扫衣,有些比丘没捡到。那些没捡到的比丘就说:“贤友们,也分给我们一份吧。”捡到的人回答说:“贤友们,我们不会分给你们,你们为什么没捡到呢?”他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许:凡是约定后一起进入的人,即使对方不愿意,也应当分给他一份。”这里“他们约定后”是指在外面就约定:“捡到的粪扫衣,我们大家分了一起拿。”“舍弃后离去”是指什么也没说就丢下走了。由此说明:如果是为了“让比丘们拿”而丢弃的,那么即使不情愿也规定要分一份;但如果只是丢弃了,并没有事先约定,当一个人和许多人一起进去时,谁捡到就归谁,不应勉强分给他。“同一方向”是指东方等方向彼此相同,所以说“或者从同一方向进入”。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū kosalesu janapadesu addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te katikaṃ katvā susānaṃ okkamiṃsu paṃsukūlāya. Ekacce bhikkhū paṃsukūlāni labhiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū na labhiṃsu. Ye te bhikkhū na labhiṃsu, te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘amhākampi, āvuso, bhāgaṃ dethā’’ti. Te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘na mayaṃ, āvuso, tumhākaṃ bhāgaṃ dassāma, kissa tumhe na labhitthā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, katikaṃ katvā okkantānaṃ akāmā bhāgaṃ dātunti. Tattha te katikaṃ katvāti ‘‘laddhaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ sabbe bhājetvā gaṇhissāmā’’ti bahimeva katikaṃ katvā. Chaḍḍetvā gatāti kiñci avatvāyeva chaḍḍetvā gatā. Etena ‘‘bhikkhū gaṇhantū’’ti chaḍḍite eva akāmā bhāgadānaṃ vihitaṃ, kevalaṃ chaḍḍite pana katikāya asati ekato bahūsu paviṭṭhesu yena gahitaṃ, tena akāmā bhāgo na dātabboti dasseti. Samānā disā puratthimādibhedā etesanti sadisāti āha ‘‘ekadisāya vā okkamiṃsū’’ti.
未断衣论巴利
Acchinnacīvarakathā
5 在“失衣论”中,“次第语”指的是按顺序作出的判定。因为其余的资具已经被同住弟子拿走了,只剩下下衣和上衣,所以经文说“只拿着下衣和上衣离开”。由于还不知道同住弟子会不会回来,所以说“长老们不应立刻……受用”。所谓“为了他人也能得到”,意思是:当自己把衣服布施给别人时,自己用树枝遮挡,因此为了他人的利益也可以折树枝。由于有“应该用草或树叶遮挡后再来”这句话,在这种情况下,损坏草木本身也是被允许的,所以说“不构成损坏草木的波逸提”。所谓“他们持用时没有恶作”,是说他们即使持用外道的标志,也没有恶作罪。巴利
5. Acchinnacīvarakathāyaṃ anupubbakathāti anupubbena vinicchayakathā. Sesaparikkhārānaṃ saddhivihārikehi gahitattā nivāsanapārupanameva avasiṭṭhanti āha ‘‘nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā’’ti. Saddhivihārikānaṃ tāva āgamanassa vā anāgamanassa vā ajānanatāya vuttaṃ ‘‘therehi neva tāva…pe… bhuñjitabba’’nti. Paresampi atthāya labhantīti attano cīvaraṃ dadamānā sayaṃ sākhābhaṅgena paṭicchādentīti tesaṃ atthāyapi bhañjituṃ labhanti. ‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti vacanato īdisesu bhūtagāmapātabyatāpi anuññātāyeva hotīti āha ‘‘neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hotī’’ti. Na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭanti tesaṃ titthiyadhajānaṃ dhāraṇepi dukkaṭaṃ natthi.
“凡他们施与衣”这句话是关联语。因为长老们是自己施与的,所以说“因住于未失衣处”。如果接受了对方的见解,就成为皈依外道者,因此说“未取见解”。“若无,僧团的住处衣……中略……恶作罪”,以此说明:从途中进入的住处离开,前往其他自己喜好的住处,说为恶作;而“凡最初到达的住处”既已说过,若从途中暂住的住处裸身离去,也应知为恶作。既然如此,为何在那个场合没有说到呢?因为没有机会。在那个场合,是以“诸比丘,我允许:失衣者……中略……应请求衣”作为关联,在开许着用僧团之衣与披覆时,说“凡最初……取而披覆”,因此那里没有机会,故未说恶作。巴利
Yāni ca nesaṃ vatthāni dentīti sambandho. Therānaṃ sayameva dinnattā vuttaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāneṭhitattā’’ti. Yadi laddhiṃ gaṇhāti, titthiyapakkantako nāma hoti. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘laddhiṃ aggahetvā’’ti. ‘‘No ce hoti, saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti iminā antarāmagge paviṭṭhavihārato nikkhamitvā aññattha attano abhirucitaṭṭhānaṃ gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, iminā ca ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchatī’’ti vuttaṃ antarāmagge ṭhitavihārampi sace naggo hutvā gacchati, dukkaṭamevāti veditabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tattha kasmā na vuttanti ce? Anokāsattā. Tattha hi ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchinnacīvarassa vā…pe… cīvaraṃ viññāpetu’’nti iminā sambandhena saṅghikampi cīvaraṃ nivāsetuṃ pārupituñca anujānanto ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ…pe… gahetvā pārupitu’’nti āha, tasmā tattha anokāsattā dukkaṭaṃ na vuttaṃ.
住处衣是指卧具衣。以小布片是指用碎布片。于其上是指在敷地的坐卧具上面。往外地者是指没有得到别的衣而去了外地。应置于一……中略……在这一句里,因为剩下的部分是从那里拿来后带回来的,而放置的人又是以僧团受用的方式来放置,所以说即使是被限定在别的卧具上,也可以放到别处。唯以受用是指没有得到别的衣而受用。巴利
Vihāracīvaranti senāsanacīvaraṃ. Cimilikāhīti paṭapilotikāhi. Tassa uparīti bhūmattharaṇassa upari. Videsagatenāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā videsagatena. Ekasmiṃ…pe… ṭhapetabbanti ettha sesena gahetvā āgatattā ṭhapentena ca saṅghikaparibhogavaseneva ṭhapitattā aññasmiṃ senāsane niyamitampi aññattha ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Paribhogenevāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā paribhuñjanena.
所谓“受用破损”,是指那件衣已经破到没法再遮盖身体,破成那样就叫破损。“以净语”这句话,是为了从买卖的罪里脱开才说的。“令知”这个词,正是在说明它本身的意思,也就是“令觉知、令转换”。因为用自己的财物去令知,说的其实就是转换,这是这里的意趣。接着显示僧团方面施许者令知的规则:“唯限量才合适”。因为对僧团所作的施许,是一切人共有的,所以不宜令知超过限量。“凡所施许”,是指施许“我要给”的任何衣等物。“没有令知之事”,意思是:既然不是靠令知而给,那令知了又有什么用?“为他之利”这里,也同样顺着“对亲属所施许者”来说,所以说“自己亲属所施许”等等。这里共有四个条件:是可分配之衣、没有时节、非亲属令知、以及由那令知而获得。巴利
Paribhogajiṇṇanti yathā tena cīvarena sarīraṃ paṭicchādetuṃ na sakkā, evaṃ jiṇṇaṃ. Kappiyavohārenāti kayavikkayāpattito mocanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viññāpentassā’’ti imasseva atthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘cetāpentassa parivattāpentassā’’ti. Attano dhanena hi viññāpanaṃ nāma parivattanamevāti adhippāyo. Saṅghavasena pavāritānaṃ viññāpane vattaṃ dasseti ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti. Saṅghavasena hi pavārite sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇattā adhikaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ yaṃ pavāretīti yaṃ yaṃ cīvarādiṃ dassāmīti pavāreti. Viññāpanakiccaṃ natthīti vinā viññattiyā dīyamānattā viññāpetvā kiṃ karissatīti adhippāyo. Aññassatthāyāti etthapi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti idaṃ anuvattatiyevāti āha ‘‘attano ñātakapavārite’’tiādi. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
在《疑惑遣除》里,对经文中的“法邀请”是这样解释的:这只是按沙门之间应当做的行法来邀请,并不是出于想布施的心而作的邀请。正因为这样,才说“将令知”。因为对不是亲属、又没有先作施许的人,才叫作“令知”。巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.515) pana pāḷiyaṃ dhammanimantanāti samaṇesu vattabbācāradhammamattavasena nimantanā, dātukāmatāya katanimantanā na hotīti attho. Teneva ‘‘viññāpessatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Aññātakaappavāritato hi viññatti nāma hoti.
“可以用草或树叶遮身之后再来”,这句话是允许损害众生群的,所以他说“不是众生群的波逸提”等等。即使最初以清净心取了外道的相,后来却执取那种见解,也仍然是堕入外道一边的人,所以说“即使穿了衣服,也不应执取那种见解”。巴利
‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti iminā bhūtagāmavikopanaṃ anuññātanti āha ‘‘nevabhūtagāmapātabyatāyā’’tiādi. Paṭhamaṃ suddhacittena liṅgaṃ gahetvā pacchā laddhiṃ gaṇhantopi titthiyapakkantako evāti āha ‘‘nivāsetvāpi laddhi na gahetabbā’’ti.
凡是第一次前往某个住处时,在这里也一样,即使是为了住处、衣服等事而进入,也必须用草等遮盖身体才能去,因为通常已经说过“不能裸体而来”,所以犯轻罪。小布片,就是碎布片。只用受用,是指没有得到别的衣服,只靠受用这件衣。受用破损,是指这件衣在被受用时,因为破散碎裂而不堪使用,这样就叫破损。巴利
Yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchatīti etthapi vihāracīvarādiatthāya pavisantenapi tiṇādīhi paṭicchādetvāva gantabbaṃ, ‘‘na tveva naggena āgantabba’’nti sāmaññato dukkaṭassa vuttattā. Cimilikāhīti paṭapilotikāhi. Paribhogenevāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā paribhuñjanena. Paribhogajiṇṇanti yathā taṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjiyamānaṃ obhaggavibhaggatāya asāruppaṃ hoti, evaṃ jiṇṇaṃ.
“为他人之利”这一说法,在这里也同样顺着“对亲属、对已邀请者”这句话而来,所以说“自己的亲属已邀请者”等等。不过在这里应当理解的意思是:为了他人那件被抢夺或遗失的衣,而向非亲属、未受邀请的人乞求,则不犯舍堕罪。否则,若仅凭“对亲属、对已邀请者”这句话,就不会有这种差别了。正因如此,在紧接着的学处中才说:“然而在诸注疏中,于亲属已邀请之处……乃至……说唯有定量才允许,这与圣典不合。”又说:“由于这条学处只针对为他人之利而乞求这件事制定,所以这里没有说‘为他人之利’。”这里共有四支:所乞之衣是可用于分配的衣、没有特定因缘、向非亲属乞求、以及由此乞求而获得。巴利
Aññassatthāyāti etthapi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti idaṃ anuvattatevāti āha ‘‘attano ñātakapavārite’’tiādi. Idha pana aññassa acchinnanaṭṭhacīvarassa atthāya aññātakaappavārite viññāpentassa nissaggiyena anāpattīti attho gahetabbo, itarathā ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti iminā viseso na bhaveyya, teneva anantarasikkhāpade vakkhati ‘‘aṭṭhakathāsu (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.526) pana ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne…pe… pamāṇameva vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā na sametī’’ti ca ‘‘yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘aññassatthāyā’ti na vutta’’nti ca. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
如果非亲属的男居士或女居士,用很多衣服来劝他接受,这位比丘最多只能从那些衣服里接受上下衣。如果接受了超过这个限度,就犯舍堕。在这条“超过学处”里,“abhihaṭṭhuṃ”这个词中,“abhi”是前缀,“harituṃ”的意思是“拿”,也就是“取”的意思。“pavāreyya”是令他想要、生起欲求和欢喜、开口邀请的意思。那么,面对以“携来”方式邀请的人,应该怎么说呢?为了说明这个方式,就给出了这样的句子分析:“你想要多少,就拿多少。”或者,就像“见出离为安稳”这句话里,“daṭṭhu”的意思是“见”一样,这里“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya”的意思就是“携来之后邀请”。其中,携来有两种:身体携来和言语携来。用身体把布等东西携来,放在脚边,说“你想要多少,就拿多少”,这是邀请;或者用言语说“我们的布库满满的,你想要多少,就拿多少”,这也是邀请。把这两种合在一起,就说成“abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya”。巴利
‘‘Tañce aññātako gahapati vā gahapatānī vā bahūhi cīvarehi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyya, santaruttaraparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbaṃ, tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti imasmiṃ taduttarisikkhāpade (pārā. 523) abhihaṭṭhunti ettha abhīti upasaggo, haritunti attho, gaṇhitunti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāreyyāti icchāpeyya, icchaṃ ruciṃ uppādeyya vadeyya nimanteyyāti attho. Abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārentena pana yathā vattabbaṃ. Taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yāvattakaṃ icchasi, tāvattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti evamassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ. Atha vā yathā ‘‘nekkhammaṃ daṭṭhu khemato’’ti ettha disvāti attho, evamidhapi abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti abhiharitvā pavāreyyāti attho. Tattha kāyābhihāro vācābhihāroti duvidho abhihāro. Kāyena vā hi vatthādīni abhiharitvā pādamūle ṭhapetvā ‘‘yattakaṃ icchasi, tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, vācāya vā ‘‘amhākaṃ dussakoṭṭhāgāraṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, yattakaṃ icchasi, tattakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vadanto pavāreyya, tadubhayampi ekajjhaṃ katvā ‘‘abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyā’’ti vuttaṃ.
所谓“以内外衣为最高限度”,意思是:与下衣搭配的上衣,就是这件衣的最高上限。也就是说,这是已经说过的意思。“应从那衣中接受”,意思是:从他人送来的衣中,只应拿取这么多衣,不能超过这个限度。不过,只有在一切衣都被抢夺的情况下,三衣比丘才应该这样实行;换成别人、别的情况,就不一样了。为了说明这种区分,才用“如果三件都丢了”等说法来分析这句话。巴利
Santaruttaraparamanti saantaraṃ uttaraṃ paramaṃ assa cīvarassāti santaruttaraparamaṃ, nivāsanena saddhiṃ pārupanaṃ ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo assāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tato cīvaraṃ sāditabbanti tato abhihaṭacīvarato ettakaṃ cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ, na ito paranti attho. Yasmā pana acchinnasabbacīvarena tecīvarikeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sace tīṇi naṭṭhāni hontī’’tiādinā nayenassa padabhājanaṃ vuttaṃ.
这里的分判是这样的:如果三件衣都丢了,就可以接受两件,一件穿作下衣,一件披作上衣,然后再从条件相当的地方再找一件。如果丢了两件,就可以接受一件。如果本来平时就是穿内外两件衣而行,那就可以接受两件,这样只接受一件的人就和他相等了。如果三件里丢了一件,就不该接受。如果两件里丢了一件,就该接受一件。如果只有一件,而这一件也丢了,就该接受两件。比丘尼则在五件衣都丢时,可以接受两件;丢了四件时,可以接受一件;丢了三件时,什么也不该接受,何况丢了两件或一件呢。因为无论怎样,都应当安住在内外两件为最高限度之内,不能超过这个限度,这就是这里的判定标准。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbāni, ekaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā aññaṃ sabhāgaṭṭhānato pariyesissati. Yassa dve naṭṭhāni, tena ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Sace pakatiyāva santaruttarena carati, dve sāditabbāni, evaṃ ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissati. Yassa tīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, na sāditabbaṃ. Yassa pana dvīsu ekaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti, tañca naṭṭhaṃ, dve sāditabbāni. Bhikkhuniyā pana pañcasupi naṭṭhesu dve sāditabbāni, catūsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, tīsu naṭṭhesu kiñci na sāditabbaṃ, ko pana vādo dvīsu vā ekasmiṃ vā. Yena kenaci hi santaruttaraparamatāya ṭhātabbaṃ, tato uttari na labbhatīti idamettha lakkhaṇaṃ.
“剩下的我会再拿来”,意思是做成两件衣之后,剩下的部分以后再拿来。“不是因为原因被切断”,是指因为多闻等功德而布施。关于“亲属等”的段落,意思是:接受亲属布施时认可、接受已受邀请者的布施时认可、用自己的财物认可,都没有罪过。不过,诸注疏中说“在亲属和已受邀请者的场合,平时即使多也允许;若不是原因被切断,就只允许定量”,这与圣典不一致。然而,这条学处本来就是针对为他人利益而乞求的情况制定的,所以这里没有说“为他人利益”。其余部分意思很明白。在起源等分类中,这一条也属于六种起源、有作为、非想解脱、无心、违犯制戒、身业语业、三种心、三种受。巴利
Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā sesaṃ puna āharissāmīti attho. Na acchinnakāraṇāti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena denti. Ñātakānantiādīsu ñātakānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa, pavāritānaṃ dentānaṃ sādiyantassa, attano dhanena sādiyantassa anāpattīti attho. Aṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne pakatiyā bahumpi vaṭṭati, acchinnakāraṇā pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ pāḷiyā na sameti. Yasmā panidaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃyeva paññattaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Samuṭṭhānādīsu idampi chasamuṭṭhānaṃ , kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammavacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
在第七项中,巴利圣典里的“布店”是指卖布商人的店铺,也有人读作“陈列店”。“阿毗”是前缀,这里表明它没有特别的意思,所以说“意思是持去”。因为“瓦拉”这个词是在表示希求的意义上使用的,所以说“应希求”。在“见安稳”这里,由于偈颂体裁的关系,应当理解为省略了鼻音。“有内的”是指连同下衣一起。“上的”是指上衣。“他的衣”是指应当受持的衣。“一切衣被夺者”,是指他的三件衣全都被夺走了,所以叫一切衣被夺者,这就是这个词的意思。因为如果被抢夺的时候三件衣都被夺走了,那些衣就全都被夺,所以他就被称为“一切衣被夺者”。因此说“一切衣被夺的三衣者”。这里说的“三衣者”,是就抢夺时三衣还在的情况而说的,并不是指戒律意义上的三衣者身份,也不是指头陀支意义上的三衣者身份。“应如此行”,是指应当按照“以有内的、上的为最上,那位比丘应当从那里受持衣”所说的方式去做。“其他”,是指非一切衣被夺者,也就是在三件衣中被夺去一件或两件衣的人。“否则”,是指不同于“以有内的、上的为最上”所说的规定。因为如果三件衣中被夺走了两件,就应受持一件;如果被夺走了一件,就不应受持,所以对他来说,不可能有“以有内的、上的为最上”的受持方式。这个含义正是由句分别所阐明的,因此说“为了显示那种分别”。巴利
Sattame pāḷiyaṃ paggāhikasālanti dussavāṇijakānaṃ āpaṇaṃ, ‘‘paggāhitasāla’’ntipi paṭhanti. Abhīti upasaggoti tassa visesatthābhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘haritunti attho’’ti. Varasaddassa icchāyaṃ vattamānattā āha ‘‘icchāpeyyā’’ti. Daṭṭhu khematoti ettha gāthābandhavasena anunāsikalopo daṭṭhabbo. Saantaranti antaravāsakasahitaṃ. Uttaranti uttarāsaṅgaṃ. Assa cīvarassāti sāditabbacīvarassa. Acchinnasabbacīvarenāti acchinnāni sabbāni tīṇi cīvarāni assāti acchinnasabbacīvaro, tenāti attho. Yassa hi acchindanasamaye tīṇi cīvarāni sannihitāni honti, tāni sabbāni acchinnānīti so ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvaro’’ti vuccati. Teneva ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena tecīvarikenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tecīvarikenāti hi acchindanasamaye ticīvarassa sannihitabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana vinaye tecīvarikābhāvaṃ, dhutaṅgatecīvarikabhāvaṃ vā sandhāya. Evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti ‘‘santaruttaraparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabba’’nti vuttavidhinā paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Aññenāti acchinnaasabbacīvarena. Yassa tīsu cīvaresu ekaṃ vā dve vā cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, tenāti attho. Aññathāpīti ‘‘santaruttaraparama’’nti vuttavidhānato aññathāpi. Yassa hi tīsu dve cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ, ekasmiṃ acchinne na sāditabbanti na tassa santaruttaraparamasādiyanaṃ sambhavati. Ayameva ca attho padabhājanena vibhāvito. Tenāha ‘‘taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti.
有些人却说:“因为提到了‘三衣者’,所以以资具布的方式决意三衣而受用的人,在那些衣失去时,即使多件也可以取用。”这种说法不应采纳。因为阐明句分别意趣时说:“一切衣被夺者……中略……为了显示那种分别”,而在句分别中并未见到那样的含义,所以那确实不应采纳。即使在论母注疏中所说“若其决意三衣的三件都失去”,那里也应理解为“决意”一词只是陈述其本身形式而已,不应理解为“唯以三衣决意的方式来决意衣”,因为在圣典和注疏中,那样的含义并不存在。也不可能理解为此学处是“唯为以三衣决意而决意衣者”所制定。由于前一个学处允许衣被抢者向非亲戚乞求,世尊为了在不知限量而乞求的事例中,允许依限量而受持,才制定了此学处,因此“资具布者可以受持多件”的含义,既不符合圣典,也不符顺世尊的意趣。巴利
Keci pana ‘‘tecīvarikenāti vuttattā ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjato tasmiṃ naṭṭhe bahūnipi gahetuṃ labhatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Padabhājanassa hi adhippāyaṃ dassentena yasmā pana ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena…pe… taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti vuttaṃ, padabhājane ca na tādiso attho upalabbhati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbameva. Yampi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘yassa adhiṭṭhitaticīvarassa tīṇi naṭṭhānī’’ti, tatthapi adhiṭṭhitaggahaṇaṃ sarūpakathanamattanti gahetabbaṃ, na pana ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarassevāti evamattho gahetabbo pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca tathā atthassāsambhavato . Na hi ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarasseva idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattanti sakkā viññātuṃ. Purimasikkhāpadena hi acchinnacīvarassa aññātakaviññattiyā anuññātattā pamāṇaṃ ajānitvā viññāpanavatthusmiṃ pamāṇato sādiyanaṃ anujānantena bhagavatā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā parikkhāracoḷikassa bahumpi sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti ayamattho neva pāḷiyā sameti, na ca bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anulometi.
对于“三衣丢失了,两衣可以受用”这句话,这里应当这样理解:如果有人除了三衣之外,还有别的衣存放在其他地方,而当时那件衣无法取得,那么由于那件衣无法取得,他也可以受用两衣。所谓“平常就以内衣和上衣而行”,是指因为疑惧学处、或因为不离衣的许可、或因为没有得到第三件衣而行。“两件丢失了”是就主要情况而说的,所以说“两件可以受用”。受用一件的人情况相同——三衣中丢失了两件时,受用一件的人就和前面两种情况一样,因为两者都是以内衣和上衣为最高限度。所谓“如果只有一件”,是就因其他某种原因而只剩下残余一件衣的情况说的。巴利
Yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbānīti ettha yassa ticīvarato adhikampi cīvaraṃ aññattha ṭhitaṃ atthi, tadā tassa cīvarassa alabbhanīyabhāvato tenapi sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Pakatiyāva santaruttarena caratīti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavasena vā avippavāsasammutivasena vā tatiyassa alābhena vā carati. ‘‘Dve naṭṭhānī’’ti adhikārattā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve sāditabbānī’’ti. Ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissatīti tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ dvīsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sādiyantena samo bhavissati ubhinnampi santaruttaraparamatāya avaṭṭhānato. Yassa ekaṃyeva hotīti aññena kenaci kāraṇena vinaṭṭhasesacīvaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
施主说“剩下的也归你们所有”,比丘们便说“我们只取适量,剩下的带回来”,然后取了衣;即使在离开的时候,施主又说“剩下的也还是你们的”,这样取得的也属于如法。“已邀请者”是指在衣物被抢之前就已经发出邀请的人。“与圣典不相合”:为了说明超出“以内衣和上衣为最上”而受用时无犯,所以说“亲属、已邀请者无犯”,因此与圣典不相合。因为对于以内衣和上衣为最上而受用的人来说,根本就不会有犯戒的可能;只有在学处确实构成犯戒的情况下,指出无犯才是合理的,这就是本意。不过有些人说:“‘只取适量才被允许’这句话,是为了显示少欲而说的。”巴利
‘‘Sesakaṃ tumheva hotūti dentī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘pamāṇayuttaṃ gaṇhissāma, sesakaṃ āharissāmā’’ti vatvā gahetvā gamanasamayepi ‘‘sesakampi tumhākaṃyeva hotū’’ti vadanti, laddhakappiyameva. Pavāritānanti acchinnakālato pubbeyeva pavāritānaṃ. Pāḷiyā na sametīti santaruttaraparamato uttari sādiyane anāpattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttattā na sameti. Santaruttaraparamaṃ sādiyantassa hi āpattippasaṅgoyeva natthi, sati ca sikkhāpadena āpattippasaṅge anāpatti yuttā dassetunti adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatīti idaṃ sallekhadassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti.
既然这里……(中略)……没有说到,那么这里的用意是:如果讲成“为了他人的利益”,就会变成为了他人即使超过限量也可以拿,这就说不通了。而且这个学处本来是为他人乞求这件事所制定的,拿它跟这个事例对照,也对不上。因为依某个事例制定了学处,却又在那个事例上说无犯,这是不合理的。不过在三藏注释书里都说:“这个学处是就自己受用而运作的,所以根本没有说‘为了他人的利益’的余地,因此没有说。”那么,这里因为没说“为了他人的利益”,所以为了他人、向亲属和已邀请者乞求超量,就有犯吗?不,没有犯,因为前面的学处已经成立无犯了。这里共有四支:超量、有被抢等因缘、向非亲属乞求、由此获得。巴利
Yasmā panidaṃ…pe… na vuttanti etthāyamadhippāyo – ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti vuccamāne aññesaṃ atthāya pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvāpi gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti āpajjati, tañca aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattattā vatthunā saṃsandiyamānaṃ na sameti. Na hi yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmiṃyeva anāpattivacanaṃ yuttanti. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana tīsupi ‘‘imassa sikkhāpadassa attano sādiyanapaṭibaddhatāvasena pavattattā ‘aññassatthāyā’ti vattuṃ okāsoyeva natthi, tasmā na vutta’’nti kathitaṃ. Idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti avuttattā aññesaṃ atthāya ñātakapavāritesu adhikaṃ viññāpentassa āpattīti ce? Na, tattha purimasikkhāpadeneva anāpattisiddhito. Tatuttaritā, acchinnādikāraṇatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
《除疑》里则说:巴利圣典中说的“展示厅”,就是布店。因为商人们把布匹摆出来展示,那个地方就叫“展示厅”。“为他的衣”,是指可以受用的衣。“三衣具足者”,这是说明:除了没被夺走的三衣之外,在精舍等处没有别的衣存放着。如果有的话,就不该去乞求,应该暂时穿着,去拿自己的衣。如果连暂时的衣也得不到,那就像破坏草木后拿草叶遮盖一样,这时候去乞求也是可以的。“以另一”,是指以没被夺走的、不完整的一套衣。“两件失落”,是从超出的角度说的,意思是“两件可以受用的衣”。“与圣典不相应”,是和“亲戚已邀请者无犯”这段圣典不相应,因为那只是就超过那个限度去乞求有犯戒可能的情况而说的。“为他人利益没说”,这说明了以下含义:为他人利益而超过那个限度去乞求,犯舍堕。至于那个波逸提,如果问是为谁的利益而乞求——是属于那些人,还是只属于乞求者本人?首先不属于那些人,因为不是他们去乞求的;也不属于乞求者,因为不是为他自己而乞求的。所以,为他人利益去乞求的人,看不出有舍堕。不过,圣典中这个学处是围绕自己受用来运作的,所以在无犯的部分没有说“为他人利益”。他们这样说,看起来是合理的,应该审察之后再采纳。这里共有四个要素:超过那个限度的衣、被夺走等因缘、向非亲戚乞求、以及由此获得。巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.522-524) pana ‘‘pāḷiyaṃ paggāhikasālanti dussāpaṇaṃ. Tañhi vāṇijakehi dussāni paggahetvā dassanaṭṭhānatāya ‘paggāhikasālā’ti vuccati. Assa cīvarassāti sāditabbacīvarassa. Tecīvarikenāti iminā acchinnaticīvarato aññassa vihārādīsu nihitassa cīvarassa abhāvaṃ dasseti . Yadi bhaveyya, viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭeyya, tāvakālikaṃ nivāsetvā attano cīvaraṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tāvakālikampi alabhantassa bhūtagāmavikopanaṃ katvā tiṇapaṇṇehi chadanaṃ viya viññāpanampi vaṭṭati eva. Aññenāti acchinnaasabbacīvarena. ‘Dve naṭṭhānī’ti adhikārato vuttaṃ ‘dve sāditabbānī’ti. Pāḷiyā na sametīti ‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’nti (pārā. 526) imāya pāḷiyā na sameti tatuttari viññāpanaāpattippasaṅge eva vuttattā. Aññassatthāyāti na vuttanti idaṃ aññassatthāya tatuttari viññāpane nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ hotīti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Tañca pācittiyaṃ yesaṃ atthāya viññāpeti, tesaṃ vā siyā viññāpakasseva vā, na tāva tesaṃ, tehi aviññāpitattā, nāpi viññāpakassa, attānaṃ uddissa aviññattattā. Tasmā aññassatthāya viññāpentassapi nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ na dissati. Pāḷiyaṃ pana imassa sikkhāpadassa attano sādiyanapaṭibaddhatāvasena pavattattā ‘aññassatthāyā’ti anāpattivāre na vuttanti vadanti, tañca yuttaṃ viya dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Tatuttaricīvaratā, acchinnādikāraṇatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgānī’’ti.
这段关于“超过那个”学处的判定,虽然老师没有讲过,但因为它只涉及“被夺衣”这一范围,所以我们还是把它收进来了。在向非亲戚乞求这一学处的相关因缘里,世尊说过:在被夺衣的时候,可以向非亲戚乞求;而他们布施的衣,应当适量取用。这一点,是由“超过那个”学处来说明的。因此,它只属于“被夺衣”这个范围。巴利
Idaṃ tatuttarisikkhāpadavinicchayaṃ ācariyena avuttampi acchinnacīvarādhikāreyeva pavattattā amhehi gahitaṃ, aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadassa samayesu acchinnacīvarakāle aññātakānaṃ viññāpetabbabhāvo bhagavatā vutto, tehi dinnacīvarassa mattaso gahitabhāvo tatuttarisikkhāpadena vutto. Tasmā acchinnacīvaraadhikāroyeva hotīti.
裁断衣的裁决讨论巴利
Cīvaraacchindanavinicchayakathā
接下来,我们按照“夺取”的共同含义来说明夺取衣物的判定。其中,“我给你的那些”就是指我给你的那些东西。据说他当时想:“他会带着我的钵、衣、鞋和坐具,跟我一起上路游行”,所以才给了。因此这样说:“会跟我一起在各地游行。”所谓“夺取”,就是用强力拿走。不过,因为他是带着“这是我的东西”的想法拿走的,所以不犯波罗夷;因为是把对方弄得疲惫不堪之后才拿走的,所以判定为犯戒。巴利
Ito paraṃ acchindanasāmaññena cīvaraacchindanavinicchayaṃ vakkhāma – tattha yampi tyāhanti yampi te ahaṃ. So kira ‘‘mama pattacīvaraupāhanapaccattharaṇāni vahanto mayā saddhiṃ cārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti adāsi. Tenevamāha ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatī’’ti. Acchindīti balakkārena aggahesi, sakasaññāya gahitattā panassa pārājikaṃ natthi, kilametvā gahitattā āpatti paññattā.
自己亲手夺取,犯舍堕。如果夺取一件衣,或者夺取多件捆在一起的衣,只犯一个罪。如果夺取多件没有捆在一起、各自分开摆放的衣,或者命令别人“把僧伽梨拿来,把郁多罗僧拿来”,这样让人去取时,就按物品的件数来定罪。即使只说一句“把我布施的全部拿来”,仅凭这一句话,也构成许多个罪。巴利
Sayaṃ acchindati, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ekaṃ cīvaraṃ ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti, ekato abaddhāni visuṃ visuṃ ṭhitāni bahūni acchindato, ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā’’ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā’’ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo.
命令别人去拿,犯的是恶作罪。如果命令说“把衣拿来”,就犯一个恶作罪。被命令的人拿了多件衣,就犯一个波逸提罪。如果说“拿僧伽梨,拿郁多罗僧”,每说一句就犯一个恶作罪。如果说“把我给的全部都拿来”,只说这一句,就犯下众多罪。巴利
Aññaṃ āṇāpeti, āpatti dukkaṭassāti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadato vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti vadato ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyo.
除了可以作为净施物的最后一件衣以外,其他任何物品,哪怕是一根针,都叫“其他资具”。把针包起来放着的,如果包得松,就按针的数量一条一条算恶作罪;如果包得紧,就只算一条恶作罪,这是《大注疏》里说的。放进针盒里的针,道理也一样。放进袋子里,不论松绑还是紧绑,乃至三辛药等药物,道理也都一样。巴利
Aññaṃ parikkhāranti vikappanupagapacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci antamaso sūcimpi. Veṭhetvā ṭhapitasūcīsupi vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭāni. Sithilaveṭhitāsu evaṃ. Gāḷhaṃ katvā baddhāsu pana ekameva dukkaṭanti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sūcighare pakkhittāsupi eseva nayo. Thavikāya pakkhipitvā sithilabaddhagāḷhabaddhesu tikaṭukādīsu bhesajjesupi eseva nayo.
他给衣的情形是这样的:他说“尊者,这件衣正好适合您”,就这样给出去。或者,有人这样对他说:“贤友,我们给你衣,是想着你会履行侍奉、在我们这里受依止、学习法。可你现在既不履行侍奉,也不受依止,也不学法。”他被这样说了之后,就说:“尊者,我想你们是为了衣才说这些的吧,这件衣给你们。”这样给出去,也属于他给衣。又或者,对已经去了别处的年轻比丘,长老说“你们去把他叫回来”,他不肯回来。如果对他说“拿上衣去拦住他”,他因此就回来了,那很好。如果他说“我想你们是为了钵和衣才说这些的吧,拿去吧”,就把衣给出去,这样也还是他给衣。又或者,看到已经还俗的人,就对他说:“我们给你钵和衣,是想着你会履行侍奉。可你现在却还俗到处游荡。”对方说“把你们的钵和衣拿回去吧”,这样给出去,也属于他给衣。但是,不应该这样有分别地给:“我只给在我这里受依止的人,在别处受依止的不给;只给履行侍奉的人,不履行侍奉的不给;只给学法的人,不学法的不给;只给不还俗的人,还俗的不给。”如果这样分别给与,犯恶作罪;不过,让对方把衣取回去,是可以的。已经舍出去、给出去之后,又强行夺回来的,应当按物品的价值令他赔偿。这里其余的内容都很清楚。这是从《善见律》中摘出的判例。巴利
So vā detīti ‘‘bhante, tumhākaṃyeva idaṃ sāruppa’’nti evaṃ vā deti. Atha vā pana ‘‘āvuso, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattapaṭipattiṃ karissati, amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissati, dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇissatī’ti cīvaraṃ adamhā, sodāni tvaṃ na vattaṃ karosi, na upajjhaṃ gaṇhāsi, na dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇāsī’’ti evamādīhi vutto ‘‘bhante, cīvaratthāya maññe bhaṇatha, idaṃ vo cīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. Disāpakkantaṃ vā pana daharaṃ ‘‘nivattetha na’’nti bhaṇati, so na nivattati. ‘‘Cīvaraṃ gahetvā rundhathā’’ti evaṃ ce nivattati, sādhu. Sace ‘‘pattacīvaratthāya maññe tumhe bhaṇatha, gaṇhatha na’’nti deti, evampi soyeva deti. Vibbhantaṃ vā disvā ‘‘mayaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘vattaṃ karissatī’ti pattacīvaraṃ adamhā, sodāni tvaṃ vibbhamitvā carasī’’ti vadati, itaro ‘‘gaṇhatha tumhākaṃ pattacīvara’’nti deti, evampi so vā deti. ‘‘Mama santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhantasseva te demi, aññattha gaṇhantassa na demi. Vattaṃ karontasseva demi, akarontassa na demi. Dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇantasseva demi, apariyāpuṇantassa na demi. Avibbhamantasseva demi, vibbhamantassa na demī’’ti evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dadato dukkaṭaṃ, āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnaṃ acchinditvā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍagghena kāretabbo. Sesamettha uttānameva. Ayaṃ samantapāsādikato uddhaṭavinicchayo.
这里“凡彼所说”中的“凡”是表示原因的词,所以应当这样理解其中的关联:我因为“他会和我一起去各地游方”这个原因,贤友,才把衣给了你,你却不做那件事,于是我愤怒、不高兴,就把衣夺走了。或者,“凡”指的是衣。这里应当这样连接:即使我把衣给了你,我还是要“他会和我一起去各地游方”的那件衣,我要把那件衣拿回来,于是我愤怒、不高兴,就把衣夺走了。巴利
Yampi tyāhanti ettha yanti kāraṇavacanaṃ, tasmā evamettha sambandho veditabbo – ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yaṃ kāraṇaṃ nissāya ahaṃ te, āvuso, cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ na karosī’’ti kupito anattamano acchindīti. Yanti vā cīvaraṃ parāmasati. Tattha ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yampi te ahaṃ cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti kupito anattamano acchindīti sambandhitabbaṃ.
被命令拿多件衣,只犯一个波逸提:因为“拿衣”这一命令所针对的是一件衣,所以只有一个波逸提。每说一次话就犯一个恶作:这里是指在衣物未被夺走的情况下,按物品数量来计算波逸提。一个语句犯多个罪:这是针对在衣物未被夺走时、按物品数量所应犯的波逸提罪来说的;而在命令这一步所犯的恶作,则只有一个。巴利
Āṇattobahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyanti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇattiyā ekacīvaravisayattā ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Vācāya vācāya dukkaṭanti ettha acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyoti idaṃ acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya āpajjitabbaṃ pācittiyāpattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, āṇattiyā āpajjitabbaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ ekameva.
“如是”这个词,是用它来指“按物品数量计算而犯的恶作”这一说法。“同样是这个规则”则是指出:在宽松和严格两种情况下所犯的罪,是多还是少。巴利
Evanti iminā ‘‘vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭānī’’ti idaṃ parāmasati. Eseva nayoti sithilaṃ gāḷhañca pakkhittāsu āpattiyā bahuttaṃ ekattañca atidisati.
贤友,“我们……”等处,虽然是因为想拿而这样说,但因为确实是他给的,所以不犯戒。“他会在我们跟前受依止师”,这也说明是给沙弥的布施。因此,虽然巴利原文说“亲手把衣给了比丘之后”,但要知道,即使是在还没受具足戒时给的,到了受具足戒时再夺回来,也还是波逸提。这里判断的标准,就是夺回的那一刻是否已经受具足戒。“给”是指高高兴兴地给,或者生气地给。“应阻止”就是应当拦住。但“这样给是不合适的”,这里要知道,这样给的东西,不能不当成“这是他的所有物”就直接拿来用。不过“允许叫他拿来”是可以的,因为这样给的东西类似于雇人做工,所以可以叫他拿来。“舍弃后给”就是按前面说的方式,不是直接给,而是不再惦记它,把它给了对方。“应按物价令他赔偿”是指没有“是自己的东西”这个想法而拿的人,应当估好物价,让他按罪来赔偿。这里一共有五个条件:可以作为净施的最后一件衣、亲手给、认为是自己的、已受具足戒、因愤怒而夺取或叫人夺取。这是《义要阐明》里的内容。巴利
Āvuso mayantiādīsu gaṇhitukāmatāya evaṃ vuttepi teneva dinnattā anāpatti. Amhākaṃsantike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatīti idaṃ sāmaṇerassapi dānaṃ dīpeti, tasmā kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi anupasampannakāle datvāpi upasampannakāle acchindantassa pācittiyamevāti veditabbaṃ. Acchindanasamaye upasampannabhāvoyeva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Detīti tuṭṭho vā kupito vā deti. Ruddhathāti nivāretha. Evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ettha evaṃ dinnaṃ na tāva ‘‘tassa santaka’’nti anadhiṭṭhahitvāva paribhuñjitabbanti veditabbaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭatīti evaṃ dinnaṃ bhatisadisattā āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnanti vuttanayena adatvā anapekkhena hutvā tasseva dinnaṃ. Bhaṇḍagghena kāretabboti sakasaññāya vinā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā āpattiyā kāretabbo. Vikappanupagapacchimacīvaratā, sāmaṃ dinnatā, sakasaññitā, upasampannatā, kodhavasena acchindanaṃ vā acchindāpanaṃ vāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Ayaṃ sāratthadīpanīpāṭho (sārattha. ṭī. 2.635).
不过,《疑惑遣除》(Vi. Vi. Ṭī. 1.631)里说:关于“夺取”这一段,应当这样补充理解并连接文义:我给你的那件衣,我是带着“它会和我一起离开”的想法才给的,不是别的意思,他因此生气就夺走了。“一个恶作”是说:如果被派的人一定会去夺,那么在派他的那一刹那,就已经是波逸提。如果他不去夺,那就应当看作只是那时的一个恶作。“一句话多条罪”是说:如果被派的人没有障碍地去夺,那么在派他的那一刹那,就按物品数量算波逸提罪,因为在动手造作的那一刹那,罪就已经犯了;但衣要在真正被夺走时,才成为舍堕。如果他不去夺,就应当看作在派他的那一刹那,只有一个恶作。其他类似情况也应照这个道理理解。“将取依止师”这一句,说明了对沙弥的布施;也由此说明,即使是在他还是沙弥时给的,等他受具足戒后再夺走,也还是波逸提。“亲自给比丘衣后”这句,是按最严重的情况说的。至于“允许令取来”,是因为事情还没做时,性质类似雇工,所以才这么说。这里共有五个条件:可作为净施的最后一件衣、亲自给与、认为是自己的、已受具足戒、因愤怒而夺取或叫人夺取。巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.631) pana ‘‘yampi…pe… acchindīti ettha yaṃ te ahaṃ cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ ‘mayā saddhiṃ pakkamissatī’ti saññāya adāsiṃ, na aññathāti kupito acchindīti evaṃ ajjhāharitvā yojetabbaṃ. Ekaṃ dukkaṭanti yadi āṇatto avassaṃ acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇe eva pācittiyaṃ. Yadi na acchindati, tadā eva dukkaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekavācāya sambahulāpattiyoti yadi āṇatto anantarāyena acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇeyeva vatthugaṇanāya pācittiyāpattiyo payogakaraṇakkhaṇeyeva āpattiyā āpajjitabbato, cīvaraṃ pana acchinneyeva nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Yadi so na acchindati, āṇattikkhaṇe ekameva dukkaṭanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evamaññatthapi īdisesu nayo ñātabbo. Upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatīti sāmaṇerassa dānaṃ dīpeti, tena ca sāmaṇerakāle datvā upasampannakāle acchindatopi pācittiyaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’’ti idaṃ ukkaṭṭhavasena vuttaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭatīti kamme akate bhatisadisattā vuttaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimacīvaratā, sāmaṃ dinnatā, sakasaññitā, upasampannatā, kodhavasena acchindanaṃ vā acchindāpanaṃ vāti imānettha pañca aṅgānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
巧思心论巴利
Paṭibhānacittakathā
6 关于《巧思图案论》的注释里,已经按照前面说过的方式讲得很清楚,所以《义要阐明》里没有再说什么。不过《疑惑遣除》(律疏·小品 2.299)里说:“直接说‘你去做’是不合适的,因为命令本身就已经被禁止了;可以用‘你为什么不做’这类间接的说法对守门人说。‘本生事’指的是和本生有关的任何男女等形象。因为说的是‘让别人去做’,所以即使是佛像也不能自己动手做。”这是那里所说的。巴利
6. Paṭibhānacittakathāyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva suviññeyyanti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ na kiñci vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.299) pana ‘‘karohīti vattuṃ na vaṭṭatīti āṇattiyā eva paṭikkhittattā dvārapālaṃ ‘kiṃ na karosī’tiādinā pariyāyena vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Jātakapakaraṇanti jātakapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ itthipurisādi yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ adhippetaṃ. ‘Parehi kārāpetu’nti vuttattā buddharūpampi sayaṃ kātuṃ na labhatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
未竟食论巴利
Vippakatabhojanakathā
7 关于未竟食论,在《义要阐明》《疑惑遣除》和《金刚慧复注》中也没有任何说明。最先做的、已经做好的,叫已作;还没有完成的所作,叫未竟作;未竟作的食物就是未竟食,因此他被称为未竟食者,也就是最初吃了之后,用餐这件事还没有完成的比丘。这和前面所说的“比丘应当进入”是相关联的。“即使空着手,也不应让他起身”,这里说明了理由:“因为他正是未竟食者。”即使已经喝了粥、吃了硬食等,由于米饭还没有吃,他仍然属于用餐尚未完毕的人。“已受请者,应当对他说”,意思是:已经受请而从座位起身的人,不能再吃;在自己身边没有水的时候,应当对他说——这就是其中的含义。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
7. Vippakatabhojanakathāyampi sāratthadīpanī vimativinodanī vajirabuddhiṭīkāsu na kiñci vuttaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ kataṃ pakataṃ, vi aniṭṭhitaṃ pakataṃ vippakataṃ, vippakataṃ bhojanaṃ yena so vippakatabhojano, paṭhamaṃ bhuñjitvā aniṭṭhitabhojanakicco bhikkhu. Vuttena bhikkhunā pavisitabbanti sambandho. Rittahatthampi uṭṭhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ettha kāraṇamāha ‘‘vippakatabhojanoyeva hi so hotī’’ti, yāgukhajjakādīsupi pītesu khāditesupi bhattassa abhuttattā aniṭṭhitabhojanakicco hoti. Pavārito hoti, tena vattabboti pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena bhuñjituṃ alabhamānattā attano santike udake asante vattabboti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
关于诵说与让人诵说的讨论巴利
Uddisantauddisāpanakathā
8 8. 在《诵与令诵论》中,“诵者”是指给予诵习、让人诵读巴利经文的人。“令诵者”是指接受诵习、让人诵读巴利经文的人。“较高者”中的“亦”字包含同座的意思。“较低者”这里道理也一样。巴利
8. Uddisantauddisāpanakathāyaṃ uddisantenāti uddesaṃ dentena, pāḷiṃ vācentenāti attho. Uddisāpentenāti uddesaṃ gaṇhantena, pāḷiṃ vācāpentenāti attho. Uccatarepīti pi-saddena samānāsanaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Nīcatarepīti etthāpi eseva nayo.
三年间隔的讨论巴利
Tivassantarikakathā
9 在“三雨安居间”的讨论中,三个雨安居就叫“三雨安居”;或者,三个雨安居就叫“三雨安居”。“三雨安居之间”就是“三雨安居间”;住在三雨安居之间的人,就是“三雨安居间者”。用这个“三雨安居间者”来说时,“间”这个词表示中间的意思,“那”这个后缀表示安住的意思。所以《跋耆罗复注》里说:“所谓‘以三雨安居间者’,就是住在三个雨安居之内的人。”《注疏》里则为了直接显示它本身的样子,说“名为三雨安居间者”等等。“这些一切”,就是所有这些三种同座者。剩下的部分很容易理解。巴利
9. Tivassantarikakathāyaṃ tīṇi vassāni tivassaṃ, tīṇi vā vassāni tivassāni, tivassānaṃ antaraṃ tivassantaraṃ, tivassantare ṭhitoti tivassantaro, tena tivassantarena, antara-saddo majjhatthavācako, ṇa-paccayo ṭhitatthe. Tenāha vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 320) ‘‘tivassantarenāti tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ anto ṭhitenā’’ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 320) pana sarūpameva dassento ‘‘tivassantaro nāmā’’tiādimāha. Ime sabbeti sabbe tividhā ime samānāsanikā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
10 在“长座论”这一段中,“可收拢的”是指适合收拢的,比如草席之类。“不可收拢的”是指无法收拢的座位,比如石座之类。因此《义明灯》里说:“所谓长座,就是除开床和椅之外,任何一种能让三个人一起舒适坐下的座位。”那为什么说“能让三个人坐下”呢?难道能让两个人坐下的座位不也是长座吗?针对这个质疑,就说:“我允许……(中略)……以这个量作为最后长座的标准。”因为,在只能让两个人坐下的非长座上,只有同座的人才能一起坐;而从能让三个人坐下开始算作长座之后,就可以和不同座的人一起坐了。如果这样的话,那岂不是也可以和黄门等一起坐?考虑到这个质疑,就说:“诸比丘,我允许,除了黄门……”等等。这里的意思很容易明白。巴利
10. Dīghāsanakathāyaṃ saṃhārimaṃ vāti saṃharituṃ yuttaṃ kaṭasārakādi. Asaṃhārimaṃ vāti saṃharituṃ asakkuṇeyyaṃ pāsāṇādi āsanaṃ. Tenāha sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.320) ‘‘dīghāsanaṃ nāma mañcapīṭhavinimuttaṃ yaṃ kiñci tiṇṇannaṃ ekato sukhaṃ nisīdituṃ pahotī’’ti. Kasmā pana ‘‘tiṇṇannaṃ pahotī’’ti vuttaṃ, nanu dvinnaṃ pahonakāsanampi dīghamevāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘anujānāmi…pe… ettakaṃ pacchimaṃ dīghāsananti hi vutta’’nti. Dvinnaṃ pahonake hi adīghāsane samānāsanikeheva saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati, tiṇṇannaṃ pahonakato paṭṭhāya gahite dīghāsane pana asamānāsanikehipi saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭati. Yadi evaṃ paṇḍakādīhipi saha nisīdituṃ vaṭṭeyyāti codanaṃ manasi katvā āha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ṭhapetvā paṇḍaka’’ntiādi. Tattha attho suviññeyyova.
看护病人的讨论巴利
Gilānupaṭṭhānakathā
11 在“看护病人论”这一段中,“陷没”是指沉溺、被沾染的意思。“举起后”是指抬起来之后。“同老师者”在这里有人解释说:“即使一位老师只有一个弟子、一个共住者,这些人彼此之间也算是同老师者。”“没有能力调配药物”的意思是,当医生吩咐“拿这个药和那个药,这样调配好再给他”时,没有能力照那样去做。“移出”就是搬走、丢掉的意思。不过《疑惑消除》里说:“‘在地上作清洁’的意思是,把病人躺卧处弄脏的地方洗干净,再让人涂上绿泥。‘没有能力调配药物’的意思是,连别人所说的方法也没有能力照办。”巴利
11. Gilānupaṭṭhānakathāyaṃ palipannoti nimuggo, makkhitoti attho. Uccāretvāti ukkhipitvā. Samānācariyakoti ettha ‘‘sacepi ekassa ācariyassa eko antevāsiko hoti, eko saddhivihāriko, etepi aññamaññaṃ samānācariyakā evā’’ti vadanti. Bhesajjaṃ yojetuṃ asamattho hotīti vejjena ‘‘idañcidañca bhesajjaṃ gahetvā iminā yojetvā dātabba’’nti vutte tathā kātuṃ asamatthoti attho. Nīhātunti nīharituṃ, chaḍḍetunti attho. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.365-366) pana ‘‘bhūmiyaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ akāsīti gilānena nipannabhūmiyaṃ kiliṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ dhovitvā haritūpalittaṃ kāresīti attho. Bhesajjaṃ yojetuṃ asamatthoti parehi vuttavidhimpi kātuṃ asamattho’’ti vuttaṃ.
12 在《死亡赞论》中,“确实成了求死者”这句话,是因为怀着“此身坏灭之后,愿能投生天界”这样的意图,所以从意义上说,确实就是求死者。“不知道自己是求死者”,是说他们不知道自己的求死者状态,也就是不知道“有这种意图的人,就叫做求死者”。他们并不是不知道自心生起活动。“依言说”是指依前阶段的言说。因为在对死亡意图作出决断的那个决意刹那,并没有悲悯,所以这里的意趣是:并不像以悲悯心解开绑在套索上的猪那样。这里的“依寿量”,是以另一种方式阐述已经说过的意思,也就是“依相续”,即“依相续、依寿量而住”。“依相续”是指依流转相续,即“只要在此有中相续之流未断,便住至彼时”。巴利
12. Maraṇavaṇṇakathāyaṃ maraṇatthikāva hutvāti imassa kāyassa bhedena saggapāpanādhippāyattā atthato maraṇatthikāva hutvā. Maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantāti ‘‘evaṃ adhippāyino maraṇatthikā nāma hontī’’ti attano maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā. Na hi te attano cittappavattiṃ na jānanti. Vohāravasenāti pubbabhāgavohāravasena, maraṇādhippāyassa sanniṭṭhāpakacetanākkhaṇe karuṇāya abhāvato kāruññena pāse baddhasūkaramocanaṃ viya na hotīti adhippāyo. ‘‘Yathāyunā’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ yathānusandhināti pariyāyantarena vuttaṃ, yathānusandhinā yathāyuparicchedenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yathānusandhināti yathānuppabandhena, yāva tasmiṃ bhave santānassa anuppabandho avicchinnapavatti hoti, tāva ṭhatvāti vuttaṃ hoti.
《疑惑消除》里说:“‘依言说’是指依前阶段的言说。因为在确定死亡意图的决意生起那一刻没有悲悯,所以不像以悲悯心解开拴在绳套上的猪那样,这就是这里的意趣。‘依寿量’所说的意思,换一种说法就是‘依相续’。”《金刚慧复注》里则说:“‘实为求死者’,因为怀有以此身坏灭而往生天界的意图,所以从义理上确实成了求死者。那些不知道‘具此意图者名为求死者’、不了知自己求死者状态的人,犯波罗夷。并不是说他们不知道自心的活动。‘依言说’,是指在前阶段依言说;但在决意确定时并没有这个,不像解开拴在绳套上的猪那样。‘依相续’,意思是中间没有死去。”巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.180) ‘‘vohāravasenāti pubbabhāgavohāravasena maraṇādhippāyassa sanniṭṭhāpakacetanākkhaṇe karuṇāya abhāvato, kāruññena pāse baddhasūkaramocanaṃ viya na hotīti adhippāyo. ‘Yathāyunā’ti vuttamevatthaṃ yathānusandhināti pariyāyantarena vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 180) pana ‘‘maraṇatthikāva hutvāti imassa kāyassa bhedena saggapāpanādhippāyattā atthato maraṇatthikāva hutvā. ‘‘Evaṃadhippāyino maraṇatthikā nāma hontī’’ti attano maraṇatthikabhāvaṃ ajānantā āpannā pārājikaṃ. Na hi te attano cittappavattiṃ na jānantīti vuccanti. Vohāravasenāti pubbabhāge vohāravasena, sanniṭṭhāne panetaṃ natthi, pāse baddhasūkaramocane viya na hoti. Yathānusandhināti antarā amaritvāti attho’’ti vuttaṃ.
13 在《自杀论》这一段里,“以格位变化”指的是格位的变化。“殊胜证得”指的是定和观。因为极其明显,所以说“就像拿在手里一样显现”。“断绝”是说:为了不让殊胜证得受到散乱干扰,就断绝食物。“殊胜证得”是指获得出世间法。“告知之后”就是报告之后。“断绝,是不允许的”:因为圣者只有在同类且具惭愧心的比丘面前,遇到适当因缘时,才会报告自己证得的殊胜境界;而那些比丘不会用不恰当的邪命方式去寻求资具,所以对他们已经求得的资具生起后悔,进而断绝食物,这是不允许的。意思是:因为已经向同类报告了,就不能再断绝。因为他们只向清净的福田报告。正因如此,在三部《结使足》中都这样说:“因为允许向同类具惭愧心的比丘说,这就是为了说明‘断绝,是不允许的’这一道理。”或者说,“告知殊胜证得之后”这句话,是为了显示殊胜已经证得的状态;因为只有在担心证得会遇到障碍时,才允许断绝食物,为了说明已经证得的人不应再做这件事,所以说“告知殊胜证得之后,再断绝食物,是不允许的”。那么,圣者会把自己证得的殊胜境界告诉别人吗?针对这个责难,回答说“因为允许向同类具惭愧心的比丘说”,我们认为这个解释在这里更合理,《结使足》里也已经显示了这层意思。巴利
13. Attapātanakathāyaṃ vibhattibyattayenāti vibhattivipariṇāmena. Visesādhigamoti samādhi vipassanā ca. Ativiya pākaṭattā ‘‘hatthappatto viya dissatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Upacchindatīti visesādhigamassa vikkhepo mā hotūti āhāraṃ upacchindati. Visesādhigamanti lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhaṃ. Byākaritvāti ārocetvā. Upacchindati, na vaṭṭatīti yasmā sabhāgānaṃ lajjībhikkhūnaṃyeva ariyā attanā adhigatavisesaṃ tādise kāraṇe sati ārocenti, te ca bhikkhū appatirūpāya anesanāya paccayaṃ na pariyesanti, tasmā tehi pariyesitapaccaye kukkuccaṃ uppādetvā āhāraṃ upacchindituṃ na vaṭṭatīti attho. Sabhāgānañhi byākatattā upacchindituṃ na labhati. Te hi kappiyakhettaṃ ārocenti. Teneva ‘‘sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭatīti idaṃ ‘upacchindati, na vaṭṭatī’ti imassa kāraṇaṃ dassentena vutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Atha vā visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvāti idaṃ visesassa adhigatabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, adhigamantarāyaṃ āsaṅkanteneva ca āhārupacchedo kātabboti anuññātattā adhigatena na kātabboti dassetuṃ ‘‘visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā āhāraṃ upacchindati, na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiṃ pana ariyā attanā adhigatavisesaṃ aññesaṃ ārocentīti imissā codanāya ‘‘sabhāgānañhi lajjībhikkhūnaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ, ayamettha yuttataroti amhākaṃ khanti, gaṇṭhipadepi ayamattho dassitoyevāti.
《疑惑消除》里也说:“‘以格位变化’就是指格位的变化。‘殊胜证得’是指定和观。‘殊胜证得’是指获得出世间法。‘告知之后’就是禀告之后,这也是为了说明已证得殊胜的状态而说的。因为已经证得殊胜的人,为了不随顺邪见,有惭耻心的比丘一定会告知自己已证得的殊胜,然而即使没有告知已证得的殊胜,也不应断绝食物,因为允许断绝食物只是为了消除证得的障碍,所以在证得那殊胜时就不应那样做。那么,告知证得是否合适呢?他说‘同分者等’。”——《金刚觉注》(vajira. ṭī. pārājika 181-183)中说:“看起来就像已到手一样,他想‘不要让他有散乱’,于是断绝食物;告知殊胜证得后,因惭耻而回避由此产生的恭敬,于是断绝食物,因为已告知同分者。他们确实告知了如法之地。”巴利
Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.182-183) ‘‘vibhattibyattayenāti vibhattivipariṇāmena. Visesādhigamoti samādhi vipassanā ca. Visesādhigamanti lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhaṃ. Byākaritvāti ārocetvā, idañca visesassa adhigatabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Adhigatavisesā hi diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanatthaṃ lajjībhikkhūnaṃ avassaṃ adhigamaṃ byākaronti, adhigatavisesena pana abyākaritvāpi āhāraṃ upacchindituṃ na vaṭṭati, adhigamantarāyavinodanatthameva āhārupacchedassa anuññātattā tadadhigame so na kātabbova. Kiṃ panādhigamaṃ ārocetuṃ vaṭṭatīti āha sabhāgānañhītiādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 181-183) ‘‘hatthappatto viya dissati, ‘tassa vikkhepo mā hotū’ti upacchindati, visesādhigamaṃ byākaritvā tappabhavaṃ sakkāraṃ lajjāyanto āhāraṃ upacchindati sabhāgānaṃ byākatattā. Te hi kappiyakhettaṃ ārocentī’’ti vuttaṃ.
没仔细看过就坐下的讨论巴利
Appaccavekkhitvānisinnakathā
14 14. 在“不观察就坐下”这一话题中,“不观察”就是不仔细审查。所谓“向上或向下移动”,是指为了给后来的人让出位置,在已经坐好的行列里向上或向下挪动。“没有观察的义务”,是说后来的人没有审查的义务。因为“下面如果有东西,外衣就会起皱”,所以说道“在何处皱褶不明显”。而且应当看到,这种观察只是针对在家众所有之物。在《疑除论》中(vi. vi. ṭī. 1.180)也说:“因为‘下面如果有东西,外衣就会起皱’,所以说道‘在何处皱褶不明显’。而且应当看到,这种观察只是针对在家众所有之物。”仅说了这么多。在《金刚觉注》中(vajira. ṭī. pārājika 180)也说:“‘不观察’就是不审察。因为下面如果有东西,皱褶就会显现。”仅说了这么多。巴利
14. Appaccavekkhitvā nisinnakathāyaṃ appaṭivekkhitvāti anupaparikkhitvā. Uddhaṃ vā adho vā saṅkamantīti pacchā āgatānaṃ okāsadānatthaṃ nisinnapāḷiyā uddhaṃ vā adho vā gacchanti. Paṭivekkhaṇakiccaṃ natthīti pacchā āgatehi upaparikkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi. Heṭṭhā kismiñci vijjamāne sāṭakaṃ valiṃ gaṇhātīti āha ‘‘yasmiṃ vali na paññāyatī’’ti. Paṭivekkhaṇañcetaṃ gihīnaṃ santakeyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.180) ‘‘heṭṭhā kismiñci vijjamāne sāṭakaṃ valiṃ gaṇhātīti āha ‘yasmiṃ vali na paññāyatī’ti. Paṭivekkhaṇañcetaṃ gihīnaṃ santake evāti daṭṭhabba’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 180) ‘‘appaṭivekkhitvāti avicāretvā. Heṭṭhimabhāge hi kismiñci vijjamāne vali paññāyatī’’ti ettakameva.
嬉笑投石之论巴利
Davāyasilāvijjhanakathā
15 在“嬉笑投石之论”这一节中,“嬉笑”这个词是用来表达“以嬉笑为意图”的意思。带前缀“paṭi”的动词根“vidha”有“转动”之义,所以论中说“不应以嬉笑的意图使石头滚动”。因为“silā”这个词表示石头,所以针对“不应击穿那块石头”的质难,论中说“不仅如此”等话。如果真是这样,那么即使为一切人之利益也不应开许了,所以论中说“为塔等之利益”等话。“洗涤杖”指洗涤物品用的杖。《疑惑消除》中则说:“洗涤物品者,或洗涤衣者。洗涤杖者,洗衣之杖。”巴利
15. Davāyasilāvijjhanakathāyaṃ davāsaddo hasādhippāyavācako. Paṭipubbavidha-dhātu pavaṭṭanatthoti āha ‘‘hasādhippāyena pāsāṇo na pavaṭṭetabbo’’ti. Silāsaddassa pāsāṇavācakattā so eva na paṭivijjhitabboti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘na kevalañcā’’tiādi. Yadi evaṃ sabbesampi atthāya na vaṭṭeyyāti āha ‘‘cetiyādīnaṃ atthāyā’’tiādi. Dhovanadaṇḍakanti bhaṇḍadhovanadaṇḍaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.182-183) pana ‘‘bhaṇḍakaṃ vā dhovantāti cīvaraṃ vā dhovantā. Dhovanadaṇḍakanti cīvaradhovanadaṇḍa’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于涂抹的讨论巴利
Dāyālimpanakathā
16 16. 在“涂抹湿地之论”中,“湿……中略……波逸提”:即使是在干燥的地方点火,只要是出于这个意图去涂抹,也还是波逸提。恶作:在干燥的地方点火,或者没有确定干燥的东西是“不干燥”就点火,犯恶作。出于嬉戏的意图也是这样,嬉戏的意图应当只从啪啪作响的声音等情形来了知。与火相对者,即对火为“对火”。作防护者,即保护。或者自己生起的,即由风吹动的竹子等互相碰撞而生起的。无依者,即无薪柴。然而《疑破论》(vi. vi. ṭī. 1.190)中说:“‘出于嬉戏的意图也犯恶作’,这是就于干草等中点火而说的。但在湿物中,即使出于嬉戏的意图而作,也还是波逸提。与火相对者,或者迎面而来的火为‘对火’,即使在湿草等中布施它对火也是被允许的。布施它的人,远远看见正来的林火,不使遍于精舍一时燃烧,而从一处开始,次第地使精舍周围慢慢烧,使得即使大火也不能到达精舍,这样在精舍周围作出空地后,应布施对火。它前往林火的迎路,会合一处,与它一起熄灭。作防护者,即从四周砍伐树木草等、挖壕沟等作保护。因此说‘在草屋周围削平地面’等。”然而在《金刚觉注》(vajira. ṭī. pārājika 190)中只说:“‘防护’即保护,为了显示它,说了‘周围削平地面’等。”仅此而已。巴利
16. Dāyālimpanakathāyaṃ alla…pe… pācittiyanti sukkhaṭṭhānepi aggiṃ pātetvā iminā adhippāyena ālimpentassa pācittiyameva. Dukkaṭanti sukkhaṭṭhāne vā sukkhaṃ ‘‘asukkha’’nti avavatthapetvā vā aggiṃ pātentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Kīḷādhippāyepi eseva nayo, kīḷādhippāyo ca paṭapaṭāyamānasaddassādavaseneva veditabbo. Paṭipakkhabhūto aggi paṭaggi. Parittakaraṇanti ārakkhakaraṇaṃ. Sayaṃ vā uṭṭhitanti vāteritānaṃ veḷuādīnaṃ aññamaññasaṅghaṭṭanena samuṭṭhitaṃ. Nirupādānoti indhanarahito. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.190) pana ‘‘khiḍḍādhippāyenapi dukkaṭanti sukkhatiṇādīsu aggikaraṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Allesu pana kīḷādhippāyenapi karontassa pācittiyameva. Paṭipakkhabhūto, paṭimukhaṃ gacchanto vā aggi paṭaggi, tassa allatiṇādīsupi dānaṃ anuññātaṃ. Taṃ dentena dūratova āgacchantaṃ dāvaggiṃ disvā vihārassa samantato ekakkhaṇe akatvā ekadesato paṭṭhāya vihārassa samantato saṇikaṃ jhāpetvā yathā mahantopi aggi vihāraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vihārassa samantā abbhokāsaṃ katvā paṭaggi dātabbo. So ḍāvaggino paṭipathaṃ gantvā ekato hutvā tena saha nibbāti. Parittakaraṇanti samantā rukkhatiṇādicchedanaparikhākhaṇanādiārakkhakaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ‘tiṇakuṭikānaṃ samantā bhūmitacchana’ntiādī’’ti, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 190) pana ‘‘parittanti rakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘samantā bhūmitacchana’ntiādi vutta’’nti ettakameva vuttaṃ.
邪见家族的施食论巴利
Micchādiṭṭhikulābhatakathā
17 17. 在“邪见家族受食之论”中,“于这些无信”指他们无信、悭吝,即对那些无信者。与邪见相应的家族就是“邪见家族”,这是中间省略的依主复合词,指以“没有布施”等说法所展开的十事邪见相应的家族,即于那些家族中。“在邪见家族中获得之后”是连接语。对于他们中不恭敬行事的人,应当以恭敬行事来对待;对于他们中不布施上妙之物的人,应当以上妙布施来对待——这里应当有这样一个理由。审察这个理由之后才适合受用,所以说“不审察,就不应自己受用,也不应给予他人”。为了说明应当以什么理由,说了“即使混杂”等。不只是钵食,所以说“凡……”等。其中说明理由:“即使在没有遮盖的地方”等。接着又显示其他情况,如“涂抹香、姜黄等”。在那里也为了说明理由,而说“身体上的病处”等。巴利
17. Micchādiṭṭhikulābhatakathāyaṃ natthi saddhā etesūti assaddhā, maccharino, tesu assaddhesu. Micchādiṭṭhiyā yuttāni kulāni micchādiṭṭhikulāni, majjhelopatatiyātappurisasamāso, ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā yuttakulāni, tesu. Micchādiṭṭhikulesu labhitvāti sambandho. Asakkaccakārīnaṃ tesaṃ sakkaccakaraṇena, appaṇītadāyīnaṃ tesaṃ paṇītadānena bhavitabbamettha kāraṇenāti kāraṇaṃ upaparikkhitvāva bhuñjituṃ yuttanti āha ‘‘anupaparikkhitvā neva attanā bhuñjitabbaṃ, na paresaṃ dātabba’’nti. Yena kāraṇena bhavitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘visamissampi hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Na kevalaṃ piṇḍapātamevāti āha ‘‘yampī’’tiādi. Tattha kāraṇamāha ‘‘apihitavatthusmimpi hī’’tiādi. Tato aññampi dasseti gandhahaliddādimakkhitotiādinā . Tatthapi kāraṇaṃ dassetumāha ‘‘sarīre rogaṭṭhānānī’’tiādi.
牧牛者布施的讨论巴利
Gopakadānakathā
18 18. 在“牧牛者施”这一节中,守护、看护他人财物的,就是“牧牛者”;他所作的布施就是“牧牛者施”,也就是园林守护者等人应当布施给比丘的供养。其中,“挂上牌子之后”意思是:写下“只能从这么多树上取这么多”,也就是把牌子挂上去、写清楚。“作标记想”意思是:作约定。“孩子们”意思是:他们的儿子、孙子等孩子。其他任何只要是牧牛者,也都包括在内。在一切处,在俗人的牧牛者施中,牧牛者给多少,就应取多少。但在僧团之物中,则只应按照规定的限量取,由于这样说明,所以说“意义上是一”。在《疑违注》中也说:“‘挂上牌子之后’意思是:‘守护这么多树之后,应从那里取这么多’,这样把牌子挂上去。‘作标记想’意思是:作约定。‘孩子们’意思是:他们的儿子、孙子等任何守护的人,在这里全都称为‘孩子们’。”而在《金刚觉注》中则说:“‘园林守护者’应依信任而取。‘了知意图’在这里是说:如果施主们不守护、不惩罚接受其布施的比丘或所施之分,那么不隐藏而取其布施是可以的,这里是决定;但那也被说为‘在僧团之物中则不可’。”巴利
18. Gopakadānakathāyaṃ paresaṃ santakaṃ gopeti rakkhatīti gopako, tassa dānaṃ gopakadānaṃ, uyyānapālakādīhi bhikkhūnaṃ dātabbadānaṃ. Tattha paṇṇaṃ āropetvāti ‘‘ettakeheva rukkhehi ettakameva gahetabba’’nti paṇṇaṃ āropetvā, likhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nimittasaññaṃ katvāti saṅketaṃ katvā. Dārakāti tesaṃ puttanattādayo dārakā. Aññepi ye keci gopakā honti, te sabbepi vuttā. Sabbatthapi gihīnaṃ gopakadāne yattakaṃ gopakā denti, tattakaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Saṅghike pana yathāparicchedameva gahetabbanti dīpitattā ‘‘atthato eka’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.156) ‘‘paṇṇaṃ āropetvāti ‘ettake rukkhe rakkhitvā tato ettakaṃ gahetabba’nti paṇṇaṃ āropetvā. Nimittasaññaṃ katvāti saṅketaṃ katvā. Dārakāti tesaṃ puttanattādayo ye keci gopenti, te sabbepi idha ‘dārakā’ti vuttā’’ti, vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 156) pana ‘‘ārāmarakkhakāti vissatthavasena gahetabbaṃ. Adhippāyaṃ ñatvāti ettha yassa dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhantaṃ bhikkhuṃ, bhāgaṃ vā sāmikā na rakkhanti na daṇḍenti, tassa dānaṃ appaṭicchādetvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭatīti idha sanniṭṭhānaṃ, tampi ‘na vaṭṭati saṅghike’ti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ.
“在哪里”是指在哪一个住处。“其他人没有”是指没有其他外来比丘。“在那里”是指在那样一个住处。“分着吃”的意思是,对已经到来的外来客比丘,也分给他们吃。“对四种资具正确供给”是指把芒果等果实卖掉之后,正确地供给衣服等四种资具。“为衣服而限定后施与”是说:“把这些树上的果实卖掉后,只应该用来供给衣服,不应该分着吃”,这样限定之后施与。那些外来客也没有自主权,因为这是限定为受用资具而施与的,所以他们不能分着吃。不应于那些……乃至……住立,这里的意思是,外来客们按照上面所说的方法分着吃。应住立于他们之约定:“不应分配而食”,或者“我等将从这么多棵树取果实”,或者“我等将取这么多果实”,或者“我等将在这么多天内采摘”,或者“我等不取任何”,如是常住的比丘们所作之约定,来客应当安住遵守。大义注中以“没有自主权”一语所显示的含义,在大巴差利注中以“四种资具”等语详细展开显示。关于“唯以受用方式”,这里的“唯”字用于不恰当之处,应理解为“以受用方式分着吃”。【此处】:于此寺院,或于此国土。巴利
Yatthāti yasmiṃ āvāse. Aññesaṃ abhāvanti aññesaṃ āgantukabhikkhūnaṃ abhāvaṃ. Tatthāti tādise āvāse. Bhājetvā khādantīti āgantukānampi sampattānaṃ bhājetvā khādantīti adhippāyo. Catūsu paccayesu sammā upanentīti ambaphalādīni vikkiṇitvā cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu sammā upanenti. Cīvaratthāya niyametvā dinnāti ‘‘imesaṃ rukkhānaṃ phalāni vikkiṇitvā cīvaresuyeva upanetabbāni, na bhājetvā khāditabbānī’’ti evaṃ niyametvā dinnā. Tesupi āgantukā anissarāti paccayaparibhogatthāya niyametvā dinnattā bhājetvā khādituṃ anissarā. Na tesu…pe… ṭhātabbanti ettha āgantukehi heṭṭhā vuttanayena bhājetvā khāditabbanti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbanti ‘‘bhājetvā na khāditabba’’nti vā ‘‘ettakesu rukkhesu phalāni gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘ettakāni phalāni gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘ettakānaṃ divasānaṃ abbhantare gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘na kiñci gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā evaṃ katāya āvāsikānaṃ katikāya āgantukehi ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anissarā’’ti vacanena dīpitoyeva attho mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘‘catunnaṃ paccayāna’’ntiādinā vitthāretvā dassito. Paribhogavasenevāti ettha eva-saddo aṭṭhānappayutto, paribhogavasena tameva bhājetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Ettha etasmiṃ vihāre, raṭṭhevā.
“住处资具”是指住处本身,以及为了这个用途而专门划拨存放的东西。“从最差的一档开始”,是以最差的为起点,也就是说从最差的住处开始分配。在住处方面,草等物品也要从最差的一档开始分发;住处的附属用品也要从最差的一档开始分发。但“不能把根本基础砍掉之后再拿来用”——这句话说的是什么意思呢?在三处结语中,首先说的是“一切住处都不可分发”。那么“即使是从最差的一档开始分发的人,也不可分发住处的地基”,这是不是就是所说的意思呢?我们不认同这种理解。应当考察之后,取其中认可的意思。巴利
Senāsanapaccayanti senāsanañca tadatthāya niyametvā ṭhapitañca. Lāmakakoṭiyāti lāmakaṃ ādiṃ katvā, lāmakasenāsanato paṭṭhāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Senāsanepi tiṇādīni lāmakakoṭiyāva vissajjetabbāni, senāsanaparikkhārāpi lāmakakoṭiyāva vissajjetabbā. Mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabbanti iminā kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu tāva idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbāni senāsanāni na vissajjetabbānīti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti. Lāmakakoṭiyā vissajjantehipi senāsanabhūmiyo na vissajjetabbāti ayamattho vutto hotīti no khanti. Vīmaṃsitvā yaṃ ruccati, taṃ gahetabbaṃ.
用属于法的物品来供养佛,或者用属于佛的物品来供养法,到底如法不如法?有人引用“婆悉咤,如来这个称呼,也叫法身”以及“婆迦梨,见到法的人就是见到我”(相应部3.87)这些话,说这是如法的。但也有人说:“照这样的话,从‘诸比丘,谁侍奉我,谁就应当侍奉病人’(大品365)这句话,就会推出:用属于佛的东西给病人配药也应该是可以的——所以不如法。”这种说法站不住脚。因为“诸比丘,谁侍奉我,谁就应当侍奉病人”这句话,并不是说自己和病人完全一样,也不是说侍奉这两者的果报相同。这里的意思其实是:“谁通过奉行我的教诫和教导来侍奉我,谁就应当侍奉病人;奉行我教诫的病人,应当被侍奉”(大品注释365)。不能把侍奉世尊和侍奉病人理解成完全一回事。所以,依据“阿难,我所宣说、所制定的法和律,在我灭度后就是你们的老师”(长部2.216)这句话,以及注释里说的“我现在独自教诫教导,我般涅槃后,这八万四千尊佛会教诫教导你们”(长部注释2.216),再加上称赞多闻比丘时说的“准陀,多闻的人不是你们的弟子,他就是佛”,还有如来尊重法的缘故——我们认为前面那种说法更可取。《除疑论》里也说:“‘于此’就是在这个住处。‘其他人的’就是其他外来客僧的。‘那些外来客僧也没有自主权’——因为长期住在住处的人,衣服资具是由施主或比丘们指定后布施的,所以外来客僧没有权力分了去享用。外来比丘如果有意,可以在雨安居等时候进入那个寺院,为衣服资具的缘故而取用。应当依照他们的约定来做——也就是对一切果实不加分配,或者约定‘分配某些树上的果实来享用,用其余果实来维护住处’,或者约定‘筹备钵食等资具’,或者约定‘什么都不分,全部拿来供给四种资具’——这样正当筹备的常住比丘的约定,外来客僧应当遵守。《大注释》用‘没有自主权’这句话已经表明了意思,《大巴差利》则用‘四种资具’等详细展开说明。‘仅以受用为准’——这里的‘仅’字位置不对,应该连起来理解为:以受用为准,分配那个东西。‘于此’就是在这个寺院,或者在这个地方。‘住处资具’就是住处以及为这个目的指定存放的东西。‘留下一处或两处上等住处’——为了用反面的方式说明前面已经说过的意思,所以又说‘不能截断根本所依来挪用’,意思是:不能把称为住处的根本所依截断,不能把一切住处都分掉。不过有人在这里说:‘留下一处或两处上等住处,从最差的开始分配的人,也不能把住处地基分掉——这就是所说的意思。’这种说法也合理,因为这个意思无论如何都必须说到,否则有人可能会以为连地基也可以一起分掉。巴利
Dhammasantakena buddhapūjaṃ kātuṃ, buddhasantakena vā dhammapūjaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatīti? ‘‘Tathāgatassa kho etaṃ, vāseṭṭha, adhivacanaṃ dhammakāyo itipī’’ti ca ‘‘yo kho, vakkali, dhammaṃ passati, so maṃ passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.87) ca vacanato vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Keci pana ‘‘evaṃ sante ‘yo, bhikkhave, maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyyā’ti (mahāva. 365) vacanato buddhasantakena gilānassapi bhesajjaṃ kātuṃ yuttanti āpajjeyya, tasmā na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ akāraṇaṃ. Na hi ‘‘yo, bhikkhave, maṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyyā’’ti (mahāva. 365) iminā attano ca gilānassa ca ekasadisatā, tadupaṭṭhānassa vā samaphalatā vuttā. Ayañhettha attho – ‘‘yo maṃ ovādānusāsanīkaraṇena upaṭṭhaheyya, so gilānaṃ upaṭṭhaheyya, mama ovādakārakena gilāno upaṭṭhātabbo’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 365). Bhagavato ca gilānassa ca upaṭṭhānaṃ ekasadisanti evaṃ panettha attho na gahetabbo, tasmā ‘‘yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.216) vacanato ‘‘ahañca kho panidāni ekakova ovadāmi anusāsāmi, mayi parinibbute imāni caturāsīti buddhasahassāni tumhe ovadissanti anusāsissantī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.216) vuttattā ca bahussutaṃ bhikkhuṃ pasaṃsantena ca ‘‘yo bahussuto, na so tumhākaṃ sāvako nāma, buddho nāma esa cundā’’ti vuttattā dhammagarukattā ca tathāgatassa pubbanayo eva pasatthataroti amhākaṃ khanti. Vimativinodaniyampi ‘‘yatthāti yasmiṃ āvāse. Aññesanti aññesaṃ āgantukānaṃ. Tesupi āgantukā anissarāti senāsane nirantaraṃ vasantānaṃ cīvaratthāya dāyakehi, bhikkhūhi vā niyametvā dinnattā bhājetvā khādituṃ anissarā. Āgantukehipi icchantehi tasmiṃ vihāre vassānādīsu pavisitvā cīvaratthāya gahetabbaṃ. Tesaṃ katikāya ṭhātabbanti sabbāni phalāphalāni abhājetvā ‘ettakesu rukkhesu phalāni bhājetvā paribhuñjissāma, aññesu phalāphalehi senāsanāni paṭijaggissāmā’ti vā ‘piṇḍapātādipaccayaṃ sampādessāmā’ti vā ‘kiñcipi abhājetvā catupaccayatthāyeva upanemā’ti vā evaṃ sammā upanentānaṃ āvāsikānaṃ katikāya āgantukehi ṭhātabbaṃ. Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘anissarā’ti vacanena dīpito eva attho, mahāpaccariyaṃ ‘catunnaṃ paccayāna’ntiādinā vitthāretvā dassito. Paribhogavasenevāti ettha eva-saddo aṭṭhānappayutto, paribhogavasena tameva bhājetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Etthāti etasmiṃ vihāre, raṭṭhe vā. Senāsanapaccayanti senāsanañca tadatthāya niyametvā ṭhapitañca. ‘Ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā’ti vuttamevatthaṃ puna byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ‘mūlavatthucchedaṃ pana katvā na upanetabba’nti vuttaṃ, senāsanasaṅkhātavatthuno mūlacchedaṃ katvā sabbāni senāsanāni na vissajjetabbānīti attho. Keci panettha ‘ekaṃ vā dve vā varasenāsanāni ṭhapetvā lāmakato paṭṭhāya vissajjantehipi senāsanabhūmiyo na vissajjetabbāti ayamattho vutto’ti vadanti, tampi yuttameva imassapi atthassa avassaṃ vattabbato, itarathā keci saha vatthunāpi vissajjetabbaṃ maññeyyu’’nti.
《跋耆罗觉疏》(跋耆罗疏·波罗夷 153)中说:“‘在此处’,就是指在这座精舍里,敌军等危险已经来了。‘截断根本所依’:因为说过‘对一切住处,这些人就是主宰者’,所以显示出其余的人没有主宰权。‘这位比丘才是主宰者’——据说意思是:他想在哪里,就能以自己知道的理由在那里得到(住处);另外也有人称这是‘年幼者’的说法。‘连同地基’,说的就是连同土地。”巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 153) ‘‘ettha etasmiṃ vihāre paracakkādibhayaṃ āgataṃ. Mūlavatthucchedanti ‘sabbasenāsanānaṃ ete issarā’ti vacanato itare anissarāti dīpitaṃ hoti. Ayameva bhikkhu issaroti yattha so icchati, tattha attañātahetuṃ labhatīti kira attho, api ca ‘daharo’ti vadanti. Savatthukanti saha bhūmiyāti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti.
关于如法请求保护的讨论巴利
Dhammikārakkhayācanakathā
19 在《请求如法保护之论述》中说到:“‘仅颈部’——因为并没有下令。‘想让他们受损’——有人听了我说他们是盗贼之后,会惩罚他们,甚至夺去他们的性命,是这样想的。由此说明:仅仅因为害怕,或者为了夺取资具而匆忙喊出‘盗贼’,即使对方因此受了惩罚,也没有过失。因为对国王的差役来说,只要指出‘这个人是盗贼’,就已经是颈部了。但如果是比丘或寺院净人等当面听到有人对净人等说‘某某盗贼做了这样的事’,净人因此转告国王差役,使盗贼受到惩罚——对比丘来说不算颈部,因为他没有直接告诉国王差役;而那些被告知的人,也不算,因为他们自己并没有惩罚盗贼。应这样理解。即使下令说‘你去把属于他的东西抢过来’,如果实际是让另一个人去抢,下令的人也无犯,因为指令被改变了。‘使自己的话能执行’——这是从可行性角度说的。对于不执行话语的国王差役,即使为了‘把此人拿走的资具要回来,不要惩罚他’而指名告知,即使惩罚已经实施,也不算颈部,因为惩罚之获取已被遮止,就像下令‘取某物’后又生悔意而再次遮止的情形一样(参见《波罗夷》121)。如同接受奴仆等有恶作罪,为了这个目的而兴讼,比丘也同样犯恶作,所以说:‘所谓如法诉讼,并不允许。’然而,如果有比丘为了田地等事,前往官员处进行诉讼,这并不像接受田地那样对所有人都成为不如法,因为该田地本来就已经属于僧团,只有该比丘因亲自经办而结罪。而为了奴仆等的利益请求保护时,若被官员询问,说明僧团既有的如法作法,或让净人等代为进行诉讼,仍然是可以的。至于精舍地基等的如法诉讼,比丘自己也可以进行。”这些内容见于《除疑复注》(《除疑复注·波逸提》2.679)。巴利
19. Dhammikārakkhayācanakathāyaṃ ‘‘gīvāyevāti āṇattiyā abhāvato. Tesaṃ anatthakāmatāyāti ‘coro’ti vuttaṃ mama vacanaṃ sutvā keci daṇḍissanti, jīvitā voropessantīti evaṃ saññāya. Etena kevalaṃ bhayena vā parikkhāraggahaṇatthaṃ vā sahasā ‘coro’ti vutte daṇḍitepi na dosoti dasseti. Rājapurisānañhi ‘coro aya’nti uddissakathane eva gīvā. Bhikkhūnaṃ, pana ārāmikādīnaṃ vā sammukhā ‘asuko coro evamakāsī’ti kenaci vuttavacanaṃ nissāya ārāmikādīsu rājapurisānaṃ vatvā daṇḍāpentesupi bhikkhussa na gīvā rājapurisānaṃ avuttattā, yesañca vuttaṃ, tehi sayaṃ corassa adaṇḍitattāti gahetabbaṃ. ‘Tvaṃ etassa santakaṃ acchindā’ti āṇattopi hi sace aññena acchindāpeti, āṇāpakassa anāpatti visaṅketattā. Attano vacanakaranti idaṃ sāmīcivasena vuttaṃ. Vacanaṃ akarontānaṃ rājapurisānampi ‘iminā gahitaparikkhāraṃ āharāpehi, mā cassa daṇḍaṃ karohī’ti uddissa vadantassapi daṇḍe gahitepi na gīvā eva daṇḍaggahaṇassa paṭikkhittattā ‘asukabhaṇḍaṃ avaharā’ti āṇāpetvā vippaṭisāre uppanne puna paṭikkhipane (pārā. 121) viya. Dāsādīnaṃ sampaṭicchane viya tadatthāya aḍḍakaraṇe bhikkhūnampi dukkaṭanti āha ‘kappiyaaḍḍo nāma, na vaṭṭatī’ti. Kenaci pana bhikkhunā khettādiatthāya vohārikānaṃ santikaṃ gantvā aḍḍe katepi taṃ khettādisampaṭicchane viya sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ na hoti pubbe eva saṅghasantakattā. Bhikkhusseva pana payogavasena āpattiyo honti. Dāsādīnampi pana atthāya rakkhaṃ yācituṃ vohārikena puṭṭhena saṅghassa uppannaṃ kappiyakkamaṃ vattuṃ ārāmikādīhi ca aḍḍaṃ kārāpetuṃ vaṭṭati eva. Vihāravatthādikappiyaaḍḍaṃ pana bhikkhunā sayampi kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.679) āgato.
《跋耆罗觉复注》(vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 681)中说:“所谓‘颈’,仅仅是颈本身,并不是波罗夷。‘令人制作后给予’:这里如果属于武器类物品,不应令人制作它的刃,而应当用其他方式让他明白。”巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 681) ‘‘gīvāti kevalaṃ gīvā eva hoti, na pārājikaṃ. Kārāpetvā dātabbāti ettha sace āvudhabhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tassa dhārā na kārāpetabbā, aññena pana ākārena saññāpetabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于丢弃粪便等物的讨论巴利
Uccārādichaḍḍanakathā
20 在关于丢弃粪便等物的讨论中,第八条“丢弃粪便等物”部分:有粪便等物、没有告知、是正在使用的地方、有墙等遮挡、自己丢弃或让别人丢弃——这里一共五个条件。第九条“在青草上丢弃”部分:“一切”指的是比丘和比丘尼。这些只是《妙义灯疏》里说的内容。但《疑惑除尽疏》里说:“第八条:正在使用的地方、有墙等遮挡、没有告知就丢弃粪便等物——这是两个条件。第九条:因为提到了‘即使是已经切掉顶部的椰子’,所以禁止的只是在青草上丢弃。因此说‘在没有播下种子的地方’等等。凡是允许丢弃的地方,在青草上大小便也是可以的。‘一切’指的是比丘和比丘尼。”《跋耆罗佛音疏》里则说:“‘告知主人之后才丢弃’——有些书写本里没有这句,有些书写本里有,有这句的更好,因为这条学处有做和不做两种情况。这里,田地看护者和园林等看护者就是主人。如果没有‘不可以在僧团的田地和园林里丢弃垃圾’这样的约定,比丘丢弃是允许的,因为属于僧团管辖范围;比丘尼丢弃则不允许。比丘尼在属于比丘尼僧团的地方,按照前面说的方式丢弃是允许的,比丘在那里丢弃则不允许。即使如此,也应该按照合适的方式来做。”巴利
20. Uccārādichaḍḍanakathāyaṃ aṭṭhame uccārādichaḍḍane ‘‘uccārādibhāvo, anapalokanaṃ, vaḷañjanaṭṭhānaṃ, tirokuṭṭapākāratā, chaḍḍanaṃ vā chaḍḍāpanaṃ vāti imāni panettha pañca aṅgāni, navame haritūpari chaḍḍane sabbesanti bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā ca. Idha khettapālakā ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā evā’’ti ettakameva sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.830) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.830) pana ‘‘aṭṭhame vaḷañjiyamānatirokuṭṭāditā, anapaloketvā uccārādīnaṃ chaḍḍanādīti dve aṅgāni. Navame ‘matthakacchinnanāḷikerampī’ti vuttattā haritūpari chaḍḍanameva paṭikkhittaṃ. Tenāha ‘anikkhittabījesū’tiādi. Yattha ca chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati, tattha harite vaccādiṃ kātumpi vaṭṭati eva. Sabbesanti bhikkhubhikkhunīna’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. pācittiya 832) pana ‘‘sāmike apaloketvāva chaḍḍetīti katthaci potthake natthi, katthaci atthi, atthibhāvova seyyo kiriyākiriyattā sikkhāpadassa. Idha khettapālakā ārāmādigopakā ca sāmikā eva. ‘Saṅghassa khette ārāme ca tattha kacavaraṃ na chaḍḍetabbanti katikā ce natthi, bhikkhussa chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati saṅghapariyāpannattā, na bhikkhunīnaṃ. Tāsampi bhikkhunisaṅghasantake vuttanayena vaṭṭati, na tattha bhikkhussa. Evaṃ santepi sāruppavaseneva kātabbanti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ.
在《比丘分别》的应学法注释中(《波逸提注》651)这样说:“‘非故意’是指:前往隐蔽处时,大便或小便突然不受控制地排出,这叫非故意,无犯。‘非青草处’在这里是指:即使榕树根在地面上看得见,或者树枝垂到地上,全都算作青草。可以坐在树干上,排泄到没有青草的地方。正在找没有青草的地方时突然排出,或者站在病人所在之处,允许。‘在非青草处作’是指:找不到没有青草的地方时,把草团或稻草团垫在上面再作,事后青草又覆盖上去,也仍然允许。《大筏疏》中说:‘痰在这里也包括鼻涕。’‘非水中’这话只是针对饮用水说的。但在厕所、海洋等非饮用水里,无犯。天下雨时,四周都是水流,正在找没有水的地方时排出,允许。《大筏疏》中说:在这种时候,找不到没有水的地方而作,允许。”在这部注释以及《除疑论》(《疑尽注》波逸提2.652)中说:“‘痰在这里也包括鼻涕’,这里应当理解为:做成水团后,用嘴把甘蔗渣等物带到水里丢掉,允许。”巴利
Bhikkhuvibhaṅge pana sekhiyavaṇṇanāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 651) ‘‘asañciccāti paṭicchannaṭṭhānaṃ gacchantassa sahasā uccāro vā passāvo vā nikkhamati, asañciccakato nāma, anāpatti. Na hariteti ettha yampi jīvarukkhassa mūlaṃ pathaviyaṃ dissamānaṃ gacchati, sākhā vā bhūmilaggā gacchati, sabbaṃ haritasaṅkhātameva, khandhe nisīditvā appaharitaṭṭhāne pātetuṃ vaṭṭati. Appaharitaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva sahasā nikkhamati, gilānaṭṭhāne ṭhito hoti, vaṭṭati. Appaharite katoti appaharitaṃ alabhantena tiṇaṇḍupakaṃ vā palālaṇḍupakaṃ vā ṭhapetvā katopi pacchā haritaṃ ottharati, vaṭṭatiyeva. ‘Kheḷena cettha siṅghāṇikāpi saṅgahitā’ti mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Na udaketi etaṃ paribhogaudakameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Vaccakuṭisamauddādiudakesu pana aparibhogesu anāpatti. Deve vassante samantato udakogho hoti, anudakaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva nikkhamati, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ etādise kāle anudakaṭṭhānaṃ alabhantena kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tassaṃ vaṇṇanāyaṃ vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.652) ‘‘kheḷena cettha siṅghāṇikāpi saṅgahitāti ettha udakagaṇḍusakaṃ katvā ucchukacavarādiñca mukheneva harituṃ udakesu chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
在这里,智者应当考察:注释书里说“但在厕所、海洋等非受用的水中,无犯”,既然如此,那么在河流、天然湖泊等水中,是有犯还是无犯呢?对此,如果说“海洋等”中的“等”字也把河流、天然湖泊包括进去了,所以无犯,那不应这样理解。因为,如果“海洋等”中的“等”字真的把河流、天然湖泊也包括进去了,那么复注师们就应该这样说,但他们并没有这样说;而且注释书里本来只说到“在厕所、海洋等水中”就够了,却没有那样停住,而是加上了“非受用的”这个有理由的限定语。由此可知:“等”字所包括的只是非受用的污水坑等水,并不包括受用的河流、天然湖泊等水。因此,厕所、海洋等水因为是非受用,所以无犯;而河流、天然湖泊等水因为是受用,所以有犯。那么,怎么知道“非受用的”这个词是有理由的呢?从道理和传承两方面知道。怎么从道理知道?因为“厕所、海洋等水,有是受用的,也有是非受用的”,存在这种不确定性;只有存在不确定的情况时,限定语才有意义。怎么从传承知道?因为佛授长老在《律决择》中说:“因他们非受用。”因此,“等”字所包括的只是非受用的水,不包括受用的水。《律决择复注》中也说:“‘在厕所、海洋等水中’,这里以‘等’字包括一切非受用的水,正因如此,才说‘他们非受用’作为理由。”所以应当知道,在人们受用的河流、天然湖泊、池塘、莲花池等水中大小便等,是不允许的。注释书里说:“天降雨时,四周都是水流,正在观察寻找无水处时排出,允许。《大筏疏》说,在这种时候,找不到无水处而作,也允许。”因此,依照注释书的道理可以推知:在大河、天然湖泊等处,乘船而行时,如果遇到同样的情况,应先说“请靠岸”;如果到了无法靠岸的地方,即使在水中作,也允许,无犯。但这应当仔细审察后再采纳。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne paṇḍitehi vicāretabbaṃ atthi – ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesu pana aparibhogesu anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, evaṃ sante nadījātassarādīsu āpatti vā anāpatti vāti. Tattha samuddādīti ādi-saddena nadījātassarāpi saṅgahitāva, tasmā anāpattīti ce? Na cevaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yadi hi samuddādīti ettha ādi-saddena nadījātassarāpi saṅgahitā, evaṃ sati ṭīkācariyā vadeyyuṃ, na pana vadanti, aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesū’’ti ettakameva vadeyya, tathā pana avatvā ‘‘aparibhogesū’’ti hetumantavisesanapadampi gahitaṃ. Tena ñāyati ‘‘ādisaddena aparibhogāni candanikādiudakāni eva gahitāni, na paribhogāni nadījātassarādiudakānī’’ti. Tena ca vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakāni aparibhogattā anāpattikarāni honti, nadījātassarādiudakāni pana paribhogattā āpattikarānīti. Kathaṃ pana ‘‘aparibhogesū’’ti imassa padassa hetumantapadabhāvo jānitabboti? Yuttito āgamato ca. Kathaṃ yuttito? ‘‘Vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakāni paribhogānipi santi, aparibhogānipī’’ti abyabhicāriyabhāvato. Byabhicāre hi sambhave eva sati visesanaṃ sātthakaṃ siyā. Kathaṃ āgamato? Vuttañhetaṃ ācariyabuddhadattattherena vinayavinicchaye (vi. vi. 1954) ‘‘tesaṃ aparibhogattā’’ti. Tasmā ādi-saddena aparibhogāniyeva udakāni gahitāni, na paribhogāni. Vuttañhetaṃ vinayavinicchayaṭīkāyaṃ ‘‘vaccakuṭisamuddādiudakesūti ettha ādi-saddena sabbaṃ aparibhogajalaṃ saṅgayhati, teneva tesaṃ aparibhogattameva kāraṇamāhā’’ti, tasmā manussānaṃ paribhogesu nadījātassarataḷākapokkharaṇiyādiudakesu uccārapassāvādikaraṇaṃ na vaṭṭatīti jānitabbametaṃ. ‘‘Deve vassante samantato udakogho hoti, anudakaṭṭhānaṃ olokentasseva nikkhamati, vaṭṭati. Mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ etādise kāle anudakaṭṭhānaṃ alabhantena kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti vutta’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatattā mahantesu nadījātassarādīsu nāvādīhi gatakāle tādise kāraṇe sati ‘‘tīraṃ upanehī’’ti vatvā ‘‘upanetuṃ asakkuṇeyyaṭṭhāne udakepi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathānulomato viññāyati, upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ.
关于洗澡时用树木等摩擦身体的说法巴利
Nahānerukkhādighaṃsanakathā
21 21. 在沐浴时用树木等摩擦身体,这里“以八格形”是指八格板的样子,也就是像赌板那样。“以小皿根形”是指像痰盂底座那样的形状。不过《疑惑消除》中说:“‘以八格形’,是指赌板上八格纹路的样子。‘以小皿根形’,是指痰盂底座那样的形状。这是就持圆盘者而说的。这是关于在尖刺上竖起圆盘瓦片的说法。‘以宽掌’,是指不握拳,用张开的手掌来按摩背部,这叫宽掌按摩。正是针对这一点而说手按摩。”而《金刚智复注》中说:“用宽掌所做的工作就叫宽掌业。”巴利
21. Nahāne rukkhādighaṃsananti ettha aṭṭhapadākārenāti aṭṭhapadaphalakākārena, jūtaphalakasadisanti vuttaṃ hoti. Mallakamūlakasaṇṭhānenāti kheḷamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.243) pana ‘‘aṭṭhapadākārenāti jūtaphalake aṭṭhagabbharājiākārena. Mallakamūlasaṇṭhānenāti kheḷamallakamūlasaṇṭhānena. Idañca vaṭṭādhārakaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kaṇṭake uṭṭhāpetvā katavaṭṭakapālassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Puthupāṇikanti muṭṭhiṃ akatvā vikasitahatthatalehi piṭṭhiparikammaṃ vuccati. Etameva sandhāya hatthaparikamma’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 244) pana ‘‘puthupāṇinā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ puthupāṇikamma’’nti vuttaṃ.
依据巴利文的要义,讲完沐浴时该做和不该做的事之后,现在要说明在沐浴处沐浴的比丘们沐浴的规矩,所以说了“然而,这里沐浴的规矩是”等话。其中,因为被人看见会让别人失去信心,又像在家人做的事一样应当受到指责,所以说“不管在什么地方……中间省略……都不应该下水”。在别人就在跟前时,没有水衣而沐浴很困难,所以说“不过要观察各个方向,知道没人之后”。即使这样,也可能被树桩、灌木丛、藤蔓等遮住而站着,所以说了“树桩……中间省略……咳嗽一声之后”。朝上脱衣可能会被人看见,所以说“弯下身子……中间省略……脱下来”。接着说明系腰带和放置腰带的做法,就是“系腰带”等话。然后,如果有水衣,就应该穿上它再下水;如果没有,该怎么办?针对这个问难,说了“如果”等话。其中,前面已经用“站着就不应该下水”否定了不知羞耻的做法,这里则显示知羞耻的做法:在水边蹲下来,把下衣解开。在凹凸不平的地方或平坦的地方把衣服铺开时,可能会带着它走到别处去,所以说“如果在低处”等话。巴利
Evaṃ pāḷianusāreneva nahāne kattabbākattabbaṃ dassetvā idāni nahānatitthe nahāyantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nahānavidhiṃ dassento ‘‘idaṃ panettha nahānavatta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha passantānaṃ appasādāvahanato, gihipurisānaṃ kammaṃ viyāti garahitabbabhāvato ca vuttaṃ ‘‘yattha vā tattha vā…pe… na otaritabba’’nti. Aññesu sammukhībhūtesu anudakasāṭakena nahāyituṃ dukkarattā ‘‘sabbadisā pana oloketvā vivittabhāvaṃ ñatvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Evampi khāṇugumbalatādīhi paṭicchannāpi hutvā tiṭṭheyyunti āha ‘‘khāṇu…pe… ukkāsitvā’’ti. Uddhaṃmukhena cīvarāpanayanaṃ harāyitabbaṃ siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘avakujja…pe… apanetvā’’ti. Tato kāyabandhanaṭṭhapanavattamāha ‘‘kāyabandhana’’ntyādinā . Tato udakasāṭikāya sati taṃ nivāsetvā otaritabbaṃ siyā, tāya asatiyā kiṃ kātabbanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘sace’’tiādi. Tattha pubbe ‘‘ṭhitakeneva na otaritabba’’nti ahirikākārassa paṭisiddhattā idha hirimantākāraṃ dasseti udakante ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā nivāsanaṃ mocetvāti. Uṇṇaṭṭhāne, samaṭṭhāne vā pasārite sati vā tena aññattha gaccheyyāti āha ‘‘sace ninnaṭṭhāna’’ntiādi.
针对“下去的人应该怎么做?”这个问题,回答说“下去的人要慢慢地”等等。这里,因为前面已经禁止“不要快速下去”,所以相应地就说“慢慢地”。如果走到太深的地方,会被水流、波浪、风等冲击,身体可能会摇晃;如果坐在太浅的地方,身体又遮不住,所以说“下到肚脐那么深”。如果用手拨水等激起波浪、发出声音,就会显得轻浮不稳重,所以说“不要激起波浪、不要出声,转过身来”。转过身来之后要做什么?回答说“面朝来的方向潜下去”,意思是身体要朝向那个方向。现在说明这样做的结果,就说“如是”等等。接着,对于“浮上来的时候要做什么?”这个问题,说“浮上来的时候也”等等。剩下的内容很容易理解。穿好衣服之后才能站着。为什么?因为水还没有从身上滴完,所以应该暂时用双手提起上衣的衣角,放在身前站着。然后等知道身体已经干了,穿好衣服,就可以随意离开了。巴利
Otarantena kiṃ kātabbanti pucchaṃ sandhāya ‘‘otarantena saṇika’’ntyādi. Tattha pubbe ‘‘vegena na otaritabba’’nti paṭisiddhānurūpamāha ‘‘saṇika’’nti. Atigambhīraṃ gacchanto udakoghataraṅgavātādīhi paharanto calitakāyo siyā, atiuttāne nisīdanto appaṭicchannakāyo siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘nābhippamāṇamattaṃ otaritvā’’ti. Attano hatthavikārādīhi vīciṃ uṭṭhāpento, saddañca karonto uddhaṭacapalabhāvo siyāti vuttaṃ ‘‘vīciṃ anuṭṭhapentena saddaṃ akarontena nivattitvā’’ti. Nivattitvā kiṃ kātabbanti āha āgatadisābhimukhena nimujjitabba’’nti, abhimukhena hutvāti pāṭhaseso. Idāni tapphalaṃ dassento ‘‘eva’’ntyādimāha. Tato ummujjantena kiṃ kātabbanti pucchāyamāha ‘‘ummujjantenapī’’tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Cīvaraṃ pārupitvāva ṭhātabbaṃ, kasmāti ce? Na tāva kāyato udakaṃ otarati, tasmā thokaṃ kālaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ cīvaraṃ ubhohi hatthehi ante gahetvā purato katvā ṭhātabbaṃ. Tato kāyassa sukkhabhāvaṃ ñatvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā yathāruci gantabbanti.
22 22. 在“沙粒等论”中,《义灯复注》(sāratthadīpanī,小品复注 3.245)说:“‘珍珠垂饰等’,用‘等’这个字把耳环之类也包括进去。‘垂饰线’,就是按祭祀所堆积的形状做成的垂饰线。”《疑惑消除》(vimativinodanī,小品复注 2.245)则说:“‘珍珠垂饰等’,用‘等’这个字把耳环之类也包括进去。‘垂饰线’,说的是婆罗门祭祀所堆积的线那类形状。‘手镯’,就是手脚上戴的镯子。”《金刚智复注》(vajirabuddhiṭīkā,小品复注 245)则说:“写成‘从耳朵垂下来的珍珠垂饰等的耳环等’。‘臂钏’是巴利原文的读法。‘臂钏等’是老师引出来的。”巴利
22. Valikādikathāyaṃ ‘‘muttolambakādīnanti ādi-saddena kuṇḍalādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Palambakasuttanti yaññopacitākārena olambakasutta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.245). Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.245) pana ‘‘muttolambakādīnanti ādi-saddena kuṇḍalādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Palambakasuttanti brāhmaṇānaṃ yaññopacitasuttādiākāraṃ vuccati. Valayanti hatthapādavalaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 245) pana ‘‘kaṇṇato nikkhantamuttolambakādīnaṃ kuṇḍalādīnanti likhitaṃ. ‘Kāyūra’nti pāḷipāṭho. ‘Keyūrādīnī’ti ācariyenuddhaṭa’’nti vuttaṃ.
23 第二十三、在《长发论》的《义理阐明》中,没有提到任何内容。然而在《疑惑消除》(律注《小品》2.246)中说:“‘二指’是业格复数,意思是不可超过二指的量。在这里,有人说:即使不知道已经超过两个月或二指,但因为要计算须发的缘故,仍然犯无心之罪。‘以刷’,指把须芒草、香根草等绑在一起,剪齐后拿来用的刷子。‘以胶’,指混有石胶的油。‘热恼尘头者’,指被热恼所逼、头上沾满尘垢的人。‘以湿手’,指用湿润的手。”以上就是那里所说的内容。巴利
23. Dīghakesakathāyaṃ sāratthadīpaniyaṃ na kiñci vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.246) pana ‘‘dvaṅguleti upayogabahuvacanaṃ, dvaṅgulappamāṇaṃ atikkāmetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti attho. Ettha ca dumāsassa vā dvaṅgulassa vā atikkantabhāvaṃ ajānantassapi kesamassugaṇanāya acittakāpattiyo hontīti vadanti. Kocchenāti usīrahīrādīni bandhitvā samakaṃ chinditvā gahitakocchena. Cikkalenāti silesayuttatelena. Uṇhābhitattarajasirānampīti uṇhābhitattānaṃ rajokiṇṇasirānaṃ. Addahatthenāti allahatthenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
另外,在经文(《小品》275)中还提到:“那时,六群比丘让人修剪胡须,让人把胡须留长,让人做成山羊胡式的胡须,让人修成四方形,让人收拢腹部的毛,让人在腹部留一排毛,让人留髭须,让人收拢密处的毛。人们讥嫌、责备、议论说:‘就像在家享受欲乐的人一样。’比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。‘诸比丘,不得让人修剪胡须,不得让人把胡须留长,不得让人做成山羊胡式的胡须,不得让人修成四方形,不得让人收拢腹部的毛,不得让人在腹部留一排毛,不得留髭须,不得让人收拢密处的毛。谁让人收拢,就犯恶作罪。’”经文里是这样说的。注疏(《小品注》275)中也说:“‘让人修剪胡须’,就是用剪刀让人剪胡须。‘让人把胡须留长’,就是让人把胡须留得长长的。‘山羊胡式的胡须’,就是在下巴上留得长长的、像山羊胡那样的,叫做山羊胡式胡须。‘四方形’,就是四个角。‘收拢腹部的毛’,就是收拢肚子上的毛。‘在腹部留一排毛’,就是在肚子上留一排毛。‘犯恶作罪’,在让人修剪胡须等这一切情形中,都犯恶作罪。”注疏里是这样说的。巴利
Upari pana pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 275) ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū massuṃ kappāpenti. Massuṃ vaḍḍhāpenti. Golomikaṃ kārāpenti. Caturassakaṃ kārāpenti. Parimukhaṃ kārāpenti. Aḍḍhadukaṃ kārāpenti. Dāṭhikaṃ ṭhapenti. Sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’ti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, massu kappāpetabbaṃ. Na massu vaḍḍhāpetabbaṃ. Na golomikaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na caturassakaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na parimukhaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na aḍḍhadukaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ. Na dāṭhikā ṭhapetabbā. Na sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetabbaṃ, yo saṃharāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti āgataṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyampi (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 275) ‘‘massuṃ kappāpentīti kattariyā massuṃ chedāpenti. Massuṃ vaḍḍhāpentīti massuṃ dīghaṃ kārenti. Golomikanti hanukamhi dīghaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ eḷakamassu vuccati. Caturassakanti catukoṇaṃ. Parimukhanti udare lomasaṃharaṇaṃ. Aḍḍhadukanti udare lomarājiṭṭhapanaṃ. Āpatti dukkaṭassāti massukappāpanādīsu sabbattha āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti vuttaṃ.
另外,经文(《小品》275)里这样说:“那时,比丘们用碎石或蜜蜡让人拔鼻毛,鼻子就疼。比丘们,我允许用镊子。那时,六群比丘让人拔白发。人们讥嫌、呵责、议论说:‘就像在家享受欲乐的人一样。’比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。(世尊说:)比丘们,不该让人拔白发,谁让人拔,就犯恶作罪。”注疏里说:“用碎石等拔鼻毛并不犯戒,但为了保护鼻子,才允许用镊子。”又说:“‘比丘们,不该让人拔白发’这里,是指长在眉毛、额头或胡须上、难看地竖着的毛,这样的毛不管是白的还是非白的,让人拔都是合适的。”巴利
Puna pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 275) ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sakkharikāyapi madhusitthakenapi nāsikālomaṃ gāhāpenti, nāsikā dukkhā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṇḍāsanti. Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū palitaṃ gāhāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, palitaṃ gāhāpetabbaṃ, yo gāhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti āgataṃ. ‘‘Sakkharādīhi nāsikālomaggāhāpane āpatti natthi, anurakkhaṇatthaṃ pana saṇḍāso anuññāto’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, palitaṃ gāhāpetabbanti ettha bhamukāya vā nalāṭe vā dāṭhikāya vā uggantvā bībhacchaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tādisaṃ lomaṃ palitaṃ vā apalitaṃ vā gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ca vuttaṃ.
24 24. 在讲镜等的那一段里,所谓“镜”,就是喜欢打扮的人为了看到自己脸的影像,用青铜、铜等做成的特殊器物。所谓“水钵”,就是用来盛水的钵、盘之类的容器。所谓“青铜钵等”,是指那些不是当镜子用、但因为本身洁净而能照出东西的物品。“等”这个字还包括金、银、水晶等。“酸粥水等”这里,“等”这个字还包括油、蜜、乳等液体一类的东西。“因病缘”,是指因为自己脸上生了疮。所以才有“我脸上是不是有疮”等说法。“寿行”,就是寿命的行。那是什么?就是自体,也就是这个寿行。观察它的时候,应该以什么方式来看呢?所以在问句里说“我老了吗”等等。它的意思是:我的自体是老了,还是没老,应该这样以作意、以业处为切入点来观察。如果想着“我的自体漂亮不漂亮”,以这种对自己贪爱的心来看,那就不可以。巴利
24. Ādāsādikathāyaṃ ādāso nāma maṇḍanapakatikānaṃ manussānaṃ attano mukhacchāyādassanatthaṃ kaṃsalohādīhi kato bhaṇḍaviseso. Udakapatto nāma udakaṭṭhapanako pātisarāvādiko bhājanaviseso. Kaṃsapattādīnīti ādāsabhāvena akatāni parisuddhabhāvena ālokakarāni vatthūni. Ādi-saddena suvaṇṇarajatajātiphalikādayo saṅgaṇhāti, kañjiyādīnīti ettha ādi-saddena dravajātikāni telamadhukhīrādīni. Ābādhapaccayāti attano mukhe uppannavaṇapaccayā. Tenāha ‘‘sañchavi nu kho me vaṇo’’tiādi. Āyuṃ saṅkharotīti āyusaṅkhāro. Ko so? Attabhāvo, taṃ āyusaṅkhāraṃ, taṃ olokento kenākārena olokeyyāti pucchāyamāha ‘‘jiṇṇo nu khomhi noti eva’’nti. Tassattho – mama attabhāvo jiṇṇo nu kho vā, no jiṇṇo nu kho vāti evaṃ iminā manasikārena kammaṭṭhānasīsena oloketuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Sobhati nu kho me attabhāvo, no vā’’ti evaṃ pavattena attasinehavasena oloketuṃ na vaṭṭatīti.
不能涂脸,就是不能用那些让肤色变得光洁明亮的涂脸东西来涂脸。不能按摩,就是不能用各种按摩用粉膏去按摩。不能扑粉,就是不能用扑面粉来涂抹。不能用雄黄点脸,就是不能用雄黄做点额之类的装饰。不只是雄黄,用雌黄等来做那些装饰也同样不可以。涂香之类的东西,那就更不用说了。巴利
Na mukhaṃ ālimpitabbanti vippasannachavivaṇṇakarehi mukhalepanehi na limpitabbaṃ. Na ummadditabbanti nānāummaddanehi na ummadditabbaṃ. Na cuṇṇetabbanti mukhacuṇṇakena na makkhetabbaṃ. Na manosilikāya mukhaṃ lañjetabbanti manosilāya tilakādilañjanāni na kātabbāni . Na kevalaṃ manosilāyameva, haritālādīhipi tāni na vaṭṭantiyeva. Aṅgarāgādayo pākaṭāyeva.
25 25. 在关于歌舞等的讨论中,《义理阐明》说:“‘善歌’是指与无常等相关的歌。‘以四方声’是指以圆满的发声声调。波浪声等的发声方式,是已经失传的技艺。”《除疑》中也说:“‘善歌’是指与无常等相连的歌。‘以四方声’是指以圆满的发声声调。为了显示波浪声等一切的总相,而说‘一切……中略……相’。用若干时值使音节圆满,如果超过这个限度再增加时值来说,就叫作变异说;不这样做,只是如实而说,那就是相,这是它的含义。”而《跋耆罗疏》中说:“‘善歌’是指在般涅槃处所唱的歌,如此记载。‘齿间歌’是想唱歌的人所应作的发声。为了阐明齿间歌,而说‘我们将唱’等。‘四方声’是指四句偈的声调。‘波浪声等的发声方式,是已经失传的技艺’,如此记载。”巴利
25. Naccādikathāyaṃ ‘‘sādhugītanti aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttagītaṃ. Caturassena vattenāti paripuṇṇena uccāraṇavattena. Taraṅgavattādīnaṃ uccāraṇavidhānāni naṭṭhappayogānī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.248-249) vuttaṃ, vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.248-249) ‘‘sādhugītanti aniccatādipaṭisaññuttaṃ gītaṃ. Caturassena vattenāti paripuṇṇena uccāraṇavattena. Taraṅgavattādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘sabbesaṃ…pe… lakkhaṇa’nti vuttaṃ. Yattakāhi mattāhi akkharaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, tatopi adhikamattāyuttaṃ katvā kathanaṃ vikārakathanaṃ nāma, tathā akatvā kathanameva lakkhaṇanti attho’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 248-249) pana ‘‘sādhugītaṃ nāma parinibbutaṭṭhāne gītanti likhitaṃ. Dantagītaṃ gāyitukāmānaṃ vākkaraṇīyaṃ. Dantagītassa vibhāvanatthaṃ ‘yaṃ gāyissāmā’tiādimāha. Caturassavattaṃ nāma catupādagāthāvattaṃ. ‘Taraṅgavattādīni uccāraṇavidhānāni naṭṭhappayogānī’ti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于截断肢体等的讨论巴利
Aṅgacchedādikathā
26 26. 在“截断肢体等”这一论题中,注释书里说:“截断自己男根的人,犯偷兰遮;截断别人男根的,犯恶作;因为生病而截断的,无犯。”《除疑》里则说:“‘男根’是指没有精子的男性特征。据说精子一旦被截断,就叫做因手术造成的般哒咖,成为无能者。不过另有一些人说:‘截断精子的当下只是犯恶作;随着男根等逐渐消失,才叫做般哒咖,成为无能者,那时应当以失去标志之名将他灭摈。’‘或者令生起如是之苦者’,指的是用拳打等方式使自己产生痛苦的人。”巴利
26. Aṅgacchedādikathāyaṃ ‘‘attano aṅgajātaṃ chindantasseva thullaccayaṃ, tato aññaṃ chindantassa dukkaṭaṃ, ābādhapaccayā chindantassa anāpattī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.251) pana ‘‘aṅgajātanti bījavirahitaṃ purisanimittaṃ. Bīje hi chinne opakkamikapaṇḍako nāma abhabbo hotīti vadanti. Eke pana ‘bījassapi chedanakkhaṇe dukkaṭāpatti eva, kamena purisindriyādike antarahite paṇḍako nāma abhabbo hoti, tadā liṅganāsanāya nāsetabbo’ti vadanti. Tādisaṃ vā dukkhaṃ uppādentassāti muṭṭhippahārādīhi attano dukkhaṃ uppādentassā’’ti vuttaṃ.
28 28. 在关于钵的讨论中,《义理阐明》说:“‘地承’是指环状承托。‘木承、杖承’是指用一根木头做的承托,或者用多根细杖做的承托。不过,用三根杖做的承托就不合适。至于‘翻倒在地,只放一个’这个地方,有人说:‘放两个的时候,可以把上面放的钵让一侧碰到地面再放。’‘门廊、窗台等’是指门廊、窗台等。‘翻转后就在那里立住’,这里《结集词句》中说:‘翻转后,到第三次时就在窗台那里立住了。’‘围边’,这里所谓的围边,是指为了让房屋外墙脚稳固而做的薄窗台。‘薄窗台’是指小窗台。在窗台端头等处的承托上也可以放钵。因为世尊说‘比丘们,我允许用承托’,所以在窗台等任何地方放好承托后,就可以把钵放在上面,因为放承托的地方并没有限定,有人这样说。《结集词句》中说:‘所谓钵围,是为了防止钵滚动,用砖等砌成圆形或方形围起来而做的。’‘钩扣’是指连接在上面的闩锁。‘可以暂时受用’,意思是:只拿一次,用它吃完食物后就丢掉。‘钩扣盆’是指器皿的盖子。经文中‘不生长’,这里‘生’是增长;‘不生’就是不增长。不过那位女子因为害怕而说‘不生长’,意思是‘我要毁了’。‘死人头骨的钵’是指用死人头骨做成的钵。这是就本来性质变化的关系而用所有格。或者也可以依照附带的习惯说法,就像‘石子的身体’等说法一样。‘嚼食后’是指咀嚼食用之后。‘取一口水’是指用左手端起钵,用口取一口水。‘不净的手’是指带着食物的手。‘到这个程度’是指只取一口的程度。‘挑出来’是指从里面把肉取出来。‘在这一切事项中,无论知道或不知道这条规定,都犯。’”巴利
28. Pattakathāyaṃ ‘‘bhūmiādhāraketi valayādhārake. Dāruādhārakadaṇḍādhārakesūti ekadārunā kataādhārake, bahūhi daṇḍakehi kataādhārake vāti attho . Tīhi daṇḍehi kato pana na vaṭṭati. Bhūmiyaṃ pana nikkujjitvā ekameva ṭhapetabbanti ettha ‘dve ṭhapentena upari ṭhapitapattaṃ ekena passena bhūmiyaṃ phusāpetvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vadanti. Ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ. Parivattetvā tattheva patiṭṭhātīti ettha ‘parivattetvā tatiyavāre tattheva miḍḍhiyā patiṭṭhātī’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Paribhaṇḍanteti ettha paribhaṇḍaṃ nāma gehassa bahikuṭṭapādassa thirabhāvatthaṃ katā tanukamiḍḍhikā vuccati. Tanukamiḍḍhikāyāti khuddakamiḍḍhikāya. Miḍḍhantepi ādhārake ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka’nti hi vacanato miḍḍhādīsu yattha katthaci ādhārakaṃ ṭhapetvā tattha pattaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati ādhārake ṭhapanokāsassa aniyamitattāti vadanti. ‘Pattamāḷo nāma vaṭṭetvā pattānaṃ agamanatthaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā iṭṭhakādīhi parikkhipitvā kato’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Ghaṭikanti upari yojitaṃ aggaḷaṃ. Tāvakālikaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti sakideva gahetvā tena āmisaṃ paribhuñjitvā chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Ghaṭikaṭāheti bhājanakapāle. Pāḷiyaṃ abhuṃ meti ettha bhavatīti bhū, vaḍḍhi. Na bhūti abhū, avaḍḍhi. Bhayavasena pana sā itthī ‘abhu’nti āha, vināso mayhanti attho. Chavasīsassa pattanti chavasīsamayaṃ pattaṃ. Pakativikārasambandhe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Abhedepi vā tadupacāravasenevāyaṃ vohāro ‘silāputtakassa sarīra’ntiādīsu viya. Cabbetvāti khāditvā. Ekaṃ udakagaṇḍusaṃ gahetvāti vāmahattheneva pattaṃ ukkhipitvā mukhena gaṇḍusaṃ gahetvā. Ucchiṭṭhahatthenāti sāmisena hatthena. Ettāvatāti ekagaṇḍusaṃ gahaṇamattena. Luñcitvāti tato maṃsaṃ uddharitvā. Etesu sabbesu paṇṇattiṃ jānātu vā, mā vā, āpattiyevā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.253-255) vuttaṃ.
《除疑》里说:“在家人的嚼食”,是指属于在家人的东西。律文里说“没有被碰过”,就是没有被接触过。“布满形像”,就是布满女人形像等等。“地承”,是用牙等做成的环形托座。因为这种环形托座合适,钵放在上面不会翻倒,所以说“可以放三个钵”。因为是就低矮来说的,所以这叫“地承”。“木承、杖承”,是指用一根木头做成的托座,以及用许多根细杖做成的托座;这两种比较高,钵放上去容易倒,所以说“要妥善安置”。“像钻头尖端一样”,是指把风箱之类的东西插进去刻画的地方,就像那钻头的尖端一样。这种木托座太窄,即使把钵放上去,钵也会倒,所以说“没有地方可放”。“门廊、窗格等”,是指门廊、窗格等,意思是高台之类的地方。“在外侧”,是指楼阁等建筑的外墙边。“细窗格”,是指围栏。不过,在任何地方都可以放在离手一臂的范围之内;如果有托座,放在这个范围之外也可以。“用别的器物”,是指用别的用来承载的器物。既然说了“绑好后悬挂”,那么把装钵的袋子绑在肩上,设法让它不从挂着的地方滑落,这样无论怎么绑好再放都可以。绑好后也不能放在上面,这是因为怕有人坐上去会压坏钵而说的。“可以放在那里”,是因为没有坐上去的顾虑而说的。“或者绑好后”,是指绑好后放在伞上。“无论哪一种”,是指装满饭的钵也好,空钵也好。“随身带着”,是指为了每天托钵而行而保留。如果得不到钵,也可以托钵一天,吃完后就丢掉,这也是允许的;用叶皿等物也是这样。“死人头骨钵”,是指死人头骨做成的钵,这里是就本来性质发生变化的关系而用所有格。“擦过之后”,是指揉擦之后。因为经文说“已接受”,所以可以用沾有食物的手取水,冲洗钵后,以擦洗的方式洗手;但仅仅这样,还不能算是已经把手洗干净了。“取一口水”,是指不碰钵,只用沾有食物的手从钵里舀水含在口中;或者也可以用左手端起钵,用口取一口水。“在外面用水冲洗”,是指用两根手指蘸水冲掉食物残渣后,也可以拿到外面去用。“想要再吃”,这里即使自己不想再吃,也可以把适合别人吃的留下来。“就在那里做”,是指不把它从钵里原来放的地方拿出来。“撕下来”,是指把里面的肉完全撕扯干净,一点不剩。巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.252) pana ‘‘gihivikaṭānīti gihisantakāni. Pāḷiyaṃ na acchupiyantīti na phussitāni honti. Rūpakākiṇṇāni itthirūpādiākiṇṇāni. Bhūmiādhāraketi dantādīhi kate valayādhārake. Etassa valayādhārakassa anucchavitāya ṭhapitā pattā na parivattantīti ‘tayo patte ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vuttaṃ. Anuccatañhi sandhāya ayaṃ ‘bhūmiādhārako’ti vutto. Dāruādhārakadaṇḍādhārakesūti ekadārunā kataādhārake ca bahūhi daṇḍakehi kataādhārake ca, ete ca uccatarā honti pattehi saha patanasabhāvā, tena ‘susajjitesū’ti vuttaṃ. Bhamakoṭisadisenāti yattha dhamakaraṇādiṃ pavesetvā likhanti, tassa bhamakassa koṭiyā sadiso. Tādisassa dāruādhārakassa avitthiṇṇatāya ṭhapitopi patto patatīti ‘anokāso’ti vutto. Ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ, uccavatthukānanti attho. Bāhirapasseti pāsādādīnaṃ bahikuṭṭe. Tanukamiḍḍhikāyāti vedikāya. Sabbattha pana hatthappamāṇato abbhantare ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati, ādhārake pana tato bahipi vaṭṭati. Aññena pana bhaṇḍakenāti aññena bhārabhaṇḍena bhaṇḍakena. ‘Bandhitvā olambitu’nti ca vuttattā pattatthavikāya aṃsabaddhako yathā laggitaṭṭhānato na parigaḷati, tathā sabbathāpi bandhitvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Bandhitvāpi upari ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ‘upari nisīdantā ottharitvā bhindantī’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti nisīdanasaṅkābhāvato vuttaṃ. Bandhitvā vāti bandhitvā ṭhapitachatte vā. Yo kocīti bhattapūropi tucchapattopi. Pariharitunti divase divase piṇḍāya caraṇatthāya ṭhapetuṃ. Pattaṃ alabhantena pana ekadivasaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjitvā chaḍḍetuṃ vaṭṭati. Paṇṇapuṭādīsupi eseva nayo. Chavasīsassapattoti chavasīsamayo patto, pakativikārasambandhe cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Cabbetvāti niṭṭhubhitvā. ‘Paṭiggahaṃ katvā’ti vuttattā ucchiṭṭhahatthena udakaṃ gahetvā pattaṃ paripphositvā dhovanaghaṃsanavasena hatthaṃ dhovituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettakena hi pattaṃ paṭiggahaṃ katvā hattho dhovito nāma na hoti. Ekaṃ udakagaṇḍusaṃ gahetvāti pattaṃ aphusitvā tattha udakameva ucchiṭṭhahatthena ukkhipitvā gaṇḍusaṃ katvā, vāmahattheneva vā pattaṃ ukkhipitvā mukhena gaṇḍusaṃ gahetumpi vaṭṭati. Bahi udakena vikkhāletvāti dvīsu aṅgulīsu āmisamattaṃ vikkhāletvā bahi gahetumpi vaṭṭati. Paṭikhāditukāmoti ettha sayaṃ na khāditukāmopi aññesaṃ khādanārahaṃ ṭhapetuṃ labhati. Tattheva katvāti patteyeva yathāṭhapitaṭṭhānato anuddharitvā. Luñcitvāti tato maṃsameva niravasesaṃ uppaṭṭetvā’’ti vuttaṃ.
《跋耆罗菩提注疏》(vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 254)中则说:“‘门廊与前窗格等’,是指前窗格等。‘翻转后即于彼处’,这里写道:‘翻转后,到第三次时就立在窗格那里。’所谓‘围边’,是指为了让房屋外墙脚稳固而做的细窗格;这里写道:‘翻转后钵会破碎,所以在没有基座破碎忧虑的地方放置才合适。’‘钵围’是为了防止钵掉落,将圆形或方形围起来,用砖等围成圆形或方形,再以顶盖覆盖而做成的。又写道:‘钵圆垫、钵篓,是用黑叶等做成的。’可以把钵放在窗格端的承托上,因为说是为了盛放钵的缘故。床座上的承托也不可用,因为以坐的因由而禁止了。因为靠近地面,所以可以悬挂。‘挂于肩峰’之说,因此有人说:挂在高举的手上、放在膝上不可,这种说法不好。不只是‘他的钵’等语,是因为如果对手持的钵生起破碎想,更何况用身体其他部位呢,如此而说。然而经文是依照习惯上多种说法而说的。‘钩扣盆’就是钩扣做的盆。‘死人头骨之钵’,是依照‘石像之身体、乳之流’等习惯用语而说,意思是前来坐在床座上者。‘比萨吉里咖’,也有人说是恶魔的孩童。‘所给予者,已受取者’。‘嚼食后’,就是咀嚼后。‘骨刺’,就是骨与刺。‘于此一切事项中,无论知道或不知道制戒,皆成罪’,如是所写。”如是所说。巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 254) pana ‘‘ālindakamiḍḍhikādīnanti pamukhamiḍḍhikādīnaṃ. Parivattetvā tatthevāti ettha ‘parivattetvā tatiyavāre tattheva miḍḍhikāya patiṭṭhātī’ti likhitaṃ. Paribhaṇḍaṃ nāma gehassa bahikuṭṭapādassa thirabhāvatthaṃ katā tanukamiḍḍhikā vuccati, ettha ‘parivattetvā patto bhijjatīti adhikaraṇabhedāsaṅkāraabhāve ṭhāne ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti likhitaṃ. Pattamāḷo vattetvā pattānaṃ apatanatthaṃ vaṭṭaṃ vā caturassaṃ vā iṭṭhakādīhi parikkhipitvā māḷakacchannena kato. ‘Pattamaṇḍalikā pattapacchikā kālapaṇṇādīhi katā’ti ca likhitaṃ. Miḍḍhante ādhārake ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati pattasandhāraṇatthaṃ vuttattā. Mañce ādhārakepi na vaṭṭati nisīdanapaccayā vāritattā. Āsannabhūmikattā olambetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Aṃsakūṭe laggetvāti (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 254) vacanato aggahatthe laggetvā aṅke ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’ti keci vadanti, na sundaraṃ. Na kevalaṃ yassa pattotiādi yadi hatthena gahitapatte bhedasaññā, pageva aññena sarīrāvayavenāti katvā vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana pacuravohāravasena vuttaṃ. Ghaṭikapālamayaṃ ghaṭikaṭāhaṃ. Chavasīsassa pattanti ‘silāputtakassa sarīraṃ, khīrassa dhārā’tiādivohāravasena vuttaṃ, mañce nisīdituṃ āgatoti attho. Pisācillikāti pisācadārakātipi vadanti. Dinnakameva paṭiggahitameva. Cabbetvāti khāditvā. Aṭṭhīni ca kaṇṭakāni ca aṭṭhikaṇṭakāni. Etesu sabbesu paṇṇattiṃ jānātu vā, mā vā, āpattiyevāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于一切粪扫衣等的讨论巴利
Sabbapaṃsukūlādikathā
29 在“一切粪扫衣等”这一节里,像尘土一样,因为是被厌弃的状态而流动,所以叫“粪扫衣”;这一切都属于这个人,所以叫“一切粪扫衣者”。意思是:他把钵、袈裟等一切沙门资具都当成粪扫衣来受持,并养成这样的习惯。针对“沙门资具当中,哪一种可以当作粪扫衣来受持”这个问题,所以说:“在这里,袈裟和床座可以当作粪扫衣。”其中,袈裟既可以依律来受持,也可以依头陀支来受持;床座则只能依律来受持。又问“哪一种不能当作粪扫衣”,所以说:“如果是应当吞下去的东西,就只能接受别人给的。”不能拿没给的东西。因此,意思是:粪扫衣不能这样用。这里用“应当吞下去的”这句话,同时说明了托钵所得的食物和病缘所需的医药这两种资具。巴利
29. Sabbapaṃsukūlādikathāyaṃ paṃsu viya kucchitabhāvena ulati pavattatīti paṃsukūlaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ etassāti sabbapaṃsukūliko, pattacīvarādikaṃ sabbaṃ samaṇaparikkhāraṃ paṃsukūlaṃyeva katvā dhāraṇasīloti attho. Samaṇaparikkhāresu katamaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ katvā dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatīti pucchaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘ettha pana cīvarañca mañcapīṭhañca paṃsukūlaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tattha ca cīvaraṃ vinayavasena ca dhutaṅgasamādānavasena ca vaṭṭati, mañcapīṭhaṃ vinayavaseneva. Katamaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ na vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ pana dinnameva gahetabba’’nti, na adinnaṃ, tasmā paṃsukūlaṃ na vaṭṭatīti adhippāyo. Ettha ca ‘‘ajjhoharaṇīya’’nti vacanena piṇḍapātagilānapaccayabhesajjapaakkhāravasena ubhopi paccaye dasseti.
30 在关于滤水囊的讨论中,所谓“旅途”按最严格的标准是指半由旬的路程。走这么远的路而不带滤水囊,即使被另一位没有滤水囊的比丘讨水,不给的话也是不合规矩的,就是犯戒。佛先说“诸比丘,我允许用滤水囊”,后来又因为“布不够用”,比丘们把这件事禀告世尊,佛说“诸比丘,我允许用匙形滤水囊”,由此可知匙形滤水囊比普通滤水囊小。普通滤水囊的做法在注疏里没有提到,而匙形滤水囊的做法,注疏中说“所谓匙形滤水囊,就是绑在三根小棍上做成的”。说完匙形滤水囊之后,又说“布不够用”,比丘们把这件事禀告世尊,佛说“诸比丘,我允许用压水器”,由此可知压水器比匙形滤水囊还小。压水器的做法,在下面讲资具的部分已经说过了。又因为经文说“比丘们做新建工程时,滤水囊不够用,比丘们把这件事禀告世尊,佛说‘诸比丘,我允许用杖形滤水囊’”,由此可知杖形滤水囊比普通滤水囊大。因为经文说“杖形滤水囊不够用,比丘们把这件事禀告世尊,佛说‘诸比丘,我允许用铺展式滤水器’”,由此可知铺展式滤水器比杖形滤水囊还大。这两种滤水囊的做法,在注疏中都有记载。巴利
30. Parissāvanakathāyaṃ addhānamaggo nāma sabbantimaparicchedena aḍḍhayojanappamāṇo, tattakaṃ maggaṃ parissāvanaṃ aggahetvā gacchantopi aññena aparissāvanakena bhikkhunā yāciyamāno hutvā adentopi na vaṭṭati, āpattiyeva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parissāvana’’nti anujānitvā ‘‘coḷakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi , bhikkhave, kaṭacchuparissāvana’’nti (cūḷava. 258) vuttattā pakatiparissāvanato kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ khuddakanti viññāyati. Pakatiparissāvanassa vidhānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ na vuttaṃ, kaṭacchuparissāvanassa pana vidhānaṃ ‘‘kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ nāma tīsu daṇḍakesu vinandhitvā kata’’nti (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 258) vuttaṃ. Kaṭacchuparissāvanaṃ vatvā puna ‘‘coḷakaṃ nappahoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhamakaraṇa’’nti (cūḷava. 258) vuttattā kaṭacchuparissāvanatopi dhamakaraṇo khuddakataroti viññāyati. Dhamakaraṇassa vidhānaṃ heṭṭhā parikkhārakathāyaṃ vuttameva. ‘‘Bhikkhū navakammaṃ karonti, parissāvanaṃ na sammati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, daṇḍaparissāvana’’nti (cūḷava 259) vuttattā pakatiparissāvanatopi daṇḍaparissāvanaṃ mahantataranti viññāyati. ‘‘Daṇḍaparissāvanaṃ na sammati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ottharaka’’nti (cūḷava. 259) vacanato daṇḍaparissāvanatopi ottharakaṃ mahantataranti viññāyati. Tesaṃ pana dvinnampi parissāvanānaṃ vidhānaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 259) āgatameva.
31 在关于裸形的讨论中,“不应以裸体礼敬裸体者”的意思是:裸体的新学比丘不应礼敬、不应顶礼裸体的长老比丘。为什么?因为世尊说过:“诸比丘,不应以裸体礼敬裸体者,谁若礼敬,就犯恶作罪。”所以不应礼敬。不过在这里,abhivādana(礼敬)、thuti(赞叹)等词中,那个词根属于curādi(第十类变位),所以有ṇe后缀,并不是因为表示“原因”的意思。巴利
31. Naggakathāyaṃ na naggena naggo abhivādetabboti naggena navakatarena bhikkhunā naggo vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu na abhivādetabbo na vanditabbo. Kasmā? ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, naggena naggo abhivādetabbo, yo abhivādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 261) bhagavatā vacanato na abhivādetabboti yojanā . Ettha pana vadi abhivādanathutīsūti dhātussa curādigaṇattā ṇe-paccayo hoti, na hetvatthattā.
由不及物词根,在有(被动)的意义上,它们成为应作分词。
以有业作用的词根,在业义中,显示应作之义与能作之义。巴利
‘‘Akammakehi dhātūhi, bhāve kiccā bhavanti te; Sakammakehi kammatthe, arahasakkatthadīpakā’’ti. –
从说法上,应把“应作”后缀理解为表示业处之义。但在“不应以裸体礼敬”这一句里,只应这样连接理解:不应由裸体比丘礼敬。贤者们,难道不是这样吗——巴利
Vacanato kammatthe tabba-paccayoti daṭṭhabbo. Na naggena abhivādetabbanti ettha tu naggena bhikkhunā na abhivādetabbanti ettakameva yojanā. Nanu ca bho –
应作之事由界与非业,唯于中性者中修习;
以彼为词尾者,在pāyato kamme的意义上,从sakammehi来说是三性的。巴利
‘‘Kiccā dhātuhyakammehi, bhāveyeva napuṃsake; Tadantā pāyato kamme, sakammehi tiliṅgikā’’ti. –
从语词来说,这个界既然是及物的,就应该补出宾语,也要按照宾语来安立性。那么,为什么只做了这么一点搭配呢?因为没有想要说出宾语的意愿。已经说过——巴利
Vacanato, imissā ca dhātuyā sakammattā kammaṃ ajjhāharitabbaṃ, kammānurūpañca liṅgaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, atha kasmā ettakameva yojanā katāti? Kammavacanicchābhāvato. Vuttañhi –
当不表达业(宾格)时,因为动词词根本身是及物的,
即使在被动表达里,它也像在屋里被提婆达多煮一样。巴利
‘‘Kammassāvacanicchāyaṃ, sakammākhyātapaccayā; Bhāvepi taṃ yathā gehe, devadattena paccate’’ti.
就像被称为动词词缀的语尾,虽然是从及物动词词根产生的,但因为并没有业声的意图,所以不表达业,只表达被动义;同样,义务词缀虽然也是从及物动词词根产生的,但因为同样没有业声的意图,所以不表达业,只表达被动义。因此应当知道:业并没有被引入,与业相应的格也没有被安立,安立的只是与被动义相应者。这里应当知道,不去考虑“这个名叫某某的人应当被礼敬”,而只是从一般意义上取作者来安立。巴利
Yathā ākhyātapaccayasaṅkhātā vibhattiyo sakammakadhātuto bhavantāpi kammavacanicchāya asati kammaṃ avatvā bhāvatthameva vadanti, evaṃ kiccapaccayāpi sakammakadhātuto bhavantāpi kammavacanicchāyābhāvato kammaṃ avatvā bhāvatthameva vadanti, tasmā kammañca anajjhāharitaṃ, kammānurūpañca liṅgaṃ na ṭhapitaṃ, bhāvatthānurūpameva ṭhapitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha hi ‘‘ayaṃ nāma puggalo abhivādetabbo’’ti acintetvā sāmaññato kattārameva gahetvā ṭhapitoti veditabbo.
裸体者不应让裸体者礼敬。这里的意思是:裸体的长老比丘不应让裸体的新学比丘礼敬,不应让他礼拜。因为在这里,已见到已加使役词缀的义务分词,而且这个词根是及物动词,所以新学比丘是词根的作者,长老比丘是词根的业;再者,在使役关系中,长老比丘是使役的作者,新学比丘是使役的业。确实已经说过:巴利
Na naggena naggo abhivādāpetabboti ettha pana naggena vuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā naggo navakataro bhikkhu na abhivādāpetabbo, na vandāpetabboti yojanā. Ettha hi sakāritassa kiccapaccayassa diṭṭhattā, dhātuyā ca sakammakattā navakataro bhikkhu dhātukattā hoti, vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu dhātukammaṃ , puna kāritasambandhe vuḍḍhataro bhikkhu kāritakattā hoti, navakataro bhikkhu kāritakammaṃ. Vuttañhi –
由于与因的作用相关联,所以认为它是业;
因为以因和行为的结合为主,否则就说不通。巴利
‘‘Hetukriyāya sambandhī-bhāvā kammanti manyate; Hetukriyāpadhānattā, aññathānupapattito’’ti.
对于“不应让裸体者礼敬”这一句,这里的连接意思是:不应由裸体的长老比丘让人向自己礼敬,也不应让人向自己作礼。在这里也同样,由于没有表达“欲说业”的意愿意味,应当按前面所说的方式理解,即只有表示“应被……”的义务词缀。有人问:既然有让人礼敬的行为,那“应被礼敬”的意思本来就能成立,为什么还说“因为没有表达欲说业的意愿意味”呢?回答是:依据“言语的实践随说者的意愿而来”这句话,因为没有说者想要表达的意愿,所以不那样说。前代阿阇梨确实这样说过:巴利
Na naggena abhivādāpetabbanti ettha tu naggena vuḍḍhatarena bhikkhunā na abhivādāpetabbaṃ, na vandāpetabbanti yojanā, etthāpi kammavacanicchāyābhāvato vuttanayena bhāveyeva kiccapaccayo hotīti daṭṭhabbo. Nanu vandāpake sati vandāpetabbo labbhatiyeva, atha ‘‘kasmā kammavacanicchāyābhāvato’’ti vuttanti? ‘‘Vatticchānupubbikā saddapaṭipattī’’ti vacanato vatticchābhāvato na vuttanti. Vuttañhetaṃ pubbācariyehi –
说者想要表达的意愿,能使存在者不表现、使不存在者表现出来。
就像没有肚腹的少女,大海也不过是个小水罐罢了。巴利
‘‘Vatticchā na bhave santa-mapyasantampi sā bhave; Taṃ yathānudarā kaññā, samuddo kuṇḍikāti cā’’ti.
其余那些也同样是很容易就能知道的。它们遮覆大大小小的肢体,所以叫遮覆物。巴利
Itaresupi suviññeyyameva. Paṭicchādenti aṅgamaṅgāni etāhīti paṭicchādiyo.
香与花的话题巴利
Gandhapupphakathā
32 32. 在香与花这一节里,根据“取了香之后,可以在门板上按五个手指印”这句话,香被布施时是可以接受的,但不允许涂抹,这一点已经确定。可是现在人们供养比丘吃完饭、洗完手之后,为了留香在手上而布施香膏。比丘们接受后,有些人只涂手,有些人还涂身体和脸,说“真香啊”之类的话,做出欢喜高兴的样子。这允许还是不允许?因为“可以在门板上按五个手指印”这句话只说到在精舍里熏门板,没有说到熏身体,而且与“远离佩戴花鬘、香、香膏、装饰、庄严处”这句话相符,所以看来是不允许的,应该审慎考察后再决定。根据“取了花之后,放在精舍一边”这句话,花被布施时是可以接受的,但不允许拿来佩戴等,这一点已经确定。可是现在比丘们得到香花时,说“这花真香啊”之类的话,做出欢喜的样子去闻。这允许还是不允许?同样因为只说到放在精舍一边,没有说到闻等行为,而且与花鬘、香等经文相符,所以看来是不允许的,应该审慎考察后再决定。不过,从“放在一边”这句话的含义来看,可以知道是用来做供塔、供像等事的。巴利
32. Gandhapupphakathāyaṃ ‘‘gandhagandhaṃ pana gahetvā kavāṭe pañcaṅguliṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vacanato gandhe dinne paṭiggahituṃ vaṭṭati, no limpitunti siddhaṃ. Idāni pana manussā bhikkhū bhojetvā hatthadhovanāvasāne hatthavāsatthāya gandhavilepanaṃ denti, taṃ bhikkhū paṭiggahetvā ekacce hatthameva limpenti, ekacce kāyampi mukhampi ālimpenti, ‘‘sugandho vatā’’tiādīni vatvā haṭṭhapahaṭṭhākāraṃ karonti, taṃ vaṭṭati, na vaṭṭatīti? ‘‘Kavāṭe pañcaṅgulikaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vihāre kavāṭadhūpanamattasseva vuttattā kāyadhūpanassa avuttattā, ‘‘mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī’’ti vacanassānulomato ca na vaṭṭatīti dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Pupphaṃ gahetvā vihāre ekamantaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti vacanato pupphe dinne gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, na piḷandhanādīni kātunti siddhaṃ. Idāni pana bhikkhūsu gandhapupphesu laddhesu ‘‘surabhigandhaṃ vatidaṃ puppha’’ntiādīni vatvā pahaṭṭhākāraṃ katvā siṅghanti, taṃ vaṭṭati, na vaṭṭatīti? Tampi vihāreyeva ekamantaṃ ṭhapanassa vuttattā siṅghitabbādibhāvassa avuttattā, mālāgandhādipāṭhassa anulomato ca na vaṭṭatīti dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Ekamantaṃ nikkhipitu’’nti vacanassa pana sāmatthiyato cetiyapaṭimāpūjanādīni ca kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti viññāyati.
关于洒水器和井栏的讨论巴利
Āsittakūpadhānakathā
33 在“洒水器与井栏”这一论题中,针对人们有供养习惯这一点,所以说“用铜或用银”;而“或”字有选择的作用,因此也把“或用金或用黄金”等包括进来。然而因为被禁止:因为世尊从总体上禁止了洒水器与井栏。不只是宝石制的箱不能用,木制的也不能用。这里的“也”字有总括的意思,它并不总括柳条制、棕榈叶制、藤制等。巴利
33. Āsittakūpadhānakathāyaṃ manussānaṃ bharaṇasīlataṃ sandhāya ‘‘tambalohena vā rajatena vā’’ti vuttaṃ, vikappanatthena pana vā-saddena hiraññena vā suvaṇṇena vātiādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Paṭikkhittattā panāti bhagavatā pana āsittakūpadhānassa sāmaññavasena paṭikkhittattā. Na kevalaṃ ratanapeḷā eva na vaṭṭati, atha kho dārumayāpīti. Ettha pi-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, taṃ na vilīvamayatālapaṇṇamayavettamayādikaṃ sampiṇḍeti.
34 34. 在关于钵支架的讨论中,“诸比丘,我允许钵支架”:生病的比丘吃饭时没办法用手端住钵,所以佛陀允许了它。之前允许支架是为了收放保护钵,现在则是为了吃饭。说“杖支架”,是因为杖支架从主要用途来说就叫钵支架。杖……中略……座椅等,也因为同属支架这一类而包含在这里面,这就是它们之间的关联。支架有带孔的,也有不带孔的,那其中哪一种可以使用呢?因此说:“因为归入支架的概括范围……中略……确实可以使用。”巴利
34. Maḷorikakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, maḷorika’’nti gilāno bhikkhu bhuñjamāno na sakkoti hatthena pattaṃ sandhāretuṃ, tasmā anuññātaṃ. Pubbe pattasaṅgopanatthaṃ ādhārako anuññāto, idāni bhuñjanatthaṃ. Daṇḍādhārako vuccatīti daṇḍādhārako padhānato maḷorikoti vuccati. Yaṭṭhi…pe… pīṭhādīnipi ādhārakasāmaññena ettheva paviṭṭhānīti sambandho. Ādhārakaṃ nāma chiddaṃ viddhampi atthi, aviddhampi atthi, tesu katamaṃ vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ādhārasaṅkhepagamanato hi…pe… vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti.
关于一钵等的讨论巴利
Ekabhājanādikathā
35 在“一钵等论题”中,所谓“一处食”,是指在同一钵里、同一刹那一起进食,而不是在不同钵里。即使在同一钵里,在不同刹那进食也不算,所以说“然而如果……”等。当那个人离开后,因为那人已经离开,另一个人吃剩下的食物是允许的。由此说明不能在同一刹那进食。在“另一人的也”等句中,“另一人的也”是彼此或此彼之称说,意思是从吃剩余食物的另一人那里取来给另一人。因此,这里说的正是先取了食物而离开的比丘。当他的食物吃完时,因为他的刹那已尽,即先前所取的食物已经耗尽,所以再取来吃是允许的。由此说明不能同时进食的情况。巴利
35. Ekabhājanādikathāyaṃ ekatobhuñjanaṃ nāma ekabhājanasmiṃ ekakkhaṇeyeva sahabhuñjanaṃ, na nānābhājane. Ekabhājanasmimpi na nānākkhaṇeti āha ‘‘sace panā’’tiādi. Tasmiṃ apagate tassa apagatattā itarassa sesakaṃ bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Iminā ekakkhaṇe abhuñjanabhāvaṃ dasseti. Itarassapītiādīsu itarassapīti itarītarakathanaṃ, sesabhuñjakaitarato itarassāti attho. Tena paṭhamaṃ gahetvā gatabhikkhumevāha. Tasmiṃ khīṇe tassa khaṇattā paṭhamaṃ gahitavatthussa khīṇattā puna gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Iminā sahaabhuñjanabhāvaṃ dasseti.
不能在同一张床上躺下,即使铺了不同的敷具也不行,因为律文说“不能在同一张床上翻身,谁翻身,就犯恶作”。也不能在同一张敷具上躺下,即使床不同,因为律文说“不能在同一张敷具上翻身”,更何况两者都相同的情况,这就是这里的意思。如果这样的话,当不同的床和不同的敷具都不存在时,怎么会无犯呢?思考这个问题,所以说了“然而区分”等话。关于“一敷具一覆盖”这里,“一敷具一覆盖”这个词不是依主释复合词,而是有财释复合词,所以说“一个敷具和一个覆盖,这些就是‘一敷具一覆盖’”,这是三个词构成的有财释。这是指谁的呢?说“铺一端、盖一端而躺下的人”,这样躺下的比丘们,这个词就是“一敷具一覆盖”的称呼,这是意图。那么是谁的一端呢?说“收拢”等。巴利
Na ekamañce nipajjitabbaṃ satipi nānāattharaṇe ‘‘na ekamañce tuvaṭṭitabbaṃ, yo tuvaṭṭeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 264) vacanato. Na ekattharaṇe nipajjitabbaṃ satipi nānāmañce ‘‘na ekattharaṇā tuvaṭṭitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 264) vacanato, pageva ubhinnaṃ ekatteti attho. Yadi evaṃ nānāmañcanānāattharaṇesu asantesu kathaṃ anāpatti siyāti cintāyamāha ‘‘vavatthānaṃ panā’’tiādi. Ekattharaṇapāvuraṇehīti ettha pana ayaṃ ekattharaṇapāvuraṇasaddo na catthasamāso hoti, atha kho bāhiratthasamāsoti āha ‘‘ekaṃ attharaṇañceva pāvuraṇañca etesanti ekattharaṇapāvuraṇā’’ti, tipadatulyādhikaraṇabāhiratthasamāsoyaṃ. Kesametamadhivacanantyāha ‘‘ekaṃ antaṃ attharitvā ekaṃ pārupitvā nipajjantānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti, evaṃ nipajjantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etaṃ ekattharaṇapāvuraṇapadaṃ adhivacanaṃ hotīti adhippāyo. Kesaṃ pana antanti āha ‘‘saṃhārimāna’’ntiādi.
36 36. 在“衣布论”中,“衣布”是指铺开的布。那么,世尊制定这条学处的原因是什么呢?据说,菩提王子心想:“如果我能够得到儿子,世尊就会踏上我的衣布。”他怀着这样的意图把布铺开。但他并没有得到儿子的可能,所以世尊没有踏上去。如果世尊踏上去,后来他得不到儿子时,就会执持“世尊不是一切知者”的邪见——这是世尊不踏上去的第一个原因。然而,比丘们如果不知情而踏上去,就会遭到在家人的轻蔑,因此为了让比丘们免于被轻蔑,世尊制定了这条学处——这就是制定学处的原因。注疏中是这样说的。巴利
36. Celapaṭikakathāyaṃ celapaṭikanti celasantharaṃ. Kiṃ pana bhagavato sikkhāpadapaññāpane kāraṇanti? ‘‘Bodhirājakumāro kira ‘sace ahaṃ puttaṃ lacchāmi, akkamissati me bhagavā celapaṭika’nti iminā ajjhāsayena santhari, abhabbo cesa puttalābhāya, tasmā bhagavā na akkami. Yadi akkameyya, pacchā puttaṃ alabhanto ‘nāyaṃ sabbaññū’ti diṭṭhiṃ gaṇheyya, idaṃ tāva bhagavato anakkamane kāraṇaṃ. Yasmā pana bhikkhūpi ye ajānantā akkameyyuṃ, te gihīnaṃ paribhūtā bhaveyyuṃ, tasmā bhikkhū paribhavato mocetuṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi, idaṃ sikkhāpadapaññāpane kāraṇa’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) vuttaṃ.
不过,《义明灯》(Sāratthadīpanī,小品注3.268)中说:世尊默然,是因为世尊思惟:“这位王子做这样盛大的供养,究竟是为了什么目的?”于是知道他是为了求子才做的。因为那位王子没有儿子,而且他听说过:“据说对诸佛做了供养之后,心里想要什么就能得到什么。”所以他想:“如果我能够得到儿子,正自觉者就会踏上这块衣布;如果得不到,他就不会踏。”发了这样的愿之后,就让人铺好了衣布。于是世尊思惟:“这个人会生出儿子吗?”观察到“不会生出”。据说过去他住在一个岛上时,和妻子同心合意吃了许多幼鸟。世尊知道:“如果他的妻子有福德,他就能得到儿子;然而两人同心合意造了恶业,因此他不会生出儿子。”可是,如果踏上那块布,他就会抓住邪见:“世间流传对诸佛做了供养就能得到所愿,我做了大供养却得不到儿子,这话是空的。”外道们也会指责:“沙门没有不该做的事,连衣布都踩着到处走。”而现在如果踏上去,有许多比丘是他心通者,他们知道此人有可能得子就会踏,知道没有可能就不会踏。但在未来,善根资粮会变得薄弱,他们不知道未来。在他们踏的时候,如果所愿实现,那倒还好;如果不实现,人们就会后悔:‘从前供养比丘僧众,想要什么就能得到什么,现在却得不到,看来只有那时的比丘才是具足戒行的,现在这些比丘却不能圆满戒行。’由于这三个原因,世尊不愿踏上去,所以默然。如来是哀愍后世众生——长老在所说的诸原因中,是就第三个原因而说了这句话。巴利
Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.268) pana ‘‘bhagavā tuṇhī ahosīti ‘kissa nu kho atthāya rājakumārena ayaṃ mahāsakkāro kato’ti āvajjento puttapatthanāya katabhāvaṃ aññāsi. So hi rājaputto aputtako, sutañcānena ahosi ‘buddhānaṃ kira adhikāraṃ katvā manasā icchitaṃ labhantī’ti, so ‘sacāhaṃ puttaṃ labhissāmi, sammāsambuddho imaṃ celapaṭikaṃ akkamissati. No ce labhissāmi, na akkamissatī’ti patthanaṃ katvā santharāpesi. Atha bhagavā ‘nibbattissati nu kho etassa putto’ti āvajjetvā ‘na nibbattissatī’ti addasa. Pubbe kira so ekasmiṃ dīpe vasamāno bhariyāya samānacchando anekasakuṇapotake khādi. ‘Sacassa mātugāmo puññavā bhaveyya, puttaṃ labheyya, ubhohi pana samānacchandehi hutvā pāpakammaṃ kataṃ , tenassa putto na nibbattissatīti aññāsi. Dusse pana akkante ‘buddhānaṃ adhikāraṃ katvā patthitaṃ labhantīti loke anussavo, mayā ca mahāadhikāro kato, na ca puttaṃ labhāmi, tucchaṃ idaṃ vacana’nti micchāgāhaṃ gaṇheyya. Titthiyāpi ‘natthi samaṇānaṃ akattabbaṃ nāma, celapaṭikampi maddantā āhiṇḍantī’ti ujjhāyeyyuṃ, etarahi ca akkamantesu bahū bhikkhū paracittaviduno, te bhabbattaṃ jānitvā akkamissanti. Abhabbataṃ jānitvā na akkamissanti. Anāgate pana upanissayo mando bhavissati, anāgataṃ na jānissanti. Tesu akkamantesu sace patthitaṃ samijjhissati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce ijjhissati, ‘pubbe bhikkhusaṅghassa adhikāraṃ katvā icchiticchitaṃ labhanti, idāni na labhanti, teyeva maññe bhikkhū paṭipattipūrakā ahesuṃ, ime pana paṭipattiṃ pūretuṃ na sakkontī’ti manussā vippaṭisārino bhavissantīti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi bhagavā akkamituṃ anicchanto tuṇhī ahosi. Pacchimaṃ janataṃ tathāgato anukampatīti idaṃ pana thero vuttesu kāraṇesu tatiyakāraṇaṃ sandhāyāhā’’ti vuttaṃ.
在巴利圣典(小品268)中,因为说了“被请求时,可以踏上衣布”,所以可以确定:只有被请求时才能踏,没被请求时不能踏。而且其中又说“为了吉祥”(小品268),所以是为了吉祥而被请求时才能踏,不是为了让容貌美丽、相貌庄严等目的而被请求时踏。还有,因为说了“在家人的”(小品268),所以只能踏在家人的衣布,不能踏出家修行者的衣布。在义注(小品注268)中,因为用了表示不确定的“或”字,说“无论哪个女人,不管是已经分娩的,还是怀着沉重胎儿的”,所以不能只取这两种,而应该把“已经怀孕安住的,或者已经生了孩子的”等等,任何能带来吉祥的女人和男人都包括在内。因为说了“在像这样的场合”,所以不只是在上面说的那些场合,而是在任何类似的吉祥场合,只要有某些在家人为了吉祥而请求,踏他们的衣布就是允许的,这一点可以成立,应当审察后再取用。在巴利圣典(小品268)中,因为以一般性的说法说了“诸比丘,我允许踏洗足布”,而且义注(小品注268)中也无差别地说“踏那个是允许的”,所以洗足布即使没有被请求,比丘也可以踏,这一点可以确定。不过,因为说的是“为了用洗净的脚来踏”,所以用没洗的脚去踏是不允许的,应当审察后再取用。巴利
Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 268) ‘‘yāciyamānena celapaṭikaṃ akkamitu’’nti vacanato yāciyamānena eva akkamitabbaṃ, no ayāciyamānenāti siddhaṃ, tatthapi ‘‘maṅgalatthāyā’’ti (cūḷava. 268) vacanato maṅgalatthāya yāciyamānena akkamitabbaṃ, na sirisobhaggādiatthāya yāciyamānenāti ca, tatthapi ‘‘gihīna’’nti (cūḷava. 268) vacanato gihīnaṃ eva celasantharaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, na pabbajitānanti ca. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) ‘‘yā kāci itthī apagatagabbhā vā hotu, garugabbhā vā’’ti aniyamavācakena vā-saddena vacanato na kevalaṃ imā dveyeva gahetabbā, atha kho ‘‘patiṭṭhitagabbhā vā vijātiputtā vā’’tiādinā yā kāci maṅgalikāyo itthiyopi purisāpi gahetabbā. ‘‘Evarūpesu ṭhānesū’’ti vuttattā na kevalaṃ yathāvuttaṭṭhānesuyeva, atha kho taṃsadisesu yesu kesuci maṅgalaṭṭhānesu yesaṃ kesañci gihīnaṃ maṅgalatthāya yāciyamānānaṃ celasantharaṃ akkamituṃ vaṭṭatīti sijjhati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 268) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhotapādakaṃ akkamitu’’nti sāmaññavasena vacanato, aṭṭhakathāyañca (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 268) ‘‘taṃ akkamituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti avisesena vuttattā dhotapādakaṃ ayāciyamānenapi bhikkhunā akkamitabbanti siddhaṃ, ‘‘dhotehi pādehi akkamanatthāyā’’ti pana vuttattā adhotehi akkamituṃ na vaṭṭatīti ca, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
关于擦脚物的讨论巴利
Pādaghaṃsanīyakathā
37 在关于擦脚物的讨论中,首先为了说明哪些擦脚物是不允许的,说道“编织的不可以”。有人问:“所谓‘编织的’是什么样子?”回答说:“所谓‘编织的’,就是莲花蕊形状的”等等。为什么被禁止呢?说“因为属于奢侈享受的缘故”。然后为了说明允许的擦脚物,说道“比丘们,我允许三种擦脚物”等等。其余内容很容易理解。巴利
37. Pādaghaṃsanīyakathāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva akappiyapādaghaṃsaniṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘katakaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Katakaṃ nāma kīdisanti pucchāya sati vuttaṃ ‘‘katakaṃ nāma padumakaṇṇikākāra’’ntiādi. Kasmā paṭikkhittanti vuttaṃ ‘‘bāhulikānuyogattā’’ti. Tato kappiyapādaghaṃsaniyo dassetumāha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tisso pādaghaṃsaniyo’’tiādi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
38 38. 在《扇论》中,先要说明不合规矩的扇,所以说“用牦牛尾毛做的扇不能用”。接着要说明合规矩的六种扇,所以说“蚊扇等可以用”。其中,合规矩的六种扇就是:蚊扇、树皮扇、香根草扇、孔雀羽扇、扇拂和棕榈扇。为了说明它们的区别,又说“扇拂,就叫做扇”等等。香根草扇和孔雀羽扇因为很容易辨认,所以没有特别说明。《义明灯》(义明疏·小品 3.269)中说:“‘扇’指四角扇。‘棕榈扇’指用棕榈叶等做的圆形扇。”巴利
38. Bījanīkathāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ tāva akappiyabījaniṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘camarīvālehi katabījanī na vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Tato kappiyachabījaniyo dassetuṃ ‘‘makasabījanīādi vaṭṭatī’’ti āha. Tattha kappiyachabījaniyo nāma makasabījanī, vākamayabījanī, usīramayabījanī, morapiñchamayabījanī, vidhūpanaṃ, tālavaṇṭañcāti. Tāsaṃ visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vidhūpananti bījanī vuccatī’’tiādimāha . Usīramayaṃ morapiñchamayañca suviññeyyattā na vuttaṃ. ‘‘Bījaninti caturassabījaniṃ. Tālavaṇṭanti tālapattādīhi kataṃ maṇḍalikabījani’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.269) vuttaṃ.
39 39. 在《伞论》中,所谓“伞”有三种:白伞、竹篾伞、叶伞。其中,“白伞”是指用布包裹的白色伞。“竹篾伞”是指竹篾编成的伞。“叶伞”是指用棕榈叶等随便什么材料做成的伞。“圆环结、辐条结”这一句,是为了说明这三种伞的骨架结构而说的,因为它们都是圆环结、辐条结做成的。还有,用当地现成的叶柄做成的单叶伞,也属于伞。《义明灯》(义明疏·波逸提 3.634)中说:“‘竹篾伞’是指用竹篾做成的伞。‘用当地现成的叶柄做成’,是说像牧牛人那样,把棕榈叶连同叶柄一起砍下来,就用那个叶柄当伞柄,这是针对这种情况说的。”而《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除疏·波逸提 2.634)中则说:“‘竹篾伞’是指用竹片做成的。‘圆环结’,是指在长辐条上横向以环状放置辐条,用线绑住;纵向和横向都只把辐条直放并牢牢绑紧;以及横向放置,只用长柄使它能够收合,只用线横向绑住。‘用当地现成的叶柄做成’,是指用连同叶柄一起砍下来的棕榈叶等做成的。”不过,这里是按照持伞的人来说的,所以没有生病的比丘不允许持伞。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
39. Chattakathāyaṃ chattaṃ nāma tīṇi chattāni setacchattaṃ, kilañjacchattaṃ, paṇṇacchattanti. Tattha setacchattanti vatthapaliguṇṭhitaṃ paṇḍaracchattaṃ. Kilañjacchattanti vilīvacchattaṃ. Paṇṇacchattanti tālapaṇṇādīhi yehi kehici kataṃ. Maṇḍalabaddhaṃ salākabaddhanti idaṃ pana tiṇṇampi chattānaṃ pañjaradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tāni hi maṇḍalabaddhāni ceva honti salākabaddhāni ca. Yampi tatthajātakadaṇḍena kataṃ ekapaṇṇacchattaṃ hoti, tampi chattameva. ‘‘Vilīvacchattanti veṇuvilīvehi kataṃ chattaṃ. Tatthajātakadaṇḍakena katanti tālapaṇṇaṃ saha daṇḍakena chinditvā tameva chattadaṇḍaṃ karonti gopālakādayo viya, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vutta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.634) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. pācittiya 2.634) pana ‘‘vilīvacchattanti veṇupesikāhi kataṃ. Maṇḍalabaddhānīti dīghasalākāsu tiriyaṃ valayākārena salākaṃ ṭhapetvā suttehi baddhāni dīghañca tiriyañca ujukameva salākāyo ṭhapetvā daḷhabaddhāni ceva tiriyaṃ ṭhapetvā dīghadaṇḍakeheva saṅkocārahaṃ katvā sutteheva tiriyaṃ baddhāni. Tatthajātakadaṇḍakena katanti saha daṇḍakena chinnatālapaṇṇādīhi kata’’nti vuttaṃ. Idha pana chattadhārakapuggalavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā agilānassa bhikkhuno chattaṃ dhāretuṃ na vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
40 在《指甲论》中,因为蓄长指甲这件事,依据“诸比丘,不应蓄长指甲,若有人蓄,犯恶作罪”(小品274)这句话,蓄的人就犯恶作罪。又依据“他们用指甲剪指甲,也用嘴咬指甲,还在墙上磨,手指会痛。他们把这件事禀告世尊,世尊说:诸比丘,我允许用指甲剪”(小品274)这句话,所以可以持有指甲剪。下面注疏(波罗夷注1.85)里也说:“指甲剪只做成有褶纹的,所以可以用。”《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除疏1.85)里说:“‘有褶纹的’,是指在剪指甲时为了能握得牢,只做成带褶纹的,所以可以用。”“以肉为量”,是指以指尖的肉为量。“二十处”,是指在二十个手脚指甲上都磨出磨痕。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
40. Nakhakathāyaṃ dīghanakhadhāraṇapaccayā uppanne vatthusmiṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, dīghā nakhā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 274) vacanato dhārentassa āpatti. ‘‘Nakhenapi nakhaṃ chindanti, mukhenapi nakhaṃ chindanti, kuṭṭepi ghaṃsanti, aṅguliyo dukkhā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nakhacchedana’’nti (cūḷava. 274) vacanato nakhacchedanasatthakaṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Heṭṭhā ca ‘‘nakhacchedanaṃ valitakaṃyeva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.85) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Valitakanti nakhacchedanakāle daḷhaggahaṇatthaṃ valīhi yuttameva karonti, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.85) vuttaṃ. Maṃsappamāṇenāti aṅgulaggamaṃsappamāṇena. Vīsatimaṭṭhanti vīsatipi hatthapādanakhe likhitamaṭṭhe karonti. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
在《毛之论》中,发生了这样一件事:有人让人剃掉密处的毛,人们就讥嫌、呵责、纷纷议论说:“就像在家人享受欲乐一样。”因此,依据“诸比丘……恶作”(《小品》275)这段话,让人剃掉密处毛的,犯恶作。另有一位比丘,密处长了疮,药敷不住。由于这个因缘,依据“诸比丘,我允许因病缘故让人剃掉密处的毛”(《小品》275)这段话,为了治病、让药能敷住而让人剃掉密处毛的,无犯。人们因为“就像毕舍遮女一样”而讥嫌,依据“诸比丘,不应留长鼻毛,谁留就犯恶作”(《小品》275)这段话,留鼻毛的,犯恶作。依据“诸比丘,我允许用镊子”这句话,为了护持(鼻毛)而允许用镊子,所以用镊子拔鼻毛是可以的。“白发”,就是白色的头发。心想“别让我显老”而拔,是不允许的。若是因为(白发)让人看了不欢喜而让人拔掉,那么不管是白发还是非白发,都可以拔。巴利
Lomakathāyaṃ ‘‘sambādhelomaṃ saṃharāpenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti vatthusmiṃ uppanne ‘‘na, bhikkhave…pe… dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato saṃharāpentassa āpatti. Aññatarassa bhikkhuno sambādhe vaṇo hoti, bhesajjaṃ na tiṭṭhatīti imissā aṭṭhuppattiyā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ābādhapaccayā sambādhe lomaṃ saṃharāpetu’’nti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato ābādhapaccayā bhesajjapatiṭṭhāpanatthāya sambādhe lomaṃ harāpentassa anāpatti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi pisācillikā’’ti manussānaṃ ujjhāyanapaccayā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, dīghaṃ nāsikālomaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (cūḷava. 275) vacanato dhāraṇapaccayā āpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṇḍāsa’’nti anurakkhaṇatthāya saṇḍāso anuññāto, tasmā nāsikālomaṃ saṇḍāsena harāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Palitanti paṇḍarakesaṃ. Gāhetuṃ na vaṭṭati ‘‘mā me jarābhāvo hotū’’ti manasi katattā. Bībhacchaṃ hutvāti virūpaṃ hutvā. Palitaṃ vā apalitaṃ vāti paṇḍaraṃ vā apaṇḍaraṃ vā. Gāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭati appasādāvahattāti.
41 41. 在“腰带论”中,“未系腰带”指的是没有绑腰带。“比丘”是省略的主语。或者,“未系腰带”是指处于没有绑腰带的状态,这里用工具格来表示状态,就像说“头破了、流着血去向邻居抱怨”那样。因此说“没有绑好就出门,在哪里想起来,就在那里把腰带绑上”。所谓腰带,有六种:多绳带、水蛇头形带、鼓形带、揉弦琴形带、布带、猪耳带。其中,“多绳带”就是用很多绳子做的。“水蛇头形带”形状像水蛇的头。“鼓形带”是缠成鼓框形状做成的。“揉弦琴形带”是腕套的形状。像这样的带子,一条都不允许用,更不用说很多条了。所以,被禁止的、不合法的腰带就是这四种;而“布带”和“猪耳带”这两种腰带是世尊允许的,叫做合法的腰带。其中,布带如果是素面的,或者是鱼骨纹编织的,就可以用;其他像大象脚印纹之类的图案就不可以用。“猪耳带”是钥匙套的形状,用单绳做的;另外,戒指形的腰带也类似于猪耳带。连同这两种,一共就有八种腰带。“诸比丘,我允许鼓形带和揉弦琴形带”,这是只在有饰边的情况下才允许的;在这里,腕套形的饰边在四种以上就不可以用。“装饰边”是指缠好后缝合口边。“绳纹边”是指用鼓形缝法来缝;这样缝出来的,里面很结实。“边缘”就是末端。《金刚觉复注》(Vajira. Ṭī. Cūḷavagga 277-278)中则说:“戒指形腰带,是指不做成方形而制成的。腕套形饰边是方形的。‘用鼓形’,是指像僧伽梨用鼓形缝法那样,做成猪头的形状。‘边缘’就是末端,也有写成‘饰边之根’的。没有系腰带的人,不管是有意还是无意,进入村庄就犯戒。应该从想起来的地方绑好腰带再进去,或者就返回去。”巴利
41. Kāyabandhanakathāyaṃ akāyabandhanenāti abandhitakāyabandhanena. Bhikkhunāti seso. Atha vā akāyabandhanenāti abandhitakāyabandhano hutvāti itthambhūtatthe karaṇavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘bhinnena sīsena paggharantena lohitena paṭivisake ujjhāpesī’’ti. Tenāha ‘‘abandhitvā nikkhamantena yattha sarati, tattha bandhitabba’’nti. Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma cha kāyabandhanāni kalābukaṃ, deḍḍubhakaṃ, murajaṃ, maddavīṇaṃ, paṭṭikaṃ, sūkarantakanti. Tattha kalābukaṃ nāma bahurajjukaṃ. Deḍḍubhakaṃ nāma udakasappasīsasadisaṃ. Murajaṃ nāma murajavaṭṭisaṇṭhānaṃ veṭhetvā kataṃ. Maddavīṇaṃ nāma pāmaṅgasaṇṭhānaṃ. Īdisañhi ekampi na vaṭṭati, pageva bahūni. Tasmā paṭikkhittāni akappiyakāyabandhanāni nāma cattāri honti, paṭṭikaṃ, sūkarantakanti imāni dve kāyabandhanāni bhagavatā anuññātāni kappiyakāyabandhanāni nāma, tassa pakativītā vā macchakaṇṭakavāyimā vā paṭṭikā vaṭṭati, sesā kuñjaracchikādibhedā na vaṭṭati. Sūkarantakaṃ nāma kuñcikakosakasaṇṭhānaṃ hoti, ekarajjukaṃ, pana muddikakāyabandhanañca sūkarantakaṃ anulometi. Imehi pana dvīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭha kāyabandhanāni honti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, murajaṃ maddavīṇa’’nti idaṃ dasāsuyeva anuññātanti pāmaṅgadasā cettha catunnaṃ upari na vaṭṭati. Sobhakaṃ nāma veṭhetvā mukhavaṭṭisibbanaṃ. Guṇakaṃ nāma mudiṅgasaṇṭhānena sibbanaṃ. Evaṃ sibbitā hi anto thirā hontīti vuccati. Pavanantoti pāsanto vuccati. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 277-278) pana ‘‘muddikakāyabandhanaṃ nāma caturassaṃ akatvā sajjitaṃ . Pāmaṅgadasā caturassā. Mudiṅgasaṇṭhānenāti saṅghāṭiyā mudiṅgasibbanākārena varakasīsākārena. Pavanantoti pāsanto, ‘dasāmūla’nti ca likhitaṃ. Akāyabandhanena sañcicca vā asañcicca vā gāmappavesane āpatti. Saritaṭṭhānato bandhitvā pavisitabbaṃ, nivattitabbaṃ vāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于穿下衣和披上衣的讨论巴利
Nivāsanapārupanakathā
42 在讨论下衣和上衣的这部分里,说到“不应该像象鼻式等在家人的穿法那样穿下衣”。这里所谓的“象鼻式”,是指从肚脐下方开始,把布垂成象鼻的形状来穿,就像织布女工穿下衣那样。“鱼尾式”,是指一边垂在前面、一边垂在后面地穿。“四角式”,是指上面两个角、下面两个角,这样显出四个角来穿。“棕榈扇式”,是指把布挂成棕榈扇的形状来穿。“百褶式”,是指把长布反复折叠,弄成一圈一圈的褶子来穿,或者在左右两侧连续显出褶子来穿。不过,如果从膝盖开始只看到一两条褶子,那是可以的。所谓“卷绑式穿”,是指像摔跤手之类的人那样,把布绑在腋下部位来穿;这样穿,即使是病人或正在赶路的人也不允许。说到“不应该像用白布裹身等在家人的披法那样披上衣”,这里凡是白布裹身、游方者的披法、单衣披法、酒鬼的披法、后宫女子的披法、大长老的披法、进小屋时的披法、婆罗门的披法、供食比丘的披法等等,一切不符合“整齐圆满”这一标准的披法,都叫做在家人的披法。所以,不应该像白布裹身者和半遮的尼乾子那样披;不应该像有些游方者那样敞开胸口,把衣搭在两个肩头上;不应该像穿单衣的人那样,用所穿之布的一头盖住后背,把两个角搭在两个肩头上;不应该像酒鬼之类的人那样,用布绕住脖子,让两头垂在胸前,或者甩到背后;不应该像后宫女子那样,只露出眼睛那么一点,用布蒙头盖住;不应该像大长老那样,先穿长布作下衣,再用它的一头盖住全身;不应该像农夫进田舍时那样,把布缠起来塞进腋下,再用它的一头盖住身体;不应该像婆罗门那样,把布从两个腋窝之间穿过去,搭在肩上;不应该像诵经比丘那样,偏袒一肩披衣,露出左臂,把衣搭在肩头上。不应该这样披;应当避免这一切以及其他类似的披衣过失,不变形地、整齐圆满地披衣。同样,如果不这样披衣,而在寺院里或村落人家中,因为不恭敬而做出任何变形的举动,就犯恶作。巴利
42. Nivāsanapārupanakathāyaṃ hatthisoṇḍādivasena gihinivatthaṃ na nivāsetabbanti ettha hatthisoṇḍakaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 280; kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. parimaṇḍalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) nāma nābhimūlato hatthisoṇḍasaṇṭhānaṃ olambakaṃ katvā nivatthaṃ coḷikaitthīnaṃ nivāsanaṃ viya. Macchavāḷakaṃ nāma ekato dasantaṃ ekato pāsantaṃ olambitvā nivatthaṃ. Catukaṇṇakaṃ nāma uparito dve, heṭṭhato dveti evaṃ cattāro kaṇṇe dassetvā nivatthaṃ. Tālavaṇṭakaṃ nāma tālavaṇṭākārena sāṭakaṃ olambitvā nivāsanaṃ. Satavalikaṃ nāma dīghasāṭakaṃ anekakkhattuṃ obhujitvā ovaṭṭikaṃ karontena nivatthaṃ, vāmadakkhiṇapassesu vā nirantaraṃ valiyo dassetvā nivatthaṃ. Sace pana jāṇuto paṭṭhāya ekaṃ vā dve vā valiyo paññāyanti, vaṭṭati. Saṃvelliyaṃ nivāsentīti mallakammakārādayo viya kacchaṃ bandhitvā nivāsenti, evaṃ nivāsetuṃ gilānassapi maggappaṭipannassapi na vaṭṭati. Setapaṭapārutādivasena na gihipārutaṃ pārupitabbanti ettha yaṃ kiñci setapaṭapārutaṃ paribbājakapārutaṃ ekasāṭakapārutaṃ soṇḍapārutaṃ antepurikapārutaṃ mahājeṭṭhakapārutaṃ kuṭipavesakapārutaṃ brāhmaṇapārutaṃ pāḷikārakapārutanti evamādi parimaṇḍalalakkhaṇato aññathā pārutaṃ sabbametaṃ gihipārutaṃ nāma, tasmā yathā setapaṭā aḍḍhapālakanigaṇṭhā pārupanti, yathā ca ekacce paribbājakā uraṃ vivaritvā dvīsu aṃsakūṭesu pāvuraṇaṃ ṭhapenti, yathā ca ekasāṭakā manussā nivatthasāṭakassa ekena antena piṭṭhiṃ pārupitvā ubho kaṇṇe ubhosu aṃsakūṭesu ṭhapenti, yathā ca surāsoṇḍādayo sāṭakena gīvaṃ parikkhipitvā ubho ante ure vā olambenti, piṭṭhiyaṃ vā khipenti, yathā ca antepurikāyo akkhitārakamattaṃ dassetvā oguṇṭhikaṃ pārupanti, yathā ca mahājeṭṭhā dīghasāṭakaṃ nivāsetvā tasseva ekena antena sakalasarīraṃ pārupanti, yathā ca kassakā khettakuṭiṃ pavisantā sāṭakaṃ paliveṭhetvā upakacchake pakkhipitvā tasseva ekena antena sarīraṃ pārupanti, yathā ca brāhmaṇā ubhinnaṃ upakacchakānaṃ antare sāṭakaṃ pavesetvā aṃsakūṭesu pārupanti, yathā ca pāḷikārako bhikkhu ekaṃsapārupanena pārutaṃ vāmabāhuṃ vivaritvā cīvaraṃ aṃsakūṭe āropeti. Evaṃ apārupitvā sabbepi ete aññe ca evarūpe pārupanadose vajjetvā nibbikāraṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ pārupitabbaṃ. Tathā apārupitvā ārāme vā antaraghare vā anādarena yaṃ kiñci vikāraṃ karontassa dukkaṭaṃ.
43 在关于担杠的讨论中,“剃头缠布者”是指像国王出行时那些负责拿取随身物品的随从人员,这是它的意思。“两端担杠”是指在同一根担杠的前后两端都挂上要搬运的货物。“单端担杠”是指只在后一端挂上要搬运的货物。“中间担杠”是指挂在中间、由两个人抬着搬运的货物。“头顶负重”等,就是指用头等部位来承载的货物等。“手提”是指用手垂提着搬运的货物。在这些方式当中,只有“两端担杠”是不允许的,其余的都是允许的。巴利
43. Kājakathāyaṃ muṇḍaveṭhīti yathā rañño kuhiñci gacchanto parikkhārabhaṇḍaggahaṇamanussāti adhippāyo. Ubhatokājanti ekasmiṃyeva kāje purato ca pacchato ca ubhosu bhāgesu laggetvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Ekatokājanti ekato pacchatoyeva laggetvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Antarākājanti majjhe laggetvā dvīhi vahitabbabhāraṃ. Sīsabhārādayo sīsādīhi vahitabbabhārādayo eva. Olambakanti hatthena olambitvā vahitabbabhāraṃ. Etesu ubhatokājameva na vaṭṭati, sesā vaṭṭanti.
关于齿木的论述巴利
Dantakaṭṭhakathā
44 在《齿木论》中,世尊先指出不嚼齿木有五种过失、嚼齿木有五种功德,然后才允许比丘们使用齿木。其中,五种过失是:眼睛不好、嘴巴很臭、味觉通道不清净、胆汁和痰把食物包住、对食物不觉得好吃。这里“眼睛不好”是指对眼睛没有好处,反而让视力衰退;“不觉得好吃”是指不喜欢吃。五种功德,应当从这五种过失的反面来理解。接着,世尊规定:嚼太长的齿木和嚼太细的齿木都犯恶作,并允许齿木最长八指节、最短四指节。其中,“最长八指节”是指这种齿木的最大长度是八指节;“最短四指节”是指这种齿木的最小长度是四指节;“太细”是指非常细小。八指节的叫大齿木,四指节的叫小齿木,五、六、七指节的叫中等齿木。因此说“以两种水、三种齿木”。注疏中说:“‘最长八指节’是按人的标准指节量八指节,作为最大量。”巴利
44. Dantakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ dantakaṭṭhassa akhādane pañca dose, khādane pañcānisaṃse ca dassetvā bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tattha pañca dosā nāma acakkhussaṃ, mukhaṃ duggandhaṃ, rasaharaṇiyo na visujjhanti, pittaṃ semhaṃ bhattaṃ pariyonandhati, bhattamassa nacchādetīti. Tattha acakkhussanti cakkhūnaṃ hitaṃ na hoti, parihāniṃ janeti. Nacchādetīti na ruccati. Pañcānisaṃsā vuttapaṭipakkhato veditabbā. Tato dīghadantakaṭṭhakhādane ca atimadāhakadantakaṭṭhakhādane ca dukkaṭaṃ paññapetvā aṭṭhaṅgulaparamaṃ caturaṅgulapacchimaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ anuññātaṃ. Tattha aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ paramaṃ etassa dantakaṭṭhassāti aṭṭhaṅgulaparamaṃ. Caturaṅgulaṃ pacchimaṃ pamāṇaṃ etassa dantakaṭṭhassāti caturaṅgulapacchimaṃ. Atimadāhakanti atikhuddakaṃ. Aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ mahādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma, caturaṅgulaṃ khuddakadantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma, pañcachasattaṅgulaṃ majjhimadantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘duvidhena udakena tividhena dantakaṭṭhenā’’ti. ‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgulaparamanti manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaparama’’nti aṭṭhakathāya (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 282) māha.
这里,所谓“标准指节”,有人把它理解成“自然指节”,然后说:超过人的自然指节八个指节长度的齿木不合用。他们是按这个标准来嚼齿木的。可是,注疏里只说是“人的标准指节”,并没有说“自然指节”。因此,应当这样理解其含义:人们用木匠的手量出一指节,作为测量房屋等的标准指节,也就是木匠的指节;以这个作为人的标准指节的木匠指节来量,八个指节就是最长的限度。《萨拉他灯注》里确实说过:“‘标准指节’是就木匠的指节而说的。”《除疑注》里也说:“‘标准指节’就是木匠的指节。不过有些人说是‘自然指节’,这种说法和‘最短四指节’的说法相合。因为用自然指节量出的四指节齿木,根本没办法不卡到喉咙地嚼用。”巴利
Ettha ca pamāṇaṅgulenāti idaṃ pakatiaṅgulenāti gahetvā manussānaṃ pakatiaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulato adhikappamāṇaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ na vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Tattakameva ca katvā khādanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulena’’ icceva vuttaṃ, na ‘‘pakatiaṅgulenā’’ti. Tasmā yaṃ vaḍḍhakihatthato aṅgulaṃ pamāṇaṃ katvā manussā gehādīni minanti, tena manussānaṃ pamāṇaṅgulabhūtena vaḍḍhakiaṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaparamanti attho gahetabbo. Vuttañhi sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.280-282) ‘‘pamāṇaṅgulenāti vaḍḍhakiaṅgulaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti. Vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.282) ‘‘pamāṇaṅgulenāti vaḍḍhakiaṅgulena, keci pana ‘pakatiaṅgulenā’ti vadanti, taṃ caturaṅgulapacchimavacanena sameti. Na hi pakatiaṅgulena caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ kaṇṭhe avilaggaṃ khādituṃ sakkā’’ti.
45 在“攀树论”这一段里,“一人高的树”是指:一个人举起手来,从脚到指尖的高度,大约五肘,这样高度的树,就叫“人高的树”。这是在部分上使用整体之称,就像说“看见了大海”一样。“危险”的意思是到处走动、活动,也就是各种险难。“只要在这棵树上有需要”,是说只要比丘在这棵树上还有事情要做、还有必要上去,就可以攀登。其余的内容很容易理解。巴利
45. Rukkhārohanakathāyaṃ puriso pamāṇo yassa rukkhassāti poriso, uddhaṃ ukkhipitahatthena saddhiṃ manussakāyappamāṇo pañcahatthamattaucco rukkhapadeso, taṃ porisaṃ rukkhaṃ, avayave samudāyavohāro yathā ‘‘samuddo diṭṭho’’ti, ābhuso padanti gacchanti pavattantīti āpadā, parissayā. Yāva attho atthi etasmiṃ rukkheti yāvadattho, rukkho, attha-saddo payojanavācako. Yāva tasmiṃ rukkhe bhikkhussa attho payojanaṃ atthi, tāva abhiruhitabboti adhippāyo. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
关于梵语化的讨论巴利
Chandāropanakathā
46 在“强加欲求”这一论题中,chandā 一词是就梵语来说的。不应强加,意思是不应强行套用其言说方式。以自己的语言,指的是摩揭陀语。其中,由圣者们所作,就是梵语;意思是说,它是由阿塔咖、瓦玛咖等已经止息了恶的仙人们所作。或者也可以说,应当恭敬、应当礼敬,所以叫梵语;因为它能给人带来利益和安乐,所以想得到这种利益安乐的人应当礼敬它。被说出来的,就是语言;它既是梵语,又是语言,所以叫梵语。存在于三种吠陀中的语言,是“他自己的”,意思是世尊的言教。生于摩揭陀的,就是摩揭陀语;意思是说,在最初劫时生于摩揭陀国。被取出而说,就是语;从三藏中取出而宣说,就是辞。古人确实这样说过:巴利
46. Chandāropanakathāyaṃ chandasoti sakkaṭabhāsāya. Na āropetabbanti vācanāmaggaṃ na āropetabbaṃ. Sakāya niruttiyāti māgadhabhāsāya. Tattha santehi katāti sakkaṭā, aṭṭhakavāmakādīhi samitapāpehi isīhi katāti attho. Atha vā sakkaritabbā pūjitabbāti sakkaṭā manussānaṃ hitasukhāvahanato, tadatthikehi manussehi pūjitabbāti attho. Bhāsīyateti bhāsā, sakkaṭā ca sā bhāsā cāti sakkaṭabhāsā. Vedattayagatā nirutti, sassa esāti sakā, bhagavato vacanantyattho. Magadhe jātā māgadhikā, ādikappakāle magadharaṭṭhe jātāti attho. Uccateti utti, nīharitvā utti nirutti, piṭakattayato nīharitvā kathīyatetyattho. Vuttañhetaṃ porāṇehi –
那摩揭陀语是根本语言;
初劫的人们借以(交流)的语言;
梵天们以及未闻言语者;
正自觉者们也同样在宣说。巴利
‘‘Sā māgadhī mūlabhāsā; Narā yāyādikappikā; Brahmāno cāssutālāpā; Sambuddhā cāpi bhāsare’’ti.
剩下的部分很容易理解。巴利
Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
47 在“顺世论”这一话题里,“世间”是指:福业、非福业以及它们的果报都安立在此处,所以叫世间,也就是众生世间。“努力处”是指:众生在这里精勤用力,所以叫努力处;世间的努力处就是“顺世”,意思就是众生精勤用力的地方。那这是什么?就是外道的教法。全都是残食,为什么?因为过去曾被鸟等吃过。全都不是残食,因为这份剩下的食物不曾被任何人吃过。白乌鸦,因为它的骨头是白的;黑鹭,因为它的脚是黑的。“这里没有意义”,所以叫无意义;无意义本身就是理由,所以叫无意义的理由。与它相关联的,就是与无意义的理由相关联。“在这里渡越”,所以叫渡处,也就是码头;像渡处一样,所以叫渡处,也就是见解。他们有这个,所以叫外道,也就是颠倒见者。“在这里教导自己的弟子”,所以叫教法;外道的教法就是外道教法。不应学习畜生明:这里,畜生明指的是任何外在的、不带来义利的东西。不应学习,就是不应自己学习;不应教授,就是不应教授他人。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
47. Lokāyatakathāyaṃ lokiyanti patiṭṭhahanti puññāpuññāni tabbipāko cāti loko, sattaloko. Ābhuso yatanti vīriyaṃ karonti etthāti āyataṃ, lokassa āyataṃ lokāyataṃ, sattānaṃ bhuso vīriyakaraṇaṭṭhānantyattho. Kiṃ taṃ? Titthiyasatthaṃ. Sabbaṃ ucchiṭṭhaṃ, kasmā? Sakuṇādīhi paribhuttapubbattā. Sabbaṃ anucchiṭṭhaṃ imassa avasesabhojanassa kenaci aparibhuttapubbattā. Seto kāko aṭṭhissa setattā, kāḷo bako pādassa kāḷattāti. Natthi attho etthāti niratthakaṃ, niratthakameva kāraṇaṃ niratthakakāraṇaṃ. Tena paṭisaṃyuttaṃ niratthakakāraṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ. Taranti etthāti titthaṃ, paṭṭanaṃ. Titthaṃ viyāti titthaṃ, laddhi, taṃ etesaṃ atthīti titthiyā, viparītadassanā. Sāsanti attano sāvake etthāti satthaṃ, titthiyānaṃ satthaṃ titthiyasatthaṃ. Na tiracchānavijjā pariyāpuṇitabbāti ettha tiracchānavijjā nāma yā kāci bāhirakā anatthasañhitā. Na pariyāpuṇitabbāti attanā na pariyāpuṇitabbā. Na vācetabbāti paresaṃ na vācetabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
48 在“喷嚏”这一节中,“被喷嚏”所以叫“被喷嚏者”。“khipi”这个词根是含糊音的词根。因为状态以状态为特征,所以“tasmiṃ khipite”(在被喷嚏时)是带格位词尾的形式。由于它是具有特征的事物,因此要补上“于任何个人”。关于“活”,“jīva”是维持生命的词根,格位词尾省略了。整句的意思是:当任何个人被喷嚏时,比丘不应当说“活”;当比丘被喷嚏时,在家人说“尊者,请活下去”,这时比丘说“长久地活”是可以的。不过在“被说”这个地方,因为特征词是表示行为的词,所以要补上一个与它同格、作为受事的“于比丘”,也就是具有特征的行为。比如什么情况呢?就像“当牛在被挤奶时,人来了”。另外有些老师在这类地方补入“存在时”这个词,认为这个就是特征词;而“当牛在被挤奶时”这两个词,则是在“存在时”中按原形和变格来充当行为者。这应当考察之后再采纳。巴利
48. Khipitakathāyaṃ khipīyitthāti khipito. Khipi abyattasaddeti dhātu. Bhāvenabhāvalakkhaṇattā tasmiṃ khipiteti vibhatyantaṃ. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kismiñci puggale’’ti lakkhaṇavantakattā ajjhāharitabbo. Jīvāti jīva pāṇadhāraṇeti dhātu, vibhattilopo. Yasmiṃ kismiñci puggale khipite bhikkhunā ‘‘jīvā’’ti vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ, bhikkhusmiṃ khipite gihinā ‘‘jīvatha bhante’’ti vuccamāne sati ‘‘ciraṃ jīvā’’ti bhikkhunā vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti yojanā. ‘‘Vuccamāne’’ti ettha pana lakkhaṇassa kammavācakattā tena samānādhikaraṇaṃ kammabhūtaṃ ‘‘bhikkhusmi’’nti lakkhaṇavantakammaṃ ajjhāharitabbaṃ yathā kiṃ ‘‘gosu duyhamānāsu puriso āgato’’ti . Apare pana ācariyā īdisesu ṭhānesu ‘‘santesū’’ti padaṃ ajjhāharitvā idameva lakkhaṇapadaṃ, ‘‘gosu duyhamānāsū’’ti padadvayaṃ pana ‘‘santesū’’ti ettha pakativikativasena kattā evāti vadanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
49 在讨论蒜的部分,经文里说“所谓蒜,就是摩揭陀蒜”。不过注疏里说:“摩揭陀蒜,就是生于摩揭陀的。这里所说的蒜,正是指摩揭陀国所生的蒜,而且只指球茎蒜,不是一瓣、两瓣或三瓣的蒜。但在《库伦达》中说:‘不提及产地,只说摩揭陀蒜就是球茎蒜。’”如果把两瓣或三瓣合在一起吞下去,犯一个波逸提。但如果掰开以后一瓣一瓣地吃,就按行为的次数计算,犯多个波逸提。这些对比丘尼来说是波逸提,对比丘来说是恶作。巴利
49. Lasuṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘lasuṇaṃ nāma māgadhaka’’nti (pāci. 795) pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 795) pana ‘‘māgadhakanti magadhesu jātaṃ. Magadharaṭṭhe jātalasuṇameva hi idha lasuṇanti adhippetaṃ, tampi bhaṇḍikalasuṇameva, na ekadvitimiñjakaṃ. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘jātidesaṃ avatvā ‘māgadhakaṃ nāma bhaṇḍikalasuṇa’nti vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Sace dve tayo bhaṇḍike ekatoyeva saṅkharitvā ajjhoharati, ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Bhinditvā ekekaṃ miñjaṃ khādantiyā pana payogagaṇanāya pācittiyāni, idaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ vasena pācittiyaṃ, bhikkhussa pana dukkaṭaṃ.
葱、韭等可以按颜色或按瓣数来区分。先说颜色:葱是淡黄色的,韭是红色的,青蒜是绿色的。再说瓣数:葱有一瓣,韭有两瓣,青蒜有三瓣,而野蒜没有瓣,只有嫩芽而已。不过《大注疏》等书中说:“葱有三瓣,韭有两瓣,青蒜有一瓣。”这些葱、韭等,就其本身而言就是允许的;但在汤羹等烹调中,即使是摩揭陀产的蒜也允许使用。也就是说,在煮绿豆汤等时,或在鱼肉制品中,或在油等中,或在枣酸酱等中,或在酸煮等中,或在更精细的烹调中,无论放在哪里,甚至放进粥钵里,也允许。这是论书中说的。“就其本身”是指不需要借助汤羹等。“枣酸酱”是把枣果晒干后磨成粉做成的一种嚼食制品,《义灯》中是这样说的。巴利
Palaṇḍukādīnaṃ vaṇṇena vā miñjāya vā nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vaṇṇena tāva palaṇḍuko nāma paṇḍuvaṇṇo hoti. Bhañjanako lohitavaṇṇo, haritako haritavaṇṇo, miñjāya pana palaṇḍukassa ekā miñjā hoti, bhañjanakassa dve, haritakassa tisso, cāpalasuṇo amiñjako. Aṅkuramattameva hi tassa hoti. Mahāpaccariyādīsu pana ‘‘palaṇḍukassa tīṇi miñjāni, bhañjanakassa dve, haritakassa eka’’nti vuttaṃ. Ete palaṇḍukādayo sabhāveneva vaṭṭanti, sūpasampākādīsu pana māgadhakampi vaṭṭati. Tañhi paccamānesu muggasūpādīsu vā macchamaṃsavikatiyā vā telādīsu vā badarasāḷavādīsu vā ambilapākādīsu vā uttaribhaṅge vā yattha katthaci antamaso yāgupattepi pakkhipituṃ vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sabhāvenevāti sūpasampākādiṃ vināva. Badarasāḷavaṃ nāma badaraphalāni sukkhāpetvā cuṇṇetvā kattabbā khādanīyavikatī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.793-797) vuttaṃ.
不应跨越等论巴利
Naakkamitabbādikathā
50 在“不应踏等”的讨论中:“‘围饰地’是指用细黏土铺成的黑色等地面的地。‘住处’就是指床、椅等。‘同样地可以受用’是指可以按照其他常住的比丘已经受用过的方式来受用。‘如果常住者放置在原本未铺设的地面上,他们也没有罪’,在《结文》中这样说。以‘门等’所说的门窗等,即使没有加工过也不应倚靠。‘于毛’是指在毛上触碰时”,《义灯》中这样说。《度疑》中也说:“‘围饰地’是指用黑色等细黏土做成的地面等。‘住处’是指床、椅等。‘同样地可以受用’这句话表明:只有在常住者以洗过脚等方式受用的场合,如果故意以没洗脚等方式受用,才制定为罪;由于提到‘门等’是笼统的说法,所以门窗等即使没有加工过也不应倚靠。不知情而倚靠的人,在这里也按毛的数量计算有罪。”在《跋耆罗疏》中说:“‘如果常住者放置在原本未铺设的地面上,他们也没有罪’,是这样写的;‘门窗等即使没有加工过也不应倚靠’,是这样写的。”巴利
50. Naakkamitabbādikathāyaṃ ‘‘paribhaṇḍakatabhūmi nāma saṇhamattikāhi katā kāḷavaṇṇādibhūmi . Senāsanaṃ mañcapīṭhādikāyeva. Tatheva vaḷañjetuṃ vaṭṭatīti aññehi āvāsikehi bhikkhūhi paribhuttanīhārena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘Nevāsikā pakatiyā anatthatāya bhūmiyā ṭhapenti ce, tesampi anāpattiyevā’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. ‘Dvārampī’tiādinā vuttadvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbā. Lomesūti lomesu phusantesū’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.324) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.324) ‘‘paribhaṇḍakatabhūmi vāti kāḷavaṇṇādikatasaṇhabhūmi vā. Senāsanaṃ vāti mañcapīṭhādi vā. Tatheva vaḷañjetuṃ vaṭṭatīti iminā nevāsikehi dhotapādādīhi vaḷañjanaṭṭhāne sañcicca adhotapādādīhi vaḷañjantasseva āpatti paññattāti dasseti , ‘dvārampī’tiādinā sāmaññato vuttattā dvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbā. Ajānitvā apassayantassapi idha lomagaṇanāya āpattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 323-324) ‘‘nevāsikā pakatiyā anatthatāya bhūmiyā ṭhapenti ce, tesampi anāpattiyevāti likhitaṃ, dvāravātapānādayo aparikammakatāpi na apassayitabbāti likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于不应礼敬者与应礼敬者的讨论巴利
Avandiyavandiyakathā
51 51. 在“不应礼敬者与应礼敬者”的讨论中,这里的论师依据《住处篇》经文,说到了十种不应礼敬者和三种应礼敬者,而注疏和复注里都没有任何说明,所以这里应当按前面经文所呈现的方式来理解其含义。不过在《附随》经文(附随467以下)里,在优波离五法部分,以五个一组、五个一组的方式,说到了二十五种不应礼敬者和五种应礼敬者。怎么说呢?“尊者,有几种不应礼敬者?”“优波离,有五种不应礼敬者。哪五种?进入俗人家中的人不应礼敬,走在路上的人不应礼敬,处在暗处的人不应礼敬,没有收摄心念的人不应礼敬,睡着的人不应礼敬。优波离,这就是五种不应礼敬者。优波离,还有另外五种不应礼敬者。哪五种?正在喝粥的人不应礼敬,在食堂里的人不应礼敬,偏袒一肩的人不应礼敬,心在别处的人不应礼敬,裸体的人不应礼敬。优波离,这就是五种不应礼敬者。优波离,还有另外五种不应礼敬者。哪五种?正在嚼食的人不应礼敬,正在吃饭的人不应礼敬,正在大便的人不应礼敬,正在小便的人不应礼敬,被举罪的人不应礼敬。优波离,这就是五种不应礼敬者。优波离,还有另外五种不应礼敬者。哪五种?先受具足戒的人不应礼敬后受具足戒的人,未受具足戒的人不应礼敬,不同住而年长却说非法的人不应礼敬,女人不应礼敬,般哒咖不应礼敬。优波离,这就是五种不应礼敬者。优波离,还有另外五种不应礼敬者。哪五种?行别住的人不应礼敬,应被退回原本的人不应礼敬,应行敬悦的人不应礼敬,正在行敬悦的人不应礼敬,应被出罪的人不应礼敬。优波离,这就是五种不应礼敬者。”巴利
51. Avandiyavandiyakathāyaṃ idha pakaraṇācariyena senāsanakkhandhakapāḷivasena dasa avandiyā, tayo vandiyā ca vuttā, aṭṭhakathāṭīkāsu ca na kiñci vuttā, tasmā idha āgatanayeneva attho daṭṭhabbo. Parivārapāḷiyaṃ (pari. 467 ādayo) pana upālipañcake pañcapañcakavasena pañcavīsati avandiyā, pañca vandiyā ca vuttā. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Kati nu kho, bhante, avandiyāti? Pañcime, upāli, avandiyā. Katame pañca? Antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho avandiyo, racchagato avandiyo, otamasiko avandiyo, asamannāharanto avandiyo, sutto avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Yāgupāne avandiyo, bhattagge avandiyo, ekāvatto avandiyo, aññavihito avandiyo, naggo avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Khādanto avandiyo, bhuñjanto avandiyo, uccāraṃ karonto avandiyo, passāvaṃ karonto avandiyo, ukkhittako avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Pureupasampannena pacchāupasampanno avandiyo, anupasampanno avandiyo , nānāsaṃvāsako vuḍḍhataro adhammavādī avandiyo, mātugāmo avandiyo, paṇḍako avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Aparepi, upāli, pañca avandiyā. Katame pañca? Pārivāsiko avandiyo, mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho avandiyo, mānattāraho avandiyo, mānattacāriko avandiyo, abbhānāraho avandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca avandiyā’’ti.
尊者,有几种人应该受礼敬?优波离,有五种人应该受礼敬。哪五种?后受具足戒的人应该礼敬先受具足戒的人;不同住而年长、说正法的人应该受礼敬;老师应该受礼敬;戒师应该受礼敬;在有天、有魔、有梵的世间,在包括沙门、婆罗门、天、人在内的众生中,如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者应该受礼敬。优波离,这就是五种应该受礼敬的人。巴利
‘‘Kati nu kho, bhante, vandiyāti? Pañcime, upāli, vandiyā. Katame pañca? Pacchāupasampannena pureupasampanno vandiyo, nānāsaṃvāsako vuḍḍhataro dhammavādī vandiyo, ācariyo vandiyo, upajjhāyo vandiyo, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vandiyo. Ime kho, upāli, pañca vandiyā’’ti.
《义注》(附随注467)中也这样说:“‘处暗者’,就是待在黑暗里的人。因为这样的人在礼敬时,额头会撞到床脚之类的地方。‘未收摄者’,就是因为忙着事务,没有把心收摄起来行礼。‘睡眠者’,就是已经入睡。‘偏袒一肩者’,就是偏向一边、站在敌对一方、心怀怨恨、持不同见解的人,这种人不应受礼敬。因为这种人被礼敬时,甚至会用脚踢人。‘心在他处者’,就是在想别的事。‘嚼食者’,就是在嚼硬果之类的食物。‘正在大小便者’,因为处在不合适的场所,所以不应受礼敬。‘被举罪者’,就是被三种举罪羯磨中任何一种举罪的人,不应受礼敬;但受过呵责等羯磨的四众仍应受礼敬,他们也可以一起参加布萨和自恣。从最初所说的不应受礼敬者当中,只有礼敬裸行者和被举罪者才算犯戒;其余那些,则是因不合礼仪以及中间所说的理由而被禁止礼敬。此后,后受具足戒者等十人,也只是就构成犯戒的情形来说,才不应受礼敬。礼敬这些人,则必定犯戒。这样,在这五个五法当中,礼敬十三人无犯,礼敬十二人犯戒。‘老师应受礼敬’,指出家师、具足戒师、依止师、诵经师、教诫师,这五种老师都应受礼敬。”巴利
Aṭṭhakathāyañca (pari. aṭṭha. 467) ‘‘otamasitoti andhakāragato. Tañhi vandantassa mañcapādādīsupi nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyya. Asamannāharantoti kiccappasutattā vandanaṃ asamannāharanto. Suttoti niddaṃ okkanto. Ekāvattoti ekato āvatto sapattapakkhe ṭhito verī visabhāgapuggalo vuccati, ayaṃ avandiyo. Ayañhi vandiyamāno pādenapi pahareyya. Aññavihitoti aññaṃ cintayamāno. Khādantoti piṭṭhakhajjakādīni khādanto. Uccārañca passāvañca karonto anokāsagatattā avandiyo. Ukkhittakoti tividhenapi ukkhepanīyakammena ukkhittako avandiyo, tajjanīyādikammakatā pana cattāro vanditabbā, uposathapavāraṇāpi tehi saddhiṃ labbhanti. Ādito paṭṭhāya ca vuttesu avandiyesu naggañca ukkhittakañca vandantasseva hoti āpatti , itaresaṃ pana asāruppaṭṭhena ca antarā vuttakāraṇena ca vandanā paṭikkhittā. Ito paraṃ pacchāupasampannādayo dasapi āpattivatthubhāveneva avandiyā. Te vandantassa hi niyameneva āpatti. Iti imesu pañcasu pañcakesu terasa jane vandantassa anāpatti, dvādasannaṃ vandanāya āpatti. Ācariyo vandiyoti pabbajjācariyo upasampadācariyo nissayācariyo uddesācariyo ovādācariyoti ayaṃ pañcavidhopi ācariyo vandiyo’’ti āgato.
“中间所说的理由”,是指像“礼敬时额头会撞到床脚等”这样所说的理由——这是《义明灯》(义明灯·附随3.467)中的说法。不过《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除·附随2.467)中说:“‘额头会撞到床脚等’,是说在黑暗中铺了皮革片,俯身礼敬时,额头或眼睛撞到床等。由此说明即使礼敬的人也没有罪过,同时显示礼敬并非完全被禁止。同样地,在其他经中未被禁止的一切情形都是如此。但对于裸行者等,则不应礼敬。‘转向一方’,是指转向某一方、陷入嗔恨的倾向,也就是已经卷入其中。因此说‘站在敌对一方’。‘正被礼敬’,是指俯身正在被礼敬。在应当受礼敬的人当中,诵经师和依止师也可能还是新学比丘,所以说‘只有年长者才应受礼敬’。”在《金刚智疏》(金刚智疏·附随467)中说:“也有人读作‘转向一方者’,据说意思是愤怒、被嗔恨所制伏。还有人读作‘单衣者’,据说意思是脱掉上衣站着。这些都与注疏中所引的原文相违。因为注疏引出的是‘转向一方者’,所以不应采纳。‘中间所说的理由’,是指因为忙于事务而没有留意,‘额头会撞到’等所说的理由。”巴利
‘‘Antarāvuttakāraṇenāti tañhi vandantassa mañcapādādīsu nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyātiādinā vuttakāraṇenā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. parivāra 3.467) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭi. parivāra 2.467) pana ‘‘mañcapādādīsupi nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyāti andhakāre cammakhaṇḍaṃ paññapetvā vandituṃ onamantassa nalāṭaṃ vā akkhi vā mañcādīsu paṭihaññati. Etena vandatopi āpattiabhāvaṃ vatvā vandanāya sabbathā paṭikkhepābhāvañca dīpeti. Evaṃ sabbattha suttantarehi appaṭikkhittesu. Naggādīsu pana vandituṃ na vaṭṭatīti. Ekato āvattoti ekasmiṃ dosāgatipakkhe parivatto, paviṭṭhoti attho. Tenāha ‘sapattapakkhe ṭhito’ti. Vandiyamānoti onamitvā vandiyamāno. Vanditabbesu uddesācariyo nissayācariyo ca yasmā navakāpi honti, tasmā ‘te vuḍḍhā eva vandiyā’ti vanditabbā’’ti āgataṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. parivāra 467) ‘‘ekāvattotipi paṭhanti, tassa kuddho kodhābhibhūtoti kira attho. Ekavatthotipi keci, uttarāsaṅgaṃ apanetvā ṭhitoti kira attho. Taṃ sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ uddhaṭapāḷiyā virujjhati. Ekāvattoti hi uddhaṭaṃ, tasmā na gahetabbaṃ. Antarā vuttakāraṇenāti kiccappasutattā asamannāharanto ‘nalāṭaṃ paṭihaññeyyā’tiādivuttakāraṇenā’’ti āgataṃ.
在《第二偈集注》(附随注477)中说:“‘十种人不应被礼敬’,指的是《住处犍度》里所说的十种人。‘也不应以合掌恭敬之礼’,意思是连合掌和恭敬的行为都不应对他们做。不应向他们示现犍度规定的供水、递扇等义务,意思是不应对他们举起合掌。‘对十人犯恶作’,是说对那十人这样做,就犯恶作。”所以,对他们连合掌的礼节也不应做。巴利
Dutiyagāthāsaṅgaṇikaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pari. aṭṭha. 477) ‘‘dasa puggalā nābhivādetabbāti senāsanakkhandhake vuttā dasa janā. Añjalisāmīcena cāti sāmīcikammena saddhiṃ añjali ca tesaṃ na kātabbo. Neva pānīyapucchanatālavaṇṭaggahaṇādi khandhakavattaṃ tesaṃ dassetabbaṃ, na añjali paggaṇhitabboti attho. Dasannaṃ dukkaṭanti tesaṃyeva dasannaṃ evaṃ karontassa dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti āgataṃ, tasmā añjalikammamattampi nesaṃ na kattabbanti.
“尊者,新受戒的比丘向戒腊更高的比丘顶礼双足时,应当在内心里现起几种法,然后才顶礼双足呢?”
“优波离,新受戒的比丘向戒腊更高的比丘顶礼双足时,应当在内心里现起五种法,然后才顶礼双足。是哪五种呢?优波离,新受戒的比丘向戒腊更高的比丘顶礼双足时,要把上衣偏袒一肩,合起掌来,用双手掌抚摩对方的双足,心里现起慈爱和恭敬,然后才顶礼双足。优波离,新受戒的比丘向戒腊更高的比丘顶礼双足时,应当在内心里现起这五种法,然后才顶礼双足。”
在这个地方,正自觉者向具寿优波离讲说了顶礼的方式。巴利
‘‘Navakatarena, bhante, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena kati dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbāti? Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā. Katame pañca? Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ katvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā. Navakatarenupāli, bhikkhunā vuḍḍhatarassa bhikkhuno pāde vandantena ime pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti (pari. 469) imasmiṃ ṭhāne sammāsambuddhena āyasmato upālissa vandanānayova ācikkhito.
“以五处安立而礼敬”这句话里,也说明了五处的具体形式。怎么说的呢?礼敬上座比丘的双足时,应当敞开两肩来礼敬,不能把两肩都盖住来礼敬,而应当把上衣偏袒一肩后再礼敬。由此说明:僧伽梨无论是偏袒还是没偏袒,都没有过失。还说明:“应当举起十指并拢、光洁明亮的双手合掌——也就是合掌——来礼敬,不能只是摊开手掌,也不能用握拳等方式来礼敬”;“不能只用一只手碰一下衣角之类就来礼敬,而应当用两只手掌抚摩双足来礼敬”;“这样礼敬时,不能带着嗔心和不敬来礼敬,而应当先现起慈爱和恭敬,然后才礼敬双足。”像这样,就讲说了礼敬的方法。巴利
Pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvāti ettha pañcasarūpañca kathitaṃ. Kathaṃ? Vuḍḍhatarassa pāde vandantena ubho aṃse vivaritvā vanditabbā, na ca ubho aṃse pārupitvā vanditabbā, atha kho ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā vanditabbāti. Etena saṅghāṭi pana ekaṃsaṃ katāpi akatāpi natthi dosoti pakāsito hoti. ‘‘Dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ karapuṭasaṅkhātaṃ añjaliṃ paggahetvāva vanditabbā, na hatthatalapakāsanamattena vā na hatthamuṭṭhipakāsanādinā vā vanditabbā’’ti ca ‘‘na ekena hatthena cīvarakaṇṇachupanādimattena vanditabbā, atha kho ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena vanditabbā’’ti ca ‘‘evaṃ vandantehi na duṭṭhacittañca anādarañca upaṭṭhāpetvā vanditabbā, atha kho pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti ca evaṃ vandanānayo ācikkhito hoti.
五处安立的具体形式是怎么说的呢?这里,“偏袒上衣”算一处,“合掌”算一处,“用双手掌抚摩双足”算一处,“现起慈爱”算一处,“现起恭敬”算一处——这样就说为五处安立的具体形式。因此说“内心现起五法之后,应当礼足”。如此,为了生起广大的利益与安乐,应当依照具寿优波离长老所教导的礼敬方式去礼敬;那是以身体礼敬和心意礼敬,由为整个世间带来利益与安乐的法主所宣说的。巴利
Kathaṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathitaṃ? Idha ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvāti ekaṃ, añjaliṃ paggahetvāti ekaṃ, ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantenāti ekaṃ, pemañca upaṭṭhāpetvāti ekaṃ, gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvāti ekaṃ, evaṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathitaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti. Evaṃ sakalalokassa hitasukhakārakena dhammassāminā kāyapaṇāmamanopaṇāmavasena mahato hitasukhassa pavattanatthaṃ āyasmato upālittherassa ācikkhitena vandanānayena vandituṃ vaṭṭati.
现在,有些老师教新来的、年轻的以及沙弥学习礼敬方法时,不采用佛陀亲说的巴利圣典,而是采用传承下来的方式。怎么教呢?如果是站着礼敬,就把两个脚掌平放在地上,两个手掌平贴在一起,放在额头上,面向要礼敬的方向弯腰行礼。这种方式和本生注疏里说的“这位大士像金芭蕉树一样,面向波罗奈弯腰礼敬父母”,以及注疏里说的“举起十指合拢、光洁明亮的合掌,放在头上”等说法是相符的。这里说两个脚掌、两个手掌和额头,就是五处着地的具体形式。如果是坐着礼敬,先把两个脚掌平放在地上,两个膝盖平齐竖起,两个手肘平放在两个膝盖上,两个手掌平贴在一起,把合掌的手掌放在额头上行礼。然后弯腰,把两个膝盖和两个手肘平放在地上,伸出两个手掌平放在地上,把头放在两手背上,着地行礼。这里把两个脚掌算作一处,两个膝盖算作一处,两个手肘算作一处,两个手掌算作一处,头算作一处,这样说明五处着地的具体形式。这种方式在巴利圣典、注疏和复注中都没有见到。巴利
Idāni pana ācariyā abhinavaāgatānaṃ daharānañca sāmaṇerānañca vandanānayaṃ sikkhantā na imaṃ āhaccabhāsitaṃ pāḷiṃ gahetvā sikkhanti, atha kho paveṇīāgatanayaṃyeva gahetvā sikkhanti. Kathaṃ? Yadi ṭhatvā vandatha, dve pādatalāni samaṃ bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve hatthatalāni samaṃ phusāpetvā nalāṭe patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditabbābhimukhaṃ onamitvā vandathāti, ayaṃ nayo ‘‘evaṃ mahāsatto suvaṇṇakadali viya bārāṇasinagarābhimukhaṃ onamitvā mātāpitaro vanditvā’’ti imaṃ jātakaṭṭhakathāvacanañca ‘‘dasanakhasamodhānasamujjalaṃ añjaliṃ paggayha sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā’’tiādiaṭṭhakathāvacanañca anulometi. Idha pana dve pādatalāni, dve hatthatalāni, nalāṭañcāti pañcasu patiṭṭhitānīti sarūpaṃ vadanti. Yadi nisīditvā vandatha, paṭhamaṃ dve pādatalāni bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni samaṃ ussāpetvā dve kapparāni dvinnaṃ jāṇūnaṃ upari samaṃ ṭhapetvā dve hatthatalāni samaṃ phusitāni katvā añjalisaṅkhātaṃ karapuṭaṃ sirasaṅkhāte nalāṭe patiṭṭhāpetvā vandatha. Tato onamitvā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni ca dve kapparāni ca bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā dve hatthatalāni pasāretvā samaṃ bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā sīsaṃ ubhinnaṃ hatthapiṭṭhīnaṃ upari katvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā vandathāti. Ettha tu dve pādatalāni ekaṃ katvā, tathā dve jāṇumaṇḍalāni ekaṃ, dve kapparāni ekaṃ, dve hatthatalāni ekaṃ, sīsaṃ ekaṃ katvā pañcapatiṭṭhitasarūpaṃ kathenti. Esa nayo pāḷiaṭṭhakathāṭīkāsu na diṭṭho.
走到近前礼足的时候,有些人先用手摸自己的头,然后用双手在长老的衣上面抚摩他们的膝盖。有些人先隔着衣触摸长老的膝盖,然后用同样的双手摸自己的头。有些人只是碰一下而已。这些做法在哪里都找不到依据。不过,拉玛念地方的比丘们走到近前礼敬时,即使看不到长老的足尖,也会去寻找,从衣中取出来,用手反复抚摩足尖,用头触碰,用脸亲贴,用舌头舔,就像见到久别归来的、亲爱可意的戒师或阿阇梨一样地礼敬。这种行为似乎与《附随》圣典中“用双手掌抚摩双足,生起慈爱与恭敬后,应当礼足”这段圣典文句相吻合。他们也不是全都见过圣典,只是依照传承来做。因此,为了利益所有人,我们提出了圣典的做法。因为比起传承的做法,圣典的做法更有力,所以,重视世尊教令的善人们应当奉行圣典的做法,这是我们的主张,应当审察之后采纳。巴利
Samīpaṃ gantvā pādānaṃ vandanakāle pana ekacce paṭhamaṃ attano sīsaṃ hatthena parāmasitvā tena hatthadvayena therānaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ cīvarassa upariyeva sambāhanti. Ekacce paṭhamaṃ therānaṃ jāṇumaṇḍalaṃ sacīvaraṃyeva parāmasitvā teneva hatthadvayena attano sīsaṃ parāmasanti. Ekacce chupanamattameva karonti. Esapi nayo na kismiñci diṭṭho. Rāmaññadesiyā pana bhikkhū evaṃ samīpaṃ gantvā vandanakāle therānaṃ pādaggaṃ apassantāpi pariyesitvā cīvarato nīharitvā pādaggameva punappunaṃ hatthena sambāhitvā sīsena pavaṭṭetvā cumbitvā lehitvā cirappavāsāgatapiyamanāpaupajjhāyaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā passantā viya katvā vandanti. Taṃ kiriyaṃ parivārapāḷiyaṃ ‘‘ubhohi pāṇitalehi pādāni parisambāhantena pemañca gāravañca upaṭṭhāpetvā pādā vanditabbā’’ti āgatapāḷiyā saṃsandati viya dissati. Tepi na sabbe pāḷiṃ passanti, paveṇīvaseneva karonti, tasmā sabbesaṃ hitatthaṃ pāḷinayo amhehi uddhaṭo. Paveṇīāgatanayato hi pāḷinayo balavataro, tasmā bhagavato āṇaṃ garuṃ karontehi sappurisehi pāḷinayo samāsevitabboti amhākaṃ khanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
55 55. 在关于座具等的讨论中,“四方座”指正四方形的座具。“八指高的足是合适的”,意思是只有八指高的座足才合适。“超过尺寸也合适”,这是仅就正四方形座具而言。但长四方形、七指或五指高的高足座则不合适。用藤条以四方形等形状编成的称为善座,所以说“藤制座”。“在木板上面”,是指在如同框架般安立的木板层下面。因为插入时把足朝上,所以就那个时间点而说“上面”。然而,由于它的足像山羊的后两足那样呈弯曲状安立,所以这被称为“山羊足座”。巴利
55. Āsandādikathāyaṃ caturassapīṭhanti samacaturassaṃ. Aṭṭhaṅgulapādaṃ vaṭṭatīti aṭṭhaṅgulapādakameva vaṭṭati. Pamāṇātikkantopi vaṭṭatīti samacaturassameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Āyatacaturassā pana sattaṅgapañcaṅgāpi uccapādā na vaṭṭanti. Vetteheva caturassādiākārena kataṃ bhaddapīṭhanti āha ‘‘vettamayapīṭha’’nti. Dārupaṭṭikāya uparīti aṭaniākārena ṭhitadārupaṭalassa heṭṭhā. Uddhaṃ pādaṃ katvā pavesanakālañhi sandhāya ‘‘uparī’’ti vuttaṃ. Eḷakassa pacchimapādadvayaṃ viya vaṅkākārena ṭhitattā panetaṃ ‘‘eḷakapādapīṭha’’nti (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.297) vuttaṃ.
关于高床与大床的讨论巴利
Uccāsayanamahāsayanakathā
56 56. 在关于高床大床的讨论中,“兽形”是指带来的各种兽形图案。“以不如法图形混杂的不如法床座、躺椅”,这是《义理集》中所说的。“长毛大黑羊毛毯”,是指毛长超过四指的黑羊毛毯。因为有“据说它的毛超过四指”这种说法,所以他们说四指以下是可以的。“杂色羊毛敷具”,是指以壁面切割等方式做成杂色的羊毛敷具。“密花羊毛敷具”,是指羊毛制的深红色敷具。“纯棉褥”,是指填满树棉、藤棉、茧棉这三种棉中任何一种的褥子。“乌达罗弥”,是两边有毛的羊毛敷具。“埃咖德罗弥”,是一边有毛的羊毛敷具,这是《长部注疏》中说的。但《义理集》中说:“乌达罗弥”是一边有突起花纹的,“埃咖德罗弥”是两边有突起花纹的。“国谢亚咖提萨玛亚”,是指国谢亚丝所制,这是达摩巴喇长老说的。“纯国谢亚”,是指没有缝缀宝石的。不过《长部注疏》在这里说:“除了棉褥以外,一切缝缀宝石的羊毛毯等都不可以。”其中“除了棉褥”这句话,是在说明没有缝缀宝石的棉褥也不可以。而“缝缀宝石的不可以”这句话,则是在说明凡是缝缀宝石的,作为地敷具或者按适当方式带到床上等使用是可以的,应当这样理解。在这里,因为涉及律的范围,应当依重者为准,此处的判定应当依据这里所说的方式来理解。不过另有人说:由于契经体裁的教说也是兼为在家人而说的,为了含摄他们,才说“除了棉褥……乃至……是可以的”。巴利
56. Uccāsayanamahāsayanakathāyaṃ ‘‘vāḷarūpānīti āharimāni vāḷarūpāni, ‘akappiyarūpākulo akappiyamañco pallaṅko’ti sārasamāse vuttaṃ. Dīghalomako mahākojavoti caturaṅgulādhikalomo kāḷakojavo. ‘Caturaṅgulādhikāni kira tassa lomānī’ti vacanato caturaṅgulato heṭṭhā vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Vānacitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti bhitticchedādivasena vicitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇo. Ghanapupphako uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti uṇṇāmayalohitattharaṇo . Pakatitūlikāti rukkhatūlalatātūlapoṭakītūlasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ tūlānaṃ aññatarapuṇṇā tūlikā. ‘Uddalomīti ubhatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇaṃ. Ekantalomīti ekatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’nti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Sārasamāse pana ‘uddalomīti ekatouggatapupphaṃ. Ekantalomīti ubhatouggatapuppha’nti vuttaṃ. ‘Koseyyakaṭṭissamayanti koseyyakasaṭamaya’nti ācariyadhammapālattherena vuttaṃ. Suddhakoseyyanti ratanaparisibbanarahitaṃ. Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ panettha ‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ sabbāneva gonakādīni ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘ṭhapetvā tūlika’nti etena ratanaparisibbanarahitāpi tūlikā na vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. ‘Ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’ti iminā pana yāni ratanaparisibbitāni, tāni bhūmattharaṇavasena yathānurūpaṃ mañcādīsu ca upanetuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpitanti veditabbaṃ. Ettha ca vinayapariyāyaṃ patvā garuke ṭhātabbattā idha vuttanayenevettha vinicchayo veditabbo. Suttantikadesanāya pana gahaṭṭhānampi vasena vuttattā tesaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ ‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ…pe… vaṭṭatī’ti vuttanti apare.
用羚羊皮,就是用羚羊兽皮。据说那些皮很细软,所以缝的时候叠成两层或三层来缝,因此说“羚羊皮连缀”。覆盖上方部分,就是上方的覆盖物,也就是帐幕;这里指的是红色帐幕,所以说“以上方系着的红色帐幕”。在《结使足》中说:“在红色帐幕中,袈裟色是如法的,只有用红花等染成的纯红色才不如法。”大枕,就是超过规定尺寸的枕头。关于这一点,虽然《长部注疏》没有分别地说:“不是红色的两种枕头都确实如法,超过尺寸后得到多余的,应施给别人;如果不能施与,也可以横铺在床上,铺上上面的覆盖物后躺卧。”但《房舍篇章释义》中说:“对无病者,只有头枕和足枕这两种如法。对病者,铺好枕头后,在上面给覆盖物再躺卧,也如法。”因此应当知道,只有病者才可以横铺在床上躺卧。倚靠而坐,就是靠着支撑而坐。这些判定见于《义理灯》。巴利
Ajinacammehīti ajinamigacammehi. Tāni kira cammāni sukhumatarāni, tasmā dupaṭṭatipaṭṭāni katvā sibbanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘ajinappaveṇī’ti. Uttaraṃ uparibhāgaṃ chādetīti uttaracchado, vitānaṃ, tañca lohitavitānaṃ idhādhippetanti āha ‘uparibaddhena rattavitānenā’ti, ‘rattavitānesu ca kāsāvaṃ vaṭṭati, kusumbhādirattameva na vaṭṭatī’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Mahāupadhānanti pamāṇātikkantaṃ upadhānaṃ. Ettha ca kiñcāpi dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘alohitakāni dvepi vaṭṭantiyeva, tato uttari labhitvā aññesaṃ dātabbāni. Dātumasakkonto mañce tiriyaṃ attharitvā uparipaccattharaṇaṃ datvā nipajjitumpi labhatī’ti avisesena vuttaṃ, senāsanakkhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 297) pana ‘agilānassa sīsūpadhānañca pādūpadhānañcāti dvayameva vaṭṭati. Gilānassa bimbohanāni santharitvā upari ca paccattharaṇaṃ datvā nipajjitumpi vaṭṭatī’ti vuttattā gilānoyeva mañce tiriyaṃ attharitvā nipajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Abhinissāya nisīditunti apassāya nisīditu’’nti ettako vinicchayo sāratthadīpaniyaṃ āgato.
《疑惑消除复注》(《疑惑消除复注·大品》2.254)——“诸兽形”:指取来的兽形之物。“超过四指”:这是为了显示与伍达罗米、艾甘德罗米的差别。据说,不足四指的可归入伍达罗米等之中。“杂色羊毛敷具”:用种种颜色的羊毛线,按壁面分割等方式编织而成的杂色敷具。“密花”:即浓厚染色。“本来絮垫”:即填满棉絮的褥子。“变形者”:指做成狮子等形状,像杂色物那样被采用。《长部注疏》中说:“‘伍达罗米’:两面有毛的羊毛敷具。‘艾甘德罗米’:单面有毛的羊毛敷具。”“国谢亚咖提萨玛亚”:指在国谢亚线之间掺入金线编织而成,据说金线被称为咖提萨或咖萨德。因此,阿阇梨达摩巴拉长老释为“国谢亚咖萨德玛亚”,正是此义。“宝石镶边”:即涂以金。“纯国谢亚”:即无宝石镶边。巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.254) – pana vāḷarūpānīti āharimāni vāḷarūpāni. Caturaṅgulādhikānīti uddalomīekantalomīhi visesadassanaṃ. Caturaṅgulato hi ūnāni kira uddalomīādīsu pavisanti. Vānacitro uṇṇāmayattharaṇoti nānāvaṇṇehi uṇṇāmayasuttehi bhitticchedādivasena vāyitvā katacittattharaṇo. Ghanapupphakoti bahalarāgo. Pakatitūlikāti tūlapuṇṇā bhisi. Vikatikāti sīharūpādivasena vānacitrāva gayhati. ‘‘Uddalomīti ubhatodasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇaṃ. Ekantalomīti ekantadasaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’’nti dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Koseyyakaṭṭissamayanti kosiyasuttānaṃ antarā suvaṇṇamayasuttāni pavesetvā vītaṃ, suvaṇṇasuttaṃ kira kaṭṭissaṃ kasaṭanti ca vuccati. Teneva ‘‘koseyyakasaṭamaya’’nti ācariyadhammapālattherena vuttanti vadanti. Ratanaparisibbitanti suvaṇṇalittaṃ. Suddhakoseyyanti ratanaparisibbanarahitaṃ.
因为黑羚羊皮极其细软,所以把它做成双层或三层再缝起来,这才说为“鹿皮条”。所谓“以全红的帐幕”,就是用全部红色的帐幕。但如果是各种颜色的、或者有彩绘的、或者涂色的,那就允许。在两边都是红色的枕垫上,也是同样的道理。所谓“或彩色的”,这是就一切都允许的情况而说的,并不是说两边枕垫就不允许。因为“红色”这个词并不适用于彩色的东西。由于“覆帐”这个词,彩色的敷具也应该包括进去。但袈裟不属于“红色”这一说法的范围,所以用在帐幕上和两边枕垫上都允许。所谓“如果尺寸合适”等等,是为了说明其他超过尺寸的枕头是被禁止的,并不是为了说明高床大床的性质,因为没有那样说。不过那种枕垫,对受持布萨的在家人是允许的。因为对他们来说,只是高床大床不允许。虽然在《长部注疏》等里面说“除了絮垫以外,一切果纳咖等镶宝石的都不允许”,但应以律注疏作为允许与不允许的判定标准。所谓“倚靠”,就是“依靠”的意思。巴利
Ajinamigacammānaṃ atisukhumattā dupaṭṭatipaṭṭāni katvā sibbantīti vuttaṃ ‘‘ajinappaveṇī’’ti. Rattavitānenāti sabbarattena vitānena. Yaṃ pana nānāvaṇṇaṃ vānacittaṃ vā lepacittaṃ vā, taṃ vaṭṭati. Ubhatolohitakūpadhānepi eseva nayo. Citraṃ vāti idaṃ pana sabbathā kappiyattā vuttaṃ, na pana ubhatoupadhānesu akappiyattā. Na hi lohitakasaddo citte vaṭṭati. Paṭaliggahaṇeneva cittakassapi attharaṇassa saṅgahetabbappasaṅgato. Kāsāvaṃ pana lohitaṅgavohāraṃ na gacchati, tasmā vitānepi ubhatoupadhānepi vaṭṭati. Sace pamāṇayuttantiādi aññassa pamāṇātikkantassa bimbohanassa paṭikkhittabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana uccāsayanamahāsayanabhāvadassanatthaṃ tathā avuttattā, taṃ pana upadhānaṃ uposathikānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. Uccāsayanamahāsayanameva hi tadā tesaṃ na vaṭṭati. Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathādīsu kiñcāpi ‘‘ṭhapetvā tūlikaṃ sabbāneva gonakādīni ratanaparisibbitāni na vaṭṭantī’’ti vuttaṃ, vinayaṭṭhakathā eva pana kappiyākappiyabhāve pamāṇanti gahetabbaṃ. Abhinissāyāti apassāyāti vuttaṃ.
关于楼阁受用的讨论巴利
Pāsādaparibhogakathā
在《楼阁受用论》中,《义理阐明复注》和《金刚智复注》都没有提到任何内容。但《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·小品 2.320)中说:“‘金银等各种杂色物’,是针对僧团住处而说的。至于属于个人的金银等杂色物,比丘连接受都不可以,因为(大品 299)中说‘不应以任何方式受用生金银’。正因如此,这里的注疏(小品注疏 320)中说‘在僧团住处或个人住处’,只是针对果纳咖等不被允许的物品而说的,因为即使是某一个比丘拿取这些东西,也没有过失。”巴利
Pāsādaparibhogakathāyaṃ sāratthadīpaniyaṃ vajirabuddhiṭīkāyañca na kiñci vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. cūḷavagga 2.320) pana ‘‘suvaṇṇarajatādivicitrānīti saṅghikasenāsanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Puggalikaṃ pana suvaṇṇādivicitraṃ bhikkhussa sampaṭicchitumeva na vaṭṭati ‘na kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabba’nti (mahāva. 299) vuttattā. Tenevettha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 320) ‘saṅghikavihāre vā puggalikavihāre vā’ti vuttaṃ. Gonakādiakappiyabhaṇḍavisaye eva vuttaṃ ekabhikkhussapi tesaṃ gahaṇe dosābhāvā’’ti vuttaṃ.
关于鞋履的讨论中,《义理阐明复注》(义理阐明复注·大品 3.246)这样说:“‘阿达利德咖色’,就是新鲜阿利德果的颜色,也有人说是被水浸泡过的乌鸦翅膀的颜色。‘以羊毛制成的鞋’,就是用羊毛做的毛毡,或者直接用羊毛做成的鞋。‘黑狮’,就是黑面猴这一类。这里剩下的内容,从巴利原文和注疏来看都很容易理解。”《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·大品 2.246)则说:“‘阿达利德咖色’,就是湿的阿利德果的颜色,也有人说是浸泡过的乌鸦翅膀的颜色。‘染色’,是指涂上去的蓝色等颜色,所以说‘用布擦拭’,这样擦拭之后它就会消失。但为了去除皮革的臭味,用黑红等染料染成的黑红等颜色,是布等擦不掉的,因为它已经深入皮革本身,所以应当认为那是可以的。‘卡喇咖’,指覆盖整个脚后跟的皮革,为了防止磨损,只覆盖在脚后跟上方并系紧就够了。‘杂色’,是指形状杂色的布片,不是指颜色,因为在应当完全去除的卡喇咖等上面已经包含了。因为脸像猫,大猫头鹰就被叫做鸟猫,它的皮其实就是翅膀上的毛。‘以羊毛制成的鞋’,这里包括用羊毛毡做成的鞋。‘黑狮’,就是黑面猴这一类。‘皮革不可以’,是说不能用来做坐具、敷具,但作为铺地等的用途来使用,是可以的。”巴利
Upāhanakathāyaṃ ‘‘addāriṭṭhakavaṇṇāti abhinavāriṭṭhaphalavaṇṇā, udakena tintakākapattavaṇṇātipi vadanti. Uṇṇāhi katapādukāti uṇṇālomamayakambalehi, uṇṇālomehi eva vā katapādukā. Kāḷasīhoti kāḷamukhavānarajāti. Sesamettha pāḷito ca aṭṭhakathāto ca suviññeyyamevā’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.246) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.246) pana ‘‘addāriṭṭhakavaṇṇāti allāriṭṭhaphalavaṇṇā, tintakākapakkhavaṇṇātipi vadanti. Rajananti uparilittanīlādivaṇṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘coḷakena puñchitvā’ti. Tañhi tathā puñchite vigacchati. Yaṃ pana cammassa duggandhāpanayanatthaṃ kāḷarattādirajanehi rañjitattā kāḷarattādivaṇṇaṃ hoti, taṃ coḷādīhi apanetuṃ na sakkā cammagatikameva, tasmā taṃ vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Khallakanti sabbapaṇhipidhānacammaṃ aparigaḷanatthaṃ paṇhiyā uparibhāge apidhāya āropanabandhanamattaṃ vaṭṭati. Vicitrāti saṇṭhānato vicitrapaṭṭā adhippetā, na vaṇṇato sabbaso apanetabbesu khallakādīsu paviṭṭhattā. Biḷālasadisamukhattā mahāulūkā pakkhibiḷālāti vuccanti, tesaṃ cammaṃ nāma pakkhalomameva. Uṇṇāhi katapādukāti ettha uṇṇāmayakambalehi katapādukā saṅgayhanti. Kāḷasīhoti kāḷamukhavānarajāti. Cammaṃ na vaṭṭatīti nisīdanattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati, bhūmattharaṇādivasena paribhogo vaṭṭatevā’’ti vuttaṃ.
《金刚智复注》(金刚智复注·大品 259)中则说:“‘弥咖玛都咖’是他的名字,‘瓦德弥咖’也是他的名字。书中写作‘黑狮、黑面、猴’。‘皮革不允许’,至于以什么方式皮革才被允许,将在后文说明。又说‘以个人方式受用被禁止’。‘诸比丘,不应持任何皮革’,仅凭这一句就已经成立,而‘诸比丘,不应持牛皮’这句,应理解为是顾虑到后文‘诸比丘,我允许在一切边地国土,持用诸皮革敷具’(大品 259)有开许之意而说的。巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 259) pana ‘‘migamātukoti tassa nāmaṃ, vātamigoti ca tassa nāmaṃ. ‘Kāḷasīho kāḷamukho kapī’ti likhitaṃ. Cammaṃ na vaṭṭatīti yena pariyāyena cammaṃ vaṭṭissati, so parato āvibhavissati. ‘Attano puggalikavasena paccāhāro paṭikkhitto’ti vuttaṃ. ‘Na, bhikkhave, kiñci cammaṃ dhāretabba’nti ettāvatā siddhe ‘na, bhikkhave, gocamma’nti idaṃ parato ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sabbapaccantimesu janapadesu cammāni attharaṇānī’ti (mahāva. 259) ettha anumatippasaṅgabhayā vuttanti veditabba’’nti vuttaṃ.
在关于车乘的讨论中,引用了“诸比丘,我允许男子拉的车、手推车”(大品 253)这段经文。这里的意思是,“诸比丘,我允许男子拉的车;诸比丘,我允许手推车”,也就是每个短语各自独立成句。因此注释说“男子拉的车,无论是女御者……中间省略……还是男子,都允许”。《义理阐明复注》(义理阐明复注·大品 3.253)中说:“‘椅轿’就是椅车。‘巴丹金’是轿子的同义词。”《疑惑消除复注》(疑惑消除复注·大品 2.253)中说:“‘椅轿’就是用木板等做成的椅车。‘巴德波德离咖’就是轿子。所有车乘,对于连穿着鞋走路都做不到的病人,都是允许的。”巴利
Yānakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purisayuttaṃ hatthavaṭṭaka’’nti (mahāva. 253) ettha anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purisayuttaṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, hatthavaṭṭakanti evaṃ paccekaṃ vākyaparisamāpanaṃ adhippetanti āha ‘‘purisayuttaṃ itthisārathi vā…pe… purisā vā, vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti. ‘‘Pīṭhakasivikanti pīṭhakayānaṃ. Pāṭaṅkinti andolikāyetaṃ adhivacana’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.253) vuttaṃ, ‘‘pīṭhakasivikanti phalakādinā kataṃ pīṭhakayānaṃ. Paṭapotalikaṃ andolikā. Sabbampi yānaṃ upāhanenapi gantuṃ asamatthassa gilānassa anuññāta’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.253).
57 在关于衣的讨论中,“未经捶打的合适布料”是指只洗过一次的。“从时节取出的”是指从时节、从长时间中取出并已捶打过的布料,也就是所说的碎布。“市场的”是指在市场里捡来的碎布衣。“应作努力”是指应当去寻求。不过这里没有数量限制,即使一百片也允许。这一切都是针对接受净施的比丘而说的。“缝补破洞”:这里,提起后用来贴补的布片叫“破洞”,用线缝合叫“缝补”,卷起来做成的叫“圆补”。“印记”叫“封印”。“补片作业”:注疏中说“不提起而直接作为依托、用来贴补的布片”。但《义理明灯》中说:“应当涂抹”是指应当安置。“已捶打过的布料”是指过时的布料。“提起后用以贴补的布片”是指去掉脆弱部分后用来贴补的布片。“双层僧伽梨”是指双层的僧伽梨。“单层的”是指单层的上层衣。“应贴补破洞”是指在破旧处贴上碎布片。巴利
57. Cīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘ahatakappānanti ekavāradhotānaṃ. Utuddhaṭānanti ututo dīghakālato uddhaṭānaṃ hatavatthakānaṃ, pilotikānanti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāpaṇiketi antarāpaṇato patitapilotikacīvare. Ussāho karaṇīyoti pariyesanā kātabbā. Paricchedo panettha natthi, paṭṭasatampi vaṭṭati. Sabbamidaṃ sādiyantassa bhikkhuno vasena vuttaṃ. Aggaḷaṃ tunnanti ettha uddharitvā allīyāpanakhaṇḍaṃ aggaḷaṃ, suttena saṃsibbitaṃ tunnaṃ, vaṭṭetvā karaṇaṃ ovaṭṭikaṃ. Kaṇḍupakaṃ vuccati muddikā. Daḷīkammanti anuddharitvāva upassayaṃ katvā allīyāpanakaṃ vatthakhaṇḍa’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.348) pana ‘‘acchupeyyanti patiṭṭhapeyyaṃ. Hatavatthakānanti kālātītavatthānaṃ. Uddharitvā allīyāpanakhaṇḍanti dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ apanetvā allīyāpanavatthakhaṇḍa’’nti vuttaṃ. Diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭinti dupaṭṭaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ. Ekacciyanti ekapaṭṭaṃ aggapaṭṭaṃ. Aggaḷaṃ ajjhāpessanti jiṇṇaṭṭhāne pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ laggāpeyyaṃ.
截断衣的讨论巴利
Chinnacīvarakathā
在“截割衣的讨论”中,对于三件衣,若截割两件或一件后制作,这里依据“诸比丘,我允许截割的僧伽梨、截割的郁多罗僧、截割的安陀会”这一教说,应当按五块、七块等方式截割后再做,不能未经截割就做,这是其含义。如果布料不够,应给予外来布:这里,如果截割后制作,三件衣所需的布料仍不够,就应做两件截割衣、一件未截割衣。如果截割两件后制作时布料不够,就应做两件未截割衣、一件截割衣。即使只截割一件后制作时布料也不够,在这种情况下,就应不截割而给予外来布,这是其含义。为了用经文证明这个含义,说了“此已说”等话。其中“即使加上额外的也可附加”:意思是,这样不够时,我也允许附加外来布。巴利
Chinnacīvarakathāyaṃ tīsu pana cīvaresu dve vā ekaṃ vā chinditvā kātabbanti ettha ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, chinnakaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ chinnakaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ chinnakaṃ antaravāsaka’’nti (mahāva. 345) vacanato pañcakhaṇḍasattakhaṇḍādivasena chinditvāva kātabbaṃ, na acchinditvāti attho. Sace nappahoti, āgantukapaṭṭaṃ dātabbanti ettha yadi chinditvā kate tiṇṇampi cīvarānaṃ atthāya sāṭako nappahoti, dve cīvarāni chinnakāni kātabbāni, ekaṃ cīvaraṃ acchinnakaṃ kattabbaṃ. Dvīsu cīvaresu chinditvā katesu sāṭako nappahoti, dve cīvarāni acchinnakāni, ekaṃ cīvaraṃ chinnakaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ekasmimpi cīvare chinditvā kate sāṭako nappahoti, evaṃ sati acchinditvā āgantukapaṭṭaṃ dātabbanti attho. Tamatthaṃ pāḷiyā sādhetuṃ ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha anvādhikampi āropetunti evaṃ appahonte sati āgantukapaṭṭampi āropetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
不许可衣的讨论巴利
Akappiyacīvarakathā
在讨论不许可的衣料时,世尊禁止了这些:裸形、草衣、树皮衣、木板衣、发毯、兽毛毯、猫头鹰翅衣、兽皮衣。因为这些是外道的受持,属于重罪的事项。其中,裸形指不穿衣服、赤身裸体的状态。草衣指用草编织做成的衣服。树皮衣指苦行者的树皮衣。木板衣指把木板形状的木片缝在一起做成的衣服。发毯指用头发做经线织成的毯子。兽毛毯指用牦牛尾毛织成的毯子。猫头鹰翅衣指用猫头鹰的翅膀做成的下衣。兽皮衣指带毛带蹄的兽皮,比如鹿皮。这些是外道的标志,因为它们显然不算衣服,所以论师在这里没有提到它们。不过,布袋并不显眼,所以说了布袋之后,又说了全蓝色等属于轻罪的事项。由于说过“应放在三层衣中间”,所以受持三层衣是允许的,这一点已经成立。这是为了说明在三层衣等多层衣之间,应当放上这类颜色不相称的补丁布片。所谓紧身衣,是指从头上套下去、穿在身上的衣服。因此说“撕开、染色后可以使用是允许的”。缠布指裹头的布。冠指王冠。为了说明两者的差别,所以说了“然而冠”等。巴利
Akappiyacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘naggiyaṃ kusacīraṃ phalakacīraṃ kesakambalaṃ vāḷakambalaṃ ulūkapakkhikaṃ ajinakkhipa’’nti imāni titthiyasamādānattā thullaccayavatthūnīti bhagavatā paṭikkhittāni . Tattha naggiyanti naggabhāvo acelakabhāvo. Kusacīranti kusena ganthetvā katacīvaraṃ. Vākacīranti tāpasānaṃ vakkalaṃ. Phalakacīranti phalakasaṇṭhānāni phalakāni sibbitvā katacīvaraṃ. Kesakambalanti kesehi tante vāyitvā katakambalaṃ. Vālakambalanti cāmarīvālehi vāyitvā katakambalaṃ. Ulūkapakkhikanti ulūkasakuṇassa pakkhehi katanivāsanaṃ . Ajinakkhipanti salomaṃ sakhuraṃ ajinamigacammaṃ. Tāni titthiyaddhajabhūtāni acīvarabhāvena pākaṭānīti ācariyena idha na vuttāni. Potthako pana apākaṭoti taṃ vatvā sabbanīlakādīni dukkaṭavatthukāni vuttāni. ‘‘Tipaṭṭacīvarassa vā majjhe dātabbānī’’ti vuttattā tipaṭṭacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Tipaṭṭādīnañca bahupaṭṭacīvarānaṃ antare īdisāni asāruppavaṇṇāni paṭapilotikāni kātabbānīti dasseti. Kañcukaṃ nāma sīsato paṭimuñcitvā kāyāruḷhavatthaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘phāletvā rajitvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Veṭhananti sīsaveṭhanaṃ. Tirīṭanti makuṭaṃ. Tassa visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tirīṭakaṃ panā’’tiādimāha.
衣的审察讨论巴利
Cīvaravicāraṇakathā
在讨论怎样裁剪和缝制袈裟时,因为世尊这样说:“比丘们,阿难是聪明人;比丘们,阿难有大智慧。他能把我简略说的内容详细理解清楚,会做成角形,也会做成半角形,会做成圆形,也会做成半圆形,会做成展开形,也会做成随展开形,会做成颈部用的布片,也会做成小腿用的布片,还会做成外边那一块;它会是被割截成的,粗糙的,适合沙门的,敌对者不喜欢的。”(大品345)阿难尊者听了世尊简略说的这番话——“阿难,你看见摩揭陀的田地吗?有井字形,有线界,有边界,有十字路口形”——之后,就按照世尊的心意,为许多比丘准备袈裟。现在也应当这样准备袈裟。巴利
Cīvaravicāraṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando, mahāpañño, bhikkhave, ānando. Yatra hi nāma mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānissati, kusimpi nāma karissati, aḍḍhakusimpi nāma karissati, maṇḍalampi nāma karissati, aḍḍhamaṇḍalampi nāma karissati, vivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, anuvivaṭṭampi nāma karissati, gīveyyakampi nāma karissati, jaṅgheyyakampi nāma karissati, bāhantampi nāma karissati, chinnakaṃ bhavissati, satthalūkhaṃ samaṇasāruppaṃ paccatthikānañca anabhicchita’’nti (mahāva. 345) vacanato ‘‘passasi tvaṃ, ānanda, magadhakhettaṃ acchibaddhaṃ pāḷibaddhaṃ mariyādabaddhaṃ siṅghāṭakabaddha’’nti bhagavato saṃkhittena vuttavacanaṃ sutvā āyasmā ānando bhagavato ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cīvaraṃ saṃvidahi. Tathā idānipi evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ saṃvidahitabbaṃ.
在这其中,“以井字形绑缚”是指绑成四方形的田地那样。“以线绑缚”是指从长度和宽度两方面绑成长边界。“以边界绑缚”是指在中间一段一段地绑成短边界。“以十字路口形绑缚”是指在边界与边界相互交叉穿过的地方绑成十字路口形,也就是十字路口形。
“yatra hi nāma”即“yo nāma”(所谓……/名为……者)。在“长条”等说法中,“长条”是从长度和宽度两方面来说,顺风方向等的长条布的称呼。“半条”是中间短条的布的称呼。“圆形”是在五片衣的每一片中的大圆形布块。“半圆形”是小圆形布块。“展开形”是把圆形和半圆形合在一起缝成的中间那片。“随展开形”是在它两边的两片。“颈部用”是在颈部缠绕的位置,为了加固而用别的线缝上去的外来布条。“小腿用”是在小腿所到之处同样缝上去的布条。在颈部位置和小腿位置的布条就是它们的名称。“外边”是随展开形外面的每一片。以上是从五片衣的角度来分析的。
或者,“随展开形”是指展开形一侧的两片、另一侧的两片,也就是四片布块的名称。“外边”是指穿着合身尺寸的衣的人把它收拢搭在手臂上时,两端朝外而立的那部分布,这就是它们的名称。这个方法确实是大注疏中所说的,是从注疏中传述而来的。巴利
Tattha ‘‘acchibaddhanti caturassakedārabaddhaṃ. Pāḷibaddhanti āyāmato ca vitthārato ca dīghamariyādabaddhaṃ. Mariyādabaddhanti antarantarā rassamariyādabaddhaṃ. Siṅghāṭakabaddhanti mariyādāya mariyādaṃ vinivijjhitvā gataṭṭhāne siṅghāṭakabaddhaṃ, catukkasaṇṭhānanti attho. Yatra hi nāmāti yo nāma. Kusimpi nāmātiādīsu kusīti āyāmato ca vitthārato ca anuvātādīnaṃ dīghapaṭṭānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aḍḍhakusīti antarantarārassapaṭṭānaṃ nāmaṃ. Maṇḍalanti pañcakhaṇḍikassa cīvarassa ekekasmiṃ khaṇḍe mahāmaṇḍalaṃ. Aḍḍhamaṇḍalanti khuddakamaṇḍalaṃ. Vivaṭṭanti maṇḍalañca aḍḍhamaṇḍalañca ekato katvā sibbitaṃ majjhimakhaṇḍaṃ. Anuvivaṭṭanti tassa ubhosu passesu dve khaṇḍāni. Gīveyyakanti gīvāveṭhanaṭṭhāne daḷhīkaraṇatthaṃ aññasuttasaṃsibbitaṃ āgantukapaṭṭaṃ. Jaṅgheyyakanti jaṅghapāpuṇanaṭṭhāne tatheva saṃsibbitaṃ paṭṭaṃ. Gīvāṭṭhāne ca jaṅghaṭṭhāne ca paṭṭānametaṃ nāmanti. Bāhantanti anuvivaṭṭānaṃ bahi ekekaṃ khaṇḍaṃ. Iti pañcakhaṇḍikacīvarenetaṃ vicāritanti. Atha vā anuvivaṭṭanti vivaṭṭassa ekapassato dvinnaṃ ekapassato dvinnanti catunnampi khaṇḍānametaṃ nāmaṃ. Bāhantanti suppamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ pārupantena saṃharitvā bāhāya upari ṭhapitā ubho antā bahimukhā tiṭṭhanti, tesaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ. Ayameva hi nayo mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 345) āgato.
在《杖咖提那缝衣论》中:那时,比丘们到处钉桩、系上后缝衣,衣服就歪斜了。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许咖提那和咖提那绳,到处绑好之后再缝衣。”他们在不平的地方铺开咖提那,咖提那就破裂了……中略……“比丘们,不可以在不平的地方铺开咖提那,谁铺开,就犯恶作罪。”巴利
Daṇḍakathinenacīvarasibbanakathāyaṃ – tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū tattha tattha khīlaṃ nikkhanitvā sambandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbenti, cīvaraṃ vikaṇṇaṃ hoti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ kathinarajjuṃ, tattha tattha obandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbetunti. Visame kathinaṃ pattharanti, kathinaṃ paribhijjati…pe… na, bhikkhave, visame kathinaṃ pattharitabbaṃ, yo patthareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
他们把咖提那衣铺在地上,咖提那衣就沾上了尘土。比丘们,我允许铺草垫。咖提那衣的边缘磨损了。比丘们,我允许装上顺边镶边和缘边镶边。咖提那衣不够用。比丘们,我允许用杖咖提那、劈片、木条、捆绑绳、捆绑线,绑好之后缝制衣服。线之间的空隙不均匀。比丘们,我允许用压线板。线弯曲了。比丘们,我允许用空线器。巴利
Chamāya kathinaṃ pattharanti, kathinaṃ paṃsukitaṃ hoti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇasanthārakanti. Kathinassa anto jīrati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍaṃ āropetunti. Kathinaṃ nappahoti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, daṇḍakathinaṃ bidalakaṃ salākaṃ vinandhanarajjuṃ vinandhanasuttakaṃ vinandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbetunti. Suttantarikāyo visamā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaḷimbhakanti. Suttā vaṅkā honti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, moghasuttakanti.
那时候,比丘们用没洗过的脚踩咖提那衣,咖提那衣被弄脏了。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:比丘们,不可以用没洗过的脚踩咖提那衣,谁踩了,就犯恶作罪。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū adhotehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, adhotehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时候,比丘们用湿脚踩咖提那衣,咖提那衣被弄脏了。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,不应当用湿脚踩咖提那衣。谁踩了,就犯恶作罪。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū allehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, allehi pādehi kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ, yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时候,比丘们穿着鞋踩咖提那衣,咖提那衣被弄坏了。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:比丘们,不可以穿着鞋踩咖提那衣。谁踩了,就犯恶作罪。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saupāhanā kathinaṃ akkamanti, kathinaṃ dussati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, saupāhanena kathinaṃ akkamitabbaṃ. Yo akkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时候,比丘们缝衣服时用手指当顶针,手指就弄得很痛。他们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:比丘们,我允许用顶针。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaraṃ sibbantā aṅguliyā paṭiggaṇhanti, aṅguliyo dukkhā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahanti.
那时,六群比丘持有各种顶针,有金制的、银制的。人们讥嫌、指责、非议:“就像在家的欲乐享受者一样。”比丘们把这件事禀告了世尊。世尊说:“诸比丘,不应持有各种顶针。谁持有,就犯恶作罪。诸比丘,我允许骨制的……乃至螺贝制的顶针。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū uccāvace paṭiggahe dhārenti suvaṇṇamayaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khīyanti vipācenti ‘‘seyyathāpi gihī kāmabhogino’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā paṭiggahā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimayanti.
那时候,针、刀和顶针都会丢失。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:比丘们,我允许用针筒。针筒里的东西乱成一团。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:比丘们,我允许用顶针袋。没有肩带……世尊说:比丘们,我允许用肩带和系绳。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena sūciyopi satthakāpi paṭiggahāpi nassanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvesanavitthakanti. Āvesanavitthake samākulā honti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭiggahathavikanti. Aṃsabaddhako na hoti…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttakanti.
那时,比丘们在露天缝制僧衣,被寒冷和炎热折磨得疲惫不堪。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许建咖提那堂、咖提那棚。”咖提那堂的地基太低,被水淹了。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许把地基做高。”砌起来的墙塌了。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许砌三种砌体:砖砌体、石砌体、木砌体。”往上爬的时候很吃力。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许做三种阶梯:砖阶梯、石阶梯、木阶梯。”往上爬的时候会摔下来。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许装扶手。”咖提那堂里草屑到处散落。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许把草编好之后,内外都涂抹,做成白色的、黑色的、赭土色的,还有花环纹、藤蔓纹、鱼齿纹、五条纹,以及晾衣绳。”巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū abbhokāse cīvaraṃ sibbantā sītenapi uṇhenapi kilamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinasālaṃ kathinamaṇḍapanti. Kathinasālā nīcavatthukā hoti, udakena ottharīyati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uccavatthukaṃ kātunti. Cayo paripatati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cinituṃ tayo caye iṭṭhakacayaṃ, silācayaṃ, dārucayanti. Ārohantā vihaññanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tayo sopāne iṭṭhakasopānaṃ, silāsopānaṃ, dārusopānanti. Ārohantā paripatanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ālambanabāhanti. Kathinasālāya tiṇacuṇṇaṃ paripatati . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātuṃ setavaṇṇaṃ kāḷavaṇṇaṃ gerukaparikammaṃ mālākammaṃ latākammaṃ makaradantakaṃ pañcapaṭikaṃ cīvararajjunti.
那时,比丘们缝好衣之后,就那样把缝衣架丢下离开,缝衣架被老鼠和白蚁啃咬。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:比丘们,我允许你们把缝衣架收卷起来。缝衣架破损了。世尊说:比丘们,我允许你们用牛皮绳把缝衣架收卷起来。缝衣架散开了。世尊说:比丘们,我允许你们用绑绳系上。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cīvaraṃ sibbetvā tatheva kathinaṃ ujjhitvā pakkamanti, undūrehipi upacikāhipi khajjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kathinaṃ saṅgharitunti. Kathinaṃ paribhijjati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, goghaṃsikāya kathinaṃ saṅgharitunti. Kathinaṃ viniveṭhiyati. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bandhanarajjunti.
那时,比丘们把缝衣架竖立在墙上或柱子上就离开了,缝衣架掉下来摔坏了。他们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:“比丘们,我允许你们挂在墙钉或象牙钩上。”这是《小事犍度》中收录的圣典原文。巴利
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū kuṭṭepi thambhepi kathinaṃ ussāpetvā pakkamanti, paripatitvā kathinaṃ bhijjati. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhittikhīle vā nāgadante vā laggetunti. Ayaṃ khuddakavatthukhandhake āgato pāḷipāṭho.
所谓“缝衣架”,是指梯架,或者在那上面铺展用的木板、床、席等任何一种。“缝衣架绳”,是指缝制双层衣时,用来把衣服绑在缝衣架上的绳子。“缝衣架不够用”,意思是:按照身材高大的比丘的尺寸做成的缝衣架,当身材矮小的比丘把衣服铺开时,不够用,只到里面,够不到两端的支杆。“杆式缝衣架”,意思是:我允许在它中间按照矮小比丘的身量,另外绑上一个梯架。“折叠”,是指按照杆式缝衣架的尺寸,在木板边缘把衣料收折回来,做成双层。“签”,是指插在双层衣中间的签条。“系绳”,是指把小梯架和大梯架绑在一起的绳子。“系线”,是指把衣服绑在小梯架上的线。“绑好衣服后缝”,是指用那条线把衣服绑在那里之后再进行缝纫。“不平”,是指有些地方小、有些地方大。“标记”,是指任何用来做尺寸记号的贝叶等物。“墨线”,是指像木匠在木头上用黑线那样,用姜黄线来做记号。“用手指接住”,是指用手指顶住针尖。“顶针”,是指指套。“针筒”,是指任何像小篮子之类的容器。“高地基”,意思是:堆上土,做成高台,这是我允许的。“抖落覆盖后涂抹内外”,意思是:把覆盖物抖掉,做成密实的骨架后,用泥涂抹里面和外面。“用牛皮绳”,意思是在里面放入竹竿或木棍,然后和它一起收卷起来。“系绳”,是指把这样收卷起来的缝衣架绑住的绳子。巴利
‘‘Kathinanti nisseṇimpi, tattha attharitabbakaṭasārakakilañjānaṃ aññatarampi. Kathinarajjunti yāya dupaṭṭacīvaraṃ sibbantā kathine cīvaraṃ vibandhanti. Kathinaṃ nappahotīti dīghassa bhikkhuno pamāṇena kataṃ kathinaṃ ittarassa bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ patthariyamānaṃ nappahoti, antoyeva hoti, daṇḍake na pāpuṇātīti attho. Daṇḍakathinanti tassa majjhe ittarassa bhikkhuno pamāṇena aññaṃ nisseṇiṃ bandhituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Bidalakanti daṇḍakathinappamāṇena kaṭasārakassa pariyante paṭisaṃharitvā duguṇakaraṇaṃ. Salākanti dupaṭṭacīvarassa antare pavesanasalākaṃ. Vinandhanarajjunti mahānisseṇiyā saddhiṃ khuddakanisseṇiṃ vinandhituṃ rajjuṃ. Vinandhanasuttakanti khuddakanisseṇiyā cīvaraṃ vinandhituṃ suttakaṃ. Vinandhitvā cīvaraṃ sibbitunti tena suttakena tattha cīvaraṃ vinandhitvā sibbetuṃ. Visamā hontīti kāci khuddakā honti, kāci mahantā. Kaḷimbhakanti pamāṇasaññākaraṇaṃ yaṃ kiñci tālapaṇṇādiṃ. Moghasuttakanti vaḍḍhakīnaṃ dārūsu kāḷasuttena viya haliddisuttena saññākaraṇaṃ. Aṅguliyā paṭiggaṇhantīti sūcimukhaṃ aṅguliyā paṭicchanti. Paṭiggahanti aṅgulikosakaṃ. Āvesanavitthakaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci pāticaṅkoṭakādi. Uccavatthukanti paṃsuṃ ākiritvā uccavatthukaṃ kātuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Ogumphetvā ullittāvalittaṃ kātunti chadanaṃ odhunitvā ghanadaṇḍakaṃ katvā anto ceva bahi ca mattikāya limpitunti attho. Goghaṃsikāyāti veḷuṃ vā rukkhadaṇḍakaṃ vā anto katvā tena saddhiṃ saṃharitunti attho. Bandhanarajjunti tathā saṃharitassa bandhanarajju’’nti ayaṃ aṭṭhakathāpāṭho (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 256).
“顺风围绕”这句,是在席子之类的东西上制作的意思,这在《结句》里已经说过。“折叠”是对“做成双层”这一特定动作的称呼。是谁做成双层呢?就是用席子等铺了一张大咖提那衣的那个人。他应该按照杆式咖提那衣的尺寸,在边缘收拢起来,做成双层。“顶针”是指指套。“钵”是指一种按照顶针形状做成的容器。“不认可”就是不够用。“砌低地基”是说,在外墙四周先做好低矮的地基,然后再砌筑。以上出自《义显》。巴利
‘‘Anuvātaṃ paribhaṇḍanti kilañjādīsu karotīti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Bidalakanti duguṇakaraṇasaṅkhātassa kiriyāvisesassa adhivacanaṃ. Kassa duguṇakaraṇaṃ? Yena kilañjādinā mahantaṃ kathinaṃ atthataṃ, tassa. Tañhi daṇḍakathinappamāṇena pariyante saṃharitvā duguṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Paṭiggahanti aṅgulikañcukaṃ. Pāti nāma paṭiggahasaṇṭhānena kato bhājanaviseso. Na sammatīti nappahoti. Nīcavatthukaṃ cinitunti bahikuṭṭassa samantato nīcavatthukaṃ katvā cinitu’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.260-262).
所谓“尼谢尼”,就是用四根杆子做成和衣量相应的长方形,再绑上布片。在这里,人们把衣角对齐绑好,然后随意缝制衣服。其中“应铺展”的意思是:为了支撑衣服,应该铺展在那尼谢尼上面。被称为咖提那的尼谢尼,绑衣服用的绳子就是咖提那绳;这是省略了中间词的复合词,所以经文说“以何……”等等。在这里,因为两层布中有一层多出来时那里就会起皱,所以应当知道:把双层衣的两层布均匀绑好的绳子,就是咖提那绳。律典中说“咖提那内部损耗”,《疑解》中说“绑在咖提那上的衣服边缘损耗”。巴利
‘‘Nisseṇimpīti catūhi daṇḍehi cīvarappamāṇena āyatacaturassaṃ katvā baddhapaṭalampi. Ettha hi cīvarakoṭiyo samakaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ yathāsukhaṃ sibbanti. Tattha attharitabbanti tassā nisseṇiyā upari cīvarassa upatthambhanatthāya attharitabbaṃ. Kathinasaṅkhātāya nisseṇiyā cīvarassa bandhanakarajju kathinarajjūti majjhimapadalopī samāsoti āha ‘‘yāyā’’tiādi. Tattha yasmā dvinnaṃ paṭalānaṃ ekasmiṃ adhike jāte tattha valiyo honti, tasmā dupaṭṭacīvarassa paṭaladvayampi samakaṃ katvā bandhanakarajju kathinarajjūti veditabbaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ (cūḷava. 256) kathinassa anto jīratīti kathine baddhassa cīvarassa pariyanto jīratī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ vuttaṃ.
“比达拉卡”是对所谓“做成双层”这一特殊操作方式的称呼。什么叫做成双层?就是对于用席子等铺开的大咖提那衣,要按杆咖提那的尺寸在边缘收拢,做成双层;不然的话,在对小衣做顺风围绕等处理时,手就没有活动的空间。有签条的话,就能轻松知道两件衣中哪件缝好了、哪件还没缝。做好杆咖提那后,不需要很多帮手。文中写到“衣不皱缩而平整,角也平整”,又说“用姜黄线做标记”,因此可以成立“用姜黄线缝衣也可以”。对此,有些人认为是不净的。“针筒”就是指套。“钵”是指套的形状。“针筒袋”就是指套袋。以上出自《金刚智复注》。巴利
‘‘Bidalakaṃ nāma diguṇakaraṇasaṅkhātassa kiriyāvisesassa adhivacanaṃ. Kassa diguṇakaraṇaṃ? Yena kilañjādinā mahantaṃ kathinaṃ atthataṃ, tassa. Tañhi daṇḍakathinappamāṇena pariyante saṃharitvā diguṇaṃ kātabbaṃ, aññathā khuddakacīvarassa anuvātaparibhaṇḍādividhānakaraṇe hatthassa okāso na hoti. Salākāya sati dvinnaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ ñatvā sibbitāsibbitaṃ sukhaṃ paññāyati. Daṇḍakathine kate na bahūhi sahāyehi payojanaṃ. ‘Asaṃkuṭitvā cīvaraṃ samaṃ hoti, koṇāpi samā hontī’ti likhitaṃ, ‘haliddisuttena saññākaraṇa’nti vuttattā ‘haliddisuttena cīvaraṃ sibbetumpi vaṭṭatī’ti siddhaṃ. Tattha hi keci akappiyasaññino. Paṭiggaho nāma aṅgulikoso. Pātīti paṭiggahasaṇṭhānaṃ. Paṭiggahathavikanti aṅgulikosathavika’’nti vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. cūḷavagga 256) āgataṃ.
关于居士衣等的讨论巴利
Gahapaticīvarādikathā
在讨论居士衣等的部分,世尊说:“比丘们,我允许居士衣。谁愿意,就做粪扫衣者;谁愿意,就受用居士衣。比丘们,无论用哪种,我都称赞知足。”根据这段话,没有受持头陀支的比丘,如果想穿粪扫衣,就应当做粪扫衣者;如果想受用居士们布施的居士衣,就应当做受用居士衣的人。但已经受持头陀支的比丘,因为已经决意“我拒绝居士衣,我受持粪扫衣支”,所以不应该再受用居士衣。“居士衣”是指居士们布施的衣服。“无论用哪种”是说不管便宜的还是贵的,不管用哪一种,就是这个意思。巴利
Gahapaticīvarādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gahapaticīvaraṃ, yo icchati, paṃsukūliko hotu, yo icchati, gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyatu, itarītarenapāhaṃ, bhikkhave, santuṭṭhiṃ vaṇṇemī’’ti (mahāva. 337) vacanato asamādinnadhutaṅgo yo bhikkhu paṃsukūlaṃ dhāretuṃ icchati, tena paṃsukūlikena bhavitabbaṃ . Yo pana gihīhi dinnaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyituṃ icchati, tena gahapaticīvarasādiyakena bhavitabbaṃ. Samādinnadhutaṅgo pana bhikkhu ‘‘gahapaticīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī’’ti adhiṭṭhahanato gahapaticīvaraṃ sādiyituṃ na vaṭṭati. Gahapaticīvaranti gahapatīhi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ. Itarītarenapīti appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacīti attho.
“以任何一种”就是指以这种或那种。“itara”这个词是不定词,说两次的时候,就和“无论什么”同义,所以说“无论廉价还是昂贵,以任何一种”,这是《义利光明》里的说法。又依据“诸比丘,我允许覆布;诸比丘,我允许丝覆布;诸比丘,我允许憍奢耶”这段话,覆布等物也是可以接受的。其中,“覆布”是指有毛的棉布等种类。“诸比丘,我允许憍奢耶”这里,只有普通的憍奢耶才可以,大背憍奢耶不可以。“憍奢耶”是指羊毛做的、类似覆布的东西。“大背憍奢耶”是因为要铺在象背上,所以得了“大背”这个名字,是指四指花纹的憍奢耶。这是《义利光明》里说的。《疑惑解除》里也说:“大背憍奢耶,是因为要铺在象背上而得名‘大背’的羊毛制铺具。”但《跋耆罗复注》里说:“大背憍奢耶,据说是指超过四指花纹的。”《跋耆罗复注》即《金刚智复注》。又依据“诸比丘,我允许毛毯”这句话,半迦尸价等昂贵的毛毯也可以使用。“半迦尸”这里,“迦尸”是指一千,价值那么多的就叫迦尸。而这个值五百,所以叫半迦尸。巴利
‘‘Itarītarenāti itarena itarena. Itara-saddo pana aniyamavacano dvikkhattuṃ vuccamāno yaṃkiñci-saddehi samānattho hotīti vuttaṃ appagghenapi mahagghenapi yena kenacī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.337), ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pāvāraṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, koseyyapāvāraṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kojava’’nti (mahāva. 337) vacanato pāvārādīnipi sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha pāvāroti salomako kappāsādibhedo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kojavanti ettha pakatikojavameva vaṭṭati, mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavaṃ na vaṭṭati. Kojavanti uṇṇāmayo pāvārasadiso. ‘‘Mahāpiṭṭhi kojavanti hatthipiṭṭhīsu attharitabbatāya ‘mahāpiṭṭhiya’nti laddhasamaññaṃ caturaṅgulapupphaṃ kojava’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.337) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.337) ‘‘mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavanti hatthipiṭṭhiyaṃ attharitabbatāya ‘mahāpiṭṭhiya’nti laddhasamaññaṃ uṇṇāmayattharaṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 337) pana ‘‘mahāpiṭṭhiyakojavaṃ nāma atirekacaturaṅgulapupphaṃ kirā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kambala’’nti (mahāva. 338) vacanato aḍḍhakāsiyādīni mahagghānipi kambalāni vaṭṭanti . Aḍḍhakāsiyanti ettha kāsīti sahassaṃ vuccati, taṃagghanako kāsiyo. Ayaṃ pana pañca satāni agghati, tasmā aḍḍhakāsiyoti vutto.
在讨论六种衣的那一段里,因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许六种衣:麻衣、棉衣、丝衣、羊毛衣、粗麻衣、混合衣”,所以麻衣等六种衣,以及杜库拉等六种随顺衣,都可以使用。其中,麻衣是用麻线织成的麻布衣。棉衣是用棉花纺出的线织成的。丝衣是用蚕虫吐出的线织成的。羊毛衣是用羊毛做的衣。粗麻衣是用粗麻线做的衣。混合衣是把麻线等所有线混合起来,或者只混合其中几种织成的衣。也有人说,混合衣也只不过是树皮做的。杜库拉、帕图纳、索马拉布、支那布、神变生衣、天施衣,这六种衣是前面那些衣的随顺,所以没有单独列出来说。杜库拉是粗麻衣的随顺,因为它是树皮做的。帕图纳地方出产的布叫帕图纳。辞典里说“帕图纳是丝的一种”。索马拉地方和支那地方出产的布,就叫索马拉布和支那布。帕图纳等三种是丝衣的随顺,因为是用虫所造的线织成的。神变生衣,是来比丘们以福德神通力变化出来的衣,它属于麻衣等中的某一种,所以是它们的随顺。天人们布施的衣叫天施衣。劫树所生的衣,就像天女阇利尼布施给阿那律长老的那件衣一样,那也属于麻衣等的随顺,因为它也是其中某一种。这是《义利光明》里说的。巴利
Chacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha cīvarāni khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅga’’nti (mahāva. 339) vacanato khomādīni cha cīvarāni dukūlādīni cha anulomacīvarāni ca vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘khomanti khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭṭacīvaraṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattasuttehi vāyitaṃ. Koseyyanti kosakārakapāṇakehi nibbattasuttehi vāyitaṃ. Kambalanti uṇṇāmayacīvaraṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇasuttehi katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅganti khomasuttādīni sabbāni, ekaccāni vā missetvā katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅgampi vākamayamevāti keci. Dukūlaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭaṃ cīnapaṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti imāni pana cha cīvarāni etesaṃyeva anulomānīti visuṃ na vuttāni. Dukūlañhi sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. Paṭṭuṇṇadese sañjātavatthaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇakoseyyaviseso’ti hi abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Somāradese cīnadese ca jātavatthāni somāracīnapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, taṃ khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃ eva anulomaṃ. Devatāhi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ devadinnaṃ. Kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 2.462-463) vuttaṃ.
《疑惑解除》(Vi. Vi. Ṭī. 1.463)中则说:“所谓麻衣,就是用麻线织成的麻布衣;也有人说那是树皮所制的。用棉线织成的叫棉衣。其余各类也照这样类推。所谓毛毯,就是用羊等动物的毛纺成线所织成的布。所谓混合衣,就是把麻线等全部线,或者其中某几种混在一起织成的衣;也有人认为混合衣只是树皮所制。至于杜拘罗衣、帕敦那衣、须摩罗布、支那布、神变生衣、天施衣,这六种衣是随顺前面那些衣的,所以没有另外单独说明。因为杜拘罗衣随顺粗麻衣一类,它是树皮所制的。《辞典》中说:‘帕敦那是丝的一种特殊品类。’产于须摩拉地方和支那地方的布,就叫须摩罗布和支那布。帕敦那等三种随顺丝衣,因为它们是由虫所吐的丝线织成的。神变生衣,是那些‘来吧,比丘’式的比丘以福德神通力变化出来的衣,或者是从劫树所生的;天施衣则是麻衣等当中的某一种。因此,这六种都随顺前面所说的一切衣类。”巴利
Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.463) pana ‘‘khomanti khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭacīvaraṃ, taṃ vākamayanti vadanti. Kappāsasuttehi vāyitaṃ kappāsikaṃ. Evaṃ sesānipi. Kambalanti eḷakādīnaṃ lomamayasuttena vāyitaṃ paṭaṃ. Bhaṅganti khomasuttādīni sabbāni, ekaccāni vā missetvā vāyitaṃ cīvaraṃ, bhaṅgampi vākamayamevāti keci . Dukūlaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭaṃ cīnapaṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti imāni cha cīvarāni etesaññeva anulomānīti visuṃ na vuttāni. Dukūlañhi sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ koseyyaviseso’ti abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Somāradese cīnadese ca jātavatthāni somāracīnapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijanti ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, kapparukkhehi nibbattaṃ, devadinnañca khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃ sabbesaṃ anulomānī’’ti vuttaṃ.
在讲染料等的这一段里,因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许六种染料:根染料、茎染料、树皮染料、叶染料、花染料、果染料”,所以应该用这六种染料中的任意一种来染衣,不能用牛粪或黄土来染。用那些东西染出来的衣服颜色很难看。六种染料各自的样貌,在前面讲资具的部分已经说过了。那里说的“牛粪”,就是牛粪;“黄土”,就是赤土。又因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许煮染料,用小染锅”,所以不应用冷水染衣。用冷水染出来的衣服会有臭味。那里说的“冷水”,指的是没有煮过的染料。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许绑上隔环”,所以绑隔环是允许的。那里说的“隔环”,是一个圆形支架;把它放在染锅中间,围着这个支架把染料放进去,这是我允许的。这样做的话,染料就不会溢出来。那里说的“放在染锅中间”,就是放在染锅内部中间。这样把圆形支架放进染锅里面时,中间是水,支架外面、锅内的四周则是染料渣。“放进去”,就是放入染料渣——这是《义明灯》里说的。《疑惑消除》里则说:“‘这样做’是指把圆形支架里面做成染料水、外面做成染料渣,使它们分开。‘不溢出’只是说因为水不起泡沫,所以不溢出。”《金刚智注》里则说:“用牛粪本身没有罪过,但因为会让颜色变坏,所以被禁止。有人说:红花也不允许。”巴利
Rajanādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cha rajanāni mūlarajanaṃ khandharajanaṃ tacarajanaṃ pattarajanaṃ puppharajanaṃ phalarajana’’nti vacanato imesu chasu rajanesu ekakena cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ, na chakaṇena vā paṇḍumattikāya vā rajitabbaṃ. Tāya rajitacīvaraṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ hoti. Charajanānaṃ sarūpaṃ heṭṭhā parikkhārakathāyaṃ vuttameva. Tattha chakaṇenāti gomayena. Paṇḍumattikāyāti tambamattikāya. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanaṃ pacituṃ cullaṃ rajanakumbhi’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato sītudakāya cīvaraṃ na rajitabbaṃ. Tāya hi rajitacīvaraṃ duggandhaṃ hoti. Tattha sītudakāti apakkarajanaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uttarāḷumpaṃ bandhitu’’nti vacanato uttarāḷumpaṃ bandhituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha uttarāḷumpanti vaṭṭādhārakaṃ, rajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvā taṃ ādhārakaṃ parikkhipitvā rajanaṃ pakkhipituṃ anujānāmīti attho. Evañhi kate rajanaṃ na uttarati. Tattha ‘‘rajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvāti antorajanakumbhiyā majjhe ṭhapetvā. Evaṃ vaṭṭādhārake antorajanakumbhiyā pakkhitte majjhe udakaṃ tiṭṭhati, vaṭṭādhārakato bahi samantā antokumbhiyaṃ rajanacchalli. Pakkhipitunti rajanacchalliṃ pakkhipitu’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.344) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.344) pana ‘‘evañhi kateti vaṭṭādhārassa anto rajanodakaṃ, bahi challikañca katvā viyojane kate. Na uttaratīti kevalaṃ udakato pheṇuṭṭhānābhāvā na uttaratī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 344) pana ‘‘gomaye āpatti natthi, virūpattā vāritaṃ. Kuṅkumapupphaṃ na vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ.
世尊说“诸比丘,我允许在水里或指甲上滴一点”,根据这句话,这样测试之后就能知道染料有没有煮好。这里说的“在水里或指甲上”,意思是:如果染料已经完全煮好,滴进水钵里的液滴不会马上散开,放在指甲上也不会流散。世尊又说“诸比丘,我允许染料勺和棍勺”,根据这句话,看染料的时候,为了保护染锅,需要准备染料勺和棍勺。这里的“染料勺”就是舀染料的勺子,“棍勺”就是木棍做的勺子。世尊说“诸比丘,我允许染料缸和染料罐”,根据这句话,这些也应该准备。“染料缸”是指装煮好的染料的大罐子。世尊说“诸比丘,我允许染料槽”,根据这句话,如果在钵里或盆里揉搓衣服,衣服会被磨破,为了保护衣服,就需要准备染料槽。世尊说“诸比丘,我允许草席”,根据这句话,在地上摊晾衣服时,衣服会沾上尘土,为了保护衣服,应该铺草席。世尊说“诸比丘,我允许衣竿和衣绳”,根据这句话,当草席被白蚁等虫咬坏时,应该把衣服摊在衣竿或衣绳上;因为衣服如果从中间挂着,染料就会往两边流掉。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vā thevakaṃ dātu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tathā katvā rajanassa pakkāpakkabhāvo jānitabbo. Tattha udake vā nakhapiṭṭhikāya vāti sace paripakkaṃ hoti, udakapātiyā dinno thevo sahasā na visarati, nakhapiṭṭhiyampi avisaranto tiṭṭhati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanuḷuṅkaṃ daṇḍakathālaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato rajanassa olokanakāle kumbhiyā rakkhaṇatthaṃ uḷuṅkadaṇḍakathālikāni icchitabbāni. Tattha rajanuḷuṅkanti rajanauḷuṅkaṃ. Daṇḍakathālakanti daṇḍameva daṇḍakaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanakolambaṃ rajanaghaṭa’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tānipi icchitabbāni. Tattha rajanakolambanti rajanakuṇḍaṃ. Tattha rajanakuṇḍanti pakkarajanaṭṭhapanakaṃ mahāghaṭaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rajanadoṇika’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato pātiyampi patte cīvare maddante cīvarassa paribhijjanato cīvararakkhaṇatthaṃ rajanadoṇikā icchitabbā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇasantharaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato chamāya cīvare patthariyamāne cīvarassa paṃsukitattā tato rakkhaṇatthaṃ tiṇasantharaṃ kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cīvaravaṃsaṃ cīvararajju’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tiṇasanthārake upacikādīhi khajjamāne cīvaravaṃse vā cīvararajjuyā vā cīvaraṃ pattharitabbaṃ majjhena cīvare laggite rajanassa ubhato gaḷitattā.
世尊说“比丘们,我允许系在衣角上”,因此应当系在衣角上;但系在衣角上时,衣角会磨损。世尊说“比丘们,我允许用衣角绳”,因此应当用衣角绳来系;这样系的时候,染料会从一边漏掉。世尊说“比丘们,我允许反复翻转着染,在(染料滴)未断之前不应离开”,因此应当这样染。只要染料滴还没有断,就不应到别处去。世尊说“比丘们,我允许放入水中”,因此染得太硬的衣服应当放入水中。这里“太硬”是指因为染得过多而变硬;“放入水中”是指投进水里放着。等染料出来后,把那水倒掉,然后揉搓衣服。世尊说“比丘们,我允许用手拍打”,因此粗糙的衣服应当用手拍打。世尊说“比丘们,不应穿用未截断的衣服,谁穿了就犯恶作”,因此不应穿用未截断的衣服和齿色袈裟。这里“齿色袈裟”是指只染了一两次、带着齿色的袈裟。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇe bandhitu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato kaṇṇe bandhitabbaṃ cīvarassa kaṇṇe bandhiyamāne kaṇṇassa jiṇṇattā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṇṇasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato kaṇṇasuttakena bandhitabbaṃ evaṃ bandhante rajanassa ekato gaḷitattā. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajetuṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato tathā rajitabbaṃ. Yāva rajanabindu gaḷitaṃ na chijjati, tāva na aññatra gantabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udake osāretu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato patthinnaṃ cīvaraṃ udake osāretabbaṃ. Tattha patthinnanti atirajitattā thaddhaṃ. Udake osāretunti udake pakkhipitvā ṭhapetuṃ. Rajane pana nikkhante taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā cīvaraṃ madditabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pāṇinā ākoṭetu’’nti (mahāva. 344) vacanato pharusaṃ cīvaraṃ pāṇinā ākoṭetabbaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, acchinnakāni cīvarāni dhāretabbāni, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 344) vacanato acchinnakāni cīvarāni dantakāsāvāni na dhāretabbāni. Tattha dantakāsāvānīti ekaṃ vā dve vā vāre rajitvā dantavaṇṇāni dhārenti.
关于多余衣的讨论巴利
Atirekacīvarakathā
在讨论多余衣(长衣)的部分,世尊说:“诸比丘,不应持有多余衣;谁若持有,应按戒法处理。”依据这段教导,在衣已做成、咖提那已撤除之后,超过十天还持有多余衣,就犯舍堕。世尊又说:“诸比丘,我允许最多持有多余衣十天。”依据这段教导,即使咖提那已撤除,在十天之内持有,不犯;对于已作咖提那的人,即使咖提那未撤除,在五个月之内不犯;此后即使再超过十天,对于未作咖提那的人,在十天之内也不犯。世尊又说:“诸比丘,我允许把多余衣作净施。”依据这段教导,超过十天之后,通过作净施来持有多余衣是允许的。那么,应当把多少衣作净施呢?世尊说:“诸比丘,我允许把最小的衣作净施:长八善逝指、宽四指。”依据这段教导,以最低限度来说,用善逝指量,长八指、宽四指的衣可以作净施。这里所说的善逝指,按中等身材男子的指头来算,也就是工匠指,是三指;按常人普通的指头来算,是四指半。因此,长度按工匠手算是一手,按普通人手算是一手半;宽度按工匠指算是一拃,按普通人指算是一拃零六指。允许把这样大小的最小衣作净施,比这更小的不允许,比这更大的则应当知道是允许的。巴利
Atirekacīvarakathāyaṃ ‘‘na, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabbaṃ, yo dhāreyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 347) vacanato niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ ubbhatasmiṃ kathine dasāhato paraṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhārentassa nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretu’’nti (mahāva. 347) vacanato ubbhatepi kathine dasāhabbhantare dhārentassa atthatakathinānaṃ anubbhatepi kathine pañcamāsabbhantare tato parampi dasāhabbhantare anatthatakathinānampi dasāhabbhantare atirekacīvaraṃ anāpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, atirekacīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 347) vacanato dasāhato paraṃ vikappetvā atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Kittakaṃ pana cīvaraṃ vikappetabbanti? ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āyāmena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulena caturaṅgulavitthataṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) vacanato sabbantimena paricchedena sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulāyāmaṃ caturaṅgulavitthāraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sugataṅgulaṃ nāma majjhimapurisaṅgulasaṅkhātena vaḍḍhakīaṅgulena tivaṅgulaṃ hoti, manussānaṃ pakatiaṅgulena aḍḍhapañcakaṅgulaṃ, tasmā dīghato vaḍḍhakīhatthena ekahatthaṃ pakatihatthena diyaḍḍhahatthaṃ vitthārato vaḍḍhakīhatthena vidatthippamāṇaṃ pakatihatthena chaḷaṅgulādhikavidatthippamāṇaṃ pacchimaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappetuṃ vaṭṭati, tato ūnappamāṇaṃ na vaṭṭati, adhikappamāṇaṃ pana vaṭṭatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
在《八种殊胜物论》中,世尊说过:“诸比丘,我允许雨浴衣、客比丘食、行路比丘食、病比丘食、看护病比丘者食、病比丘药、常施粥、比丘尼僧团的水浴衣。”因此,接受这八种布施是合宜的。其中,比丘们把衣服脱在一边、任由身体被雨淋时,裸体是不净的、令人厌恶、令人反感的,所以允许雨浴衣。客比丘不熟悉道路,不熟悉乞食的区域,疲惫地托钵行乞,所以允许客比丘食。行路比丘如果自己去寻找食物,可能会错过商队,或者当他想要到某个地方去住时,会在非时到达那里,疲惫地赶路,所以允许行路比丘食。病比丘如果得不到适合的食物,病会加重,或者会死去,所以允许病比丘食。看护病比丘的人如果自己去寻找食物,就会在日头过高时才把食物拿给病人,所以允许看护病比丘者食。病比丘如果得不到适合的药物,病会加重,或者会死去,所以允许病比丘药。因为世尊在安达卡文达看见十种利益而允许粥,所以有常施粥。因为女人的裸体是不净的、令人厌恶、令人反感的,所以允许比丘尼僧团的水浴衣。巴利
Aṭṭhavarakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassikasāṭikaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ gamikabhattaṃ gilānabhattaṃ gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ gilānabhesajjaṃ dhuvayāguṃ bhikkhunisaṅghassa udakasāṭika’’nti vacanato imāni aṭṭha dānāni sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha nikkhittacīvarā hutvā kāyaṃ ovassantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ naggiyaṃ asuci jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ hoti, tasmā vassikasāṭikā anuññātā. Āgantuko bhikkhu na vīthikusalo hoti, na gocarakusalo, kilanto piṇḍāya carati, tasmā āgantukabhattaṃ anuññātaṃ, gamiko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno satthā vā vihāyissati , yattha vā vāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavissati, tattha vikālena upagacchissati, kilanto addhānaṃ gamissati, tasmā gamikabhattaṃ. Gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhojanāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālakiriyā vā bhavissati, tasmā gilānabhattaṃ. Gilānupaṭṭhāko bhikkhu attano bhattaṃ pariyesamāno gilānassa ussūre bhattaṃ nīharissati, tasmā gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ. Gilānassa bhikkhuno sappāyāni bhesajjāni alabhantassa ābādho vā abhivaḍḍhissati, kālakiriyā vā bhavissati, tasmā gilānabhesajjaṃ. Yasmā bhagavatā andhakavinde dasānisaṃse sampassamānena yāgu anuññātā, tasmā dhuvayāgu. Yasmā mātugāmassa naggiyaṃ asuci jegucchaṃ paṭikūlaṃ hoti, tasmā bhikkhunisaṅghassa udakasāṭikā anuññātā.
关于坐具等的讨论巴利
Nisīdanādikathā
在关于坐具等的讨论中,因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许为了护身、护衣、护坐卧处而用坐具”,所以为了防止身体等被不净物流出等弄脏,可以持用坐具。它的制作规格前面已经说过。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许随自己想要多大就做多大的覆布”,而太小的坐具保护不了坐卧处,所以也可以做大覆布。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许患疥癣、疖子、流脓或粗疥癣的人用疥癣遮布”,所以有这类病时,为了保护衣服等,可以用疥癣遮布。它的尺寸前面已经说过。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许用拭面布”,所以为了清洁面部,可以用拭面布。这个前面也已经说过。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许用资具布”,所以当三衣已经齐全,而有滤水囊、袋子等需要安置时,可以用资具布。因为世尊说“比丘们,我允许:三衣受持后不作净施;雨浴衣在雨季四个月中受持,之后作净施;坐具受持后不作净施;覆布受持后不作净施;疥癣遮布在病好之前受持,之后作净施;拭面布受持后不作净施;资具布受持后不作净施”,所以应当按照所说的方式作受持和净施。这里是简略说明,详细内容前面已经说过。巴利
Nisīdanādikathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kāyaguttiyā cīvaraguttiyā senāsanaguttiyā nisīdana’’nti (mahāva. 353) vacanato kāyādīnaṃ asucimuccanādito gopanatthāya nisīdanaṃ dhāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Tassa vidhānaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, tāvamahantaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ kātu’’nti vacanato atikhuddakena nisīdanena senāsanassa agopanattā mahantampi paccattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho, kaṇḍupaṭicchādi’’nti vacanato īdisesu ābādhesu santesu cīvarādiguttatthāya kaṇḍupaṭicchādi vaṭṭati. Tattha pamāṇaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave , mukhapuñchanacoḷa’’nti (mahāva. 355) vacanato mukhasodhanatthāya mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ vaṭṭati. Tampi heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parikkhāracoḷaka’’nti vacanato ticīvare paripuṇṇe parissāvanathavikādīhi atthe sati parikkhāracoḷaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, vassikasāṭikaṃ vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, nisīdanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, paccattharaṇaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, kaṇḍupaṭicchādiṃ yāva ābādhā adhiṭṭhātuṃ tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ, mukhapuñchanacoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetuṃ, parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ na vikappetu’’nti (mahāva. 358) vacanato vuttanayena adhiṭṭhānañca vikappanā ca kātabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana heṭṭhā vuttova.
非法羯磨的讨论巴利
Adhammakammakathā
58 58. 在“非法羯磨”的解说中,“诸比丘,不应……中略……犯恶作罪”这句话,是针对《布萨犍度》中这段经文而说的:“那时,六群比丘在僧团中间作非法羯磨。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,不应作非法羯磨,谁作了,就犯恶作罪。’”“我允许……中略……反对”这句话,同样也是针对经文中这段而说的:“比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许在非法羯磨正在进行时提出反对。’”其中“正作时”的意思是:即使是在践踏已制定的学处、正在作非法羯磨的时候。“我允许……中略……反对”的意思是:当非法羯磨正在进行时,善良的比丘应当这样反对:“这个非法羯磨不算已作,这个羯磨是恶作,这个羯磨应当重作。”不应当以沉默来容忍,这就是它的意思。“依此语”这句,是取前文“不应作非法羯磨”来说“依此语”;另取后文“不应作非法羯磨”来说“依此语”,并且由此应作两种搭配:正在进行的非法羯磨应当由比丘们制止。巴利
58. Adhammakammakathāyaṃ na, bhikkhave…pe… dukkaṭassāti idaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū saṅghamajjhe adhammakammaṃ karonti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, adhammakammaṃ kātabbaṃ, yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 154) imaṃ uposathakkhandhake āgatapāṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Anujānāmi…pe… paṭikkositunti tatheva āgataṃ ‘‘bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkositu’’nti imaṃ. Tattha karontiyevāti paññattampi sikkhāpadaṃ madditvā adhammakammaṃ karontiyevāti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi…pe… paṭikkositu’’nti evaṃ adhammakamme kayiramāne sati ‘‘pesalehi bhikkhūhi taṃ adhammakammaṃ akataṃ, kammaṃ dukkaṭaṃ kammaṃ puna kātabba’’nti evaṃ paṭikkositabbaṃ, na tuṇhībhāvena khamitabbanti attho. Iti vacanatoti idaṃ pana pubbapāṭhaṃ gahetvā iti vacanato. Adhammakammaṃ na kātabbanti aparapāṭhaṃ gahetvā iti vacanato kayiramānañca adhammakammaṃ bhikkhūhi nivāretabbanti dvidhā yojanā kātabbā.
关于“制止者等”这一段,则是针对以下这些经文说的:“那时,善良的比丘们在六群比丘正做非法羯磨时提出反对,六群比丘就心生愤怒、心生不满,用打击来威胁他们。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许也表明自己的见解。’”以及:“他们在那些人面前表明见解后,六群比丘就心生愤怒、心生不满,用打击来威胁他们。比丘们把这件事禀告世尊。世尊说:‘诸比丘,我允许用四人和五人来反对,用两人和三人来表明见解,由一人决意:这个我不接受。’”这段话就是针对这些经文说的。
关于“依语”这一表达:在这段圣典原文中,取了三个与格,应当分别与三个动词搭配。这一切都是为了“无难”而说的,并不是由于罪的存在,这是它们的搭配方式。
怎么才能说是“无难”呢?因为无法作折伏羯磨,以及制止其他的难。因此《跋耆罗复注》中说:“对他们来说无难,因为僧团不对僧团作羯磨,而且对其他众人也有难,所以这样说。”巴利
Nivārentehi cātiādi pana ‘‘tena kho pana samayena pesalā bhikkhū chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi adhammakamme kayiramāne paṭikkosanti, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, diṭṭhimpi āvikātu’’nti (mahāva. 154) pāṭhañca ‘‘tesaṃyeva santike diṭṭhiṃ āvikaronti, chabbaggiyā bhikkhū labhanti āghātaṃ, labhanti appaccayaṃ, vadhena tajjenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhi pañcahi paṭikkosituṃ, dvīhi tīhi diṭṭhiṃ āvikātuṃ, ekena adhiṭṭhātuṃ na metaṃ khamatī’’ti ime pāṭhe sandhāya vuttaṃ. Vacanatoti idaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ tīṇi sampadānāni gahetvā tīhi kiriyāpadehi visuṃ visuṃ yojetabbaṃ. Sabbañcetaṃ anupaddavatthāya vuttaṃ, na āpattisabbhāvatoti yojanā. Kathaṃ anupaddavasambhavoti? Niggahakammaṃ kātuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato, aññassa upaddavassa ca nivāraṇato. Tena vuttaṃ vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 154) ‘‘tesaṃ anupaddavatthāyāti saṅgho saṅghassa kammaṃ na karoti, aññopi upaddavo bahūnaṃ hoti, tasmā vutta’’nti.
关于请求许可的讨论巴利
Okāsakatakathā
59 59. 在“求听”的讨论中,“诸比丘,不应未求听”等语,是指下面这段经文:“那时,六群比丘对未求听的比丘以罪指责。他们把这件事禀告世尊——‘诸比丘,不应对未求听的比丘以罪指责,谁若指责,犯恶作罪。诸比丘,我允许先令对方求听,然后再以罪指责:尊者请作求听,我想对你说。’”对于诸种意图中,“驱摈意图”,就是想把人从教法中驱摈出去。“辱骂意图”,就是想辱骂、呵责他人。“羯磨意图”,就是想作呵责等羯磨。“出罪意图”,就是想让人从罪中出离。“停止布萨与自恣意图”,就是想停止布萨或自恣。“审察意图”,就是想仔细考察。“说法意图”,就是想说法。这样,指责他人的比丘们,其意图有种种差别,这就是其中的含义。在前四种意图中,即驱摈意图、辱骂意图、羯磨意图、出罪意图,若不令对方求听,犯恶作罪。即使令对方求听后,若当面指责,则随情形分别犯僧残、波逸提、恶作;若不当面,则仅犯恶作。这是此处的总义。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
59. Okāsakatakathāyaṃ na, bhikkhave, anokāsakatotiādi ‘‘tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū anokāsakataṃ bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – na, bhikkhave, anokāsakato bhikkhu āpattiyā codetabbo, yo codeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, okāsaṃ kārāpetvā āpattiyā codetuṃ, karotu āyasmā okāsaṃ, ahaṃ taṃ vattukāmo’’ti (mahāva. 153) idaṃ pāṭhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Adhippāyesu cāvanādhippāyoti, sāsanato cāvetukāmo. Akkosādhippāyoti paraṃ akkositukāmo paribhāsitukāmo. Kammādhippāyoti tajjanīyādikammaṃ kattukāmo. Vuṭṭhānādhippāyoti āpattito vuṭṭhāpetukāmo. Uposathappavāraṇaṭṭhapanādhippāyoti uposathaṃ, pavāraṇaṃ vā ṭhapetukāmo. Anuvijjanādhippāyoti upaparikkhitukāmo. Dhammakathādhippāyoti dhammaṃ desetukāmo. Iti paraṃ codentānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ adhippāyabhedo anekavidho hotīti attho. Purimesu catūsu adhippāyesūti cāvanādhippāyaakkosādhippāyakammādhippāyavuṭṭhānādhippāyesu okāsaṃ akārāpentassa dukkaṭaṃ. Kārāpetvāpi sammukhā codentassa yathānurūpaṃ saṅghādisesapācittiyadukkaṭāni, asammukhā pana dukkaṭamevāti ayamettha piṇḍattho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
说了“应当知道搁置的范畴”之后,为了说明这一点,就说了“请听我说”等话。应当这样理解:审察者以审察的意图而说话时,并没有求听的做法。说法者不指定对象而说羯磨时,也没有求听的做法。但如果指定对象而说,就有罪,所以应当先说明这一点再离开,应当这样连接理解。其余部分很容易明白。巴利
‘‘Ṭhapanakkhettaṃ pana jānitabba’’nti vatvā taṃ dassento ‘‘suṇātu me’’tiādimāha. Anuvijjakassa anuvijjanādhippāyena vadantassa okāsakammaṃ natthīti yojanā. Dhammakathikassa anodissa kammaṃ kathentassa okāsakammaṃ natthi. Sace pana odissa katheti, āpatti, tasmā taṃ dassetvā gantabbanti yojetabbaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
关于损坏信施的讨论巴利
Saddhādeyyavinipātanakathā
60 在“损坏信施的论述”中,依据“诸比丘,若说‘父母’,我们该说什么?诸比丘,我允许布施给父母。诸比丘,但不应损坏信施,谁损坏,就犯恶作罪”这段经文,施主以信心布施给比丘的东西,不应损坏后转给在家人。“诸比丘,但不应损坏信施”——在这里,把信施转给其他亲属,就是损坏。但如果是父母,即使他们身为国王而有所希求,也应当布施,因为注疏中这样说。所以,也不应布施给兄弟姊妹等亲属。老师法施长老在《小学》中确实说过——巴利
60. Saddhādeyyavinipātanakathāyaṃ ‘‘mātāpitaroti kho, bhikkhave, vadamāne kiṃ vadeyyāma. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ dātuṃ, na ca, bhikkhave, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipātetabbaṃ, yo vinipāteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 361) vacanato dāyakehi saddhāya bhikkhussa dinnaṃ vinipātetvā gihīnaṃ dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na ca, bhikkhave, saddhādeyyanti ettha sesañātīnaṃ dento vinipātetiyeva. Mātāpitaro pana sace rajje ṭhitāpi patthayanti, dātabba’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 361) vuttattā bhātubhaginīādīnaṃ ñātakānampi dātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Vuttañhi ācariyadhammasirittherena khuddasikkhāyaṃ –
信众出于信心布施的僧衣,不能拿去损坏。
允许布施给与父母,但不允许布施给与其余亲属。巴利
‘‘Na labbhaṃ vinipātetuṃ, saddhādeyyañca cīvaraṃ; Labbhaṃ pitūnaṃ sesānaṃ, ñātīnampi na labbhatī’’ti.
在解释买卖成就学处时,注释书(《律藏注》2.595)说:“对母亲或父亲说‘把这个给我’,不构成表;说‘把这个拿去吧’,不构成信施物的损坏。对非亲族说‘把这个给我’,构成表;说‘把这个拿去吧’,构成信施物的损坏。说‘用这个换那个’而完成买卖的,犯舍堕罪。”《疑惑消除》(1.593-595)对此说:“为了说明在其余亲族那里有信施物损坏的情况,以及在没有这种情况的场合,所以说了‘对母亲或父亲’。”巴利
Kayavikkayasamāpattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanāyampi ‘‘mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā ‘imaṃ dehī’ti vadato viññatti na hoti, ‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ na hoti. Aññātakaṃ ‘imaṃ dehī’ti vadato viññatti hoti, ‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’ti vadato saddhādeyyavinipātanaṃ hoti. ‘Iminā imaṃ dehī’ti kayavikkayaṃ āpajjato nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.595) vuttaṃ. Tattha ‘‘sesañātakesu saddhādeyyavinipātasambhavato tadabhāvaṭṭhānampi dassetuṃ ‘mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā’ti vutta’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.593-595) vuttaṃ.
关于穿内衣和上衣者的讨论巴利
Santaruttarakathā
61 61. 在“具内衣与上衣者”这一论题中,antara 这个词表示“中间”。vāsaka 的意思是“依戒而住”,本来应该说 antaravāsaka(中间的衣,即内衣),但就像“色有”说成“色”那样,因为省略了后一个词的复合词用法,所以只说 antara。uttara 这个词表示“上方”,āsaṅga 的意思是“充分系缚”,本来应该说 uttarāsaṅga(上方的衣,即上衣),按照同样的方式只说 uttara。antara 和 uttara 合起来就是 antaruttara(内衣和上衣)。与内衣和上衣一起而行的,就是 santaruttara(具内衣与上衣者),这是以 saha 为前词、所依不同的二词多财释复合词;或者也可以说是三词多财释复合词。意思是:除了僧伽梨以外,只穿着内衣和上衣,就不应该进入村庄。就像“看见游方者拿着三杖”等例子中那样,这里的工具格是表示如是状态。因此,应该用衣覆盖两膝与肚脐这三处,整齐地穿好内衣,系好腰带,把僧伽梨和上衣折成两层披好,然后才能进入村庄。巴利
61. Santaruttarakathāyaṃ antara-saddo majjhavācako. Vasati sīlenāti vāsako, ‘‘antare vāsako antaravāsako’’ti vattabbe ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’ntiādīsu viya uttarapadalopīsamāsavasena ‘‘antaro’’ti vutto. Uttarasaddo uparivācako, ābhuso sajjatīti āsaṅgo, ‘‘uttare āsaṅgo uttarāsaṅgo’’ti vattabbe vuttanayena ‘‘uttaro’’ti vutto, antaro ca uttaro ca antaruttarā, saha antaruttarehi yo vattatīti santaruttaro, sahapubbapadabhinnādhikaraṇadvipadabahubbīhisamāso. Atha vā saha antarena ca uttarena ca yo vattatīti santaruttaro, tipadabahubbīhisamāso. Saṅghāṭiṃ ṭhapetvā antaravāsakauttarāsaṅgamattadharo hutvā gāmo na pavisitabboti attho. ‘‘Paribbājakamadakkhi tidaṇḍakenā’’tiādīsu viya itthambhūtalakkhaṇe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ, tasmā antaravāsakaṃ timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saṅghāṭiñca uttarāsaṅgañca diguṇaṃ katvā pārupitvā gāmo pavisitabbo.
关于放置衣的讨论巴利
Cīvaranikkhepakathā
62 62. 在“衣的存放”这一节中,“被收集”指的是僧伽梨;“那僧伽梨的”这一表达,是在业用意义上使用属格。“为了存放”就是“为了放置”;意思是说,不拿僧伽梨,把它放在精舍里就离开,有五种原因。“或者生病”是指拿了衣却不能离开,也就是生病了。“或者到了雨季的约定”是指“现在是雨季的时候”这样的约定已经作出。“或者要到河对岸去”是指要到河的对岸去吃饭。“或者是门闩守护的精舍”是指上了门闩后应当关闭的、守护得很好的精舍。“或者已经举行了咖提那衣”是指在那个精舍里已经举行了咖提那衣,因为已经举行咖提那衣的人可以不受持而行。其余部分很容易理解。不过,对林居者来说,精舍守护得不好,因为比丘少,也因为那是盗贼等人来往的地方。“在储藏处”是指在存放衣等的储藏处。其余部分容易理解。巴利
62. Cīvaranikkhepakathāyaṃ saṃharīyateti saṅghāṭi, tassā saṅghāṭiyā, bhāvayoge kammatthe chaṭṭhī. Nikkhepāyāti ṭhapanāya, saṅghāṭiṃ aggahetvā vihāre ṭhapetvā gamanāya pañca kāraṇāni hontīti attho. Gilāno vā hotīti gahetvā gantuṃ asamattho gilāno vā hoti. Vassikasaṅketaṃ vā hotīti ‘‘vassikakālo aya’’nti saṅketaṃ vā kataṃ hoti. Nadīpāragataṃ vā hotīti nadiyā pāraṃ gantvā bhuñjitabbaṃ hoti. Aggaḷaguttivihāro vā hotīti aggaḷaṃ datvāpi dātabbo suguttavihāro vā hoti. Atthatakathinaṃ vā hotīti tasmiṃ vihāre kathinaṃ atthataṃ vā hoti atthatakathinānaṃ asamādānacārasambhavato. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva. Āraññikassa pana vihāro na sugutto hotīti appabhikkhukattā corādīnaṃ gamanaṭṭhānato ca. Bhaṇḍukkhalikāyāti cīvarādiṭṭhapanabhaṇḍukkhalikāya. Sesaṃ suviññeyyaṃ.
刀业事论巴利
Satthakammavatthikammakathā
63 在“刀治与灌肠疗法”这一论题中,“刀治或灌肠疗法”这句话里,凡是使用刀等工具进行切割等操作,就叫做刀治;凡是使用皮革等器具挤压灌肠部位,就叫做灌肠疗法。《义灯》(义灯·大品3.279)中说:“在隐处施行烧灼疗法,因为没有禁止,所以是允许的。”《疑惑消除》(疑惑消除·大品2.279)中则说:“挤压灌肠部位,就是指用手按摩灌肠器具,使灌肠中的油等进入体内。”巴利
63. Satthakammavatthikammakathāyaṃ satthakammaṃ vā vatthikammaṃ vāti ettha yena kenaci satthādinā chindanādi satthakammaṃ nāma hoti. Yena kenaci cammādinā vatthipīḷanaṃ vatthikammaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sambādhe dahanakammaṃ paṭikkhepābhāvā vaṭṭatī’’ti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.279). Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.279) pana ‘‘vatthipīḷananti yathā vatthigatatelādi antosarīre ārohanti, evaṃ hatthena vatthimaddana’’nti vuttaṃ.
《金刚智复注》(大品279)中则说:“‘隐处’,指大便道;对比丘和比丘尼来说,在小便道中顺着方向烧灼也是可以的,因为没有禁止。若问:难道不是随顺刀治和灌肠疗法就不可以吗?不是的。这是对已禁止之事的再次禁止,因为要显示应禁止的范围就到此为止。这话是什么意思呢?先前已经把刀治一并禁止了,后来又第二次说‘诸比丘……乃至……土喇咤亚’,对刀治作了双重限制。由此显示:从隐处周围二指宽的地方开始,就是应禁止的范围,再往上就没有刀治和灌肠疗法了。还有更进一步的理由——先前只禁止在隐处本身做刀治,后来连隐处周围二指宽也禁止了,所以禁止的就是那个范围,不是别的,这一点已经成立。这里所说的‘刀’,就像‘刀,或应为他寻求持刀者’等句中所说,凡是用以切割的,全都包括在内。因此说‘以刺或’等等。不过,在比丘尼分别中,允许在隐处(胯下)与腋下施用碱液,这应当知道。但有些人把‘或刀治’的读法改成灌肠疗法。所谓‘灌肠’是什么?就是火针,用火针切割就叫灌肠疗法,他们这样解释义理。这些人应当驳斥,要指出‘或应为他寻求持刀者’这一句的详细分析。‘阴囊肿胀’指风阴囊;‘持取病’指不消化病。”以上是引述。其余部分应依照注疏中所说的方式来了知。巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 279) pana ‘‘sambādheti vaccamagge, bhikkhussa bhikkhuniyā ca passāvamaggepi anulomato dahanaṃ paṭikkhepābhāvā vaṭṭati. Satthavatthikammānulomato na vaṭṭatīti ce? Na, paṭikkhittapaṭikkhepā, paṭikkhipitabbassa tapparamatādīpanato. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Pubbe paṭikkhittampi satthakammaṃ sampiṇḍetvā pacchā ‘na, bhikkhave…pe… thullaccayassā’ti dvikkhattuṃ satthakammassa parikkhepo kato. Tena sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulaṃ paṭikkhipitabbaṃ nāma satthavatthikammato uddhaṃ natthīti dasseti. Kiñca bhiyyo – pubbe sambādheyeva satthakammaṃ paṭikkhittaṃ, pacchā sambādhassa sāmantā dvaṅgulampi paṭikkhittaṃ , tasmā tasseva paṭikkhepo, netarassāti siddhaṃ. Ettha ‘satthaṃ nāma satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā’tiādīsu (pārā. 167) viya yena chindati, taṃ sabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘kaṇṭakena vā’tiādi. Khārudānaṃ panettha bhikkhunīvibhaṅge pasākhe pamukhe anuññātanti veditabbaṃ, eke pana ‘satthakammaṃ vā’ti pāṭhaṃ vikappetvā vatthikammaṃ karonti. Vatthīti kiṃ? Agghikā vuccati, tāya chindanaṃ vatthikammaṃ nāmāti ca atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti, te ‘satthahārakaṃ vāssa pariyeseyyā’ti imassa padabhājanīyaṃ dassetvā paṭikkhipitabbā. Aṇḍavuddhīti vātaṇḍakā, ādānavattīti anāhavattī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
曾为理发师的人的故事巴利
Nahāpitapubbakathā
64 64. 在“曾为理发师者论”中,“曾为理发师”是指过去做过理发师,意思是以前是理发师,现在成了比丘。由这位曾为理发师的比丘。剃刀器具指剃刀等理发师用的器具,这里是一种标示用法,就像“获得伞盖的王子”等例子那样。世尊说:“诸比丘,出家者不应教唆非许可之事,若教唆,犯恶作。诸比丘,曾为理发师者不应持有剃刀器具,若持有,犯恶作。”这是分两种情况的制定,因此,无论是否曾为理发师,出家者都不应教唆非许可之事。而曾为理发师的比丘,不应持有以剃刀为标志的剃刀器具——剃刀盒、磨刀石、剃刀袋等。其余内容应依照注疏所说来理解。不过《跋耆罗疏》中说:“因为说了‘诸比丘,出家者不应教唆非许可之事’,所以这不仅仅限于十条学处,对未受具足戒者也是如此:凡是比丘不能做的,对他们也不能做,这是其中的意趣。”巴利
64. Nahāpitapubbakathāyaṃ nahāpito pubbeti nahāpitapubbo, pubbe nahāpito hutvā idāni bhikkhubhūtoti attho. Tena nahāpitapubbena bhikkhunā. Khurabhaṇḍanti khurādinahāpitabhaṇḍaṃ, ‘‘laddhātapatto rājakumāro’’tiādīsu viya upalakkhaṇanayoyaṃ. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, pabbajitena akappiyaṃ samādapetabbaṃ, yo samādapeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, nahāpitapubbena khurabhaṇḍaṃ pariharitabbaṃ, yo parihareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 303) ca dvidhā paññatti, tasmā nahāpitapubbena vā anahāpitapubbena vā pabbajitena nāma akappiyasamādapanaṃ na kātabbaṃ. Nahāpitapubbena pana bhikkhunā khurena abhilakkhitaṃ khurabhaṇḍaṃ, khurabhaṇḍakhurakosanisitapāsāṇakhurathavikādayo na pariharitabbā eva. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 300) pana ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pabbajitena akappiye samādapetabbanti vuttattā anupasampannassapi na kevalaṃ dasasu eva sikkhāpadesu, atha kho yaṃ bhikkhussa na kappati, tasmimpīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ.
关于十分之一的讨论巴利
Dasabhāgakathā
65 65. 在“十分之一份”的讨论中,“属于僧团的”是指属于僧团共有的种子。“属于个人的”是指属于个人所有的土地。“给了份之后”是指把称为根本份的十分之一份给了地主。“应当受用”是说那些种子的果实应当由种植者受用。其余部分很容易理解。据说这是赡部洲古老的习俗:在初劫时期,最初劫的人们把菩萨立为名叫大平等王的国王,所有人都把自己稻田里产出的稻谷分成十份,把其中一份给了作为地主的大平等王,然后自己受用。从那时起,这就成了赡部洲人的惯例,所以这样说。正因如此,在名为《义明灯》的律疏中也说:“给了十分之一份,就是给了十分之一份。所以他说:‘分成十份后,一份应当给地主。’”巴利
65. Dasabhāgakathāyaṃ saṅghikānīti saṅghasantakāni bījāni. Puggalikāyāti puggalassa santakāya bhūmiyā. Bhāgaṃ datvāti mūlabhāgasaṅkhātaṃ dasamabhāgaṃ bhūmisāmikānaṃ datvā. Paribhuñjitabbānīti tesaṃ bījānaṃ phalāni ropakehi paribhuñjitabbānīti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva . Idaṃ kira jambudīpe porāṇakacārittanti ādikappakāle paṭhamakappikā manussā bodhisattaṃ mahāsammataṃ nāma rājānaṃ katvā sabbepi attano attano taṇḍulaphalasālikhettato pavattataṇḍulaphalāni dasa koṭṭhāse katvā ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ bhūmisāmikabhūtassa mahāsammatarājino datvā paribhuñjiṃsu. Tato paṭṭhāya jambudīpikānaṃ manussānaṃ cāritattā vuttaṃ. Teneva sāratthadīpanīnāmikāyampi vinayaṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 304) ‘‘dasabhāgaṃ datvāti dasamabhāgaṃ datvā. Tenevāha ‘dasa koṭṭhāse katvā eko koṭṭhāso bhūmisāmikānaṃ dātabbo’ti’’ vuttaṃ.
66 66. 在“旅粮论”中,“诸比丘,我允许”这一段,是世尊在跋提城时,应一位受用无量的面达咖长者的恳请而开许的。但在这里,世尊最初开许的是五种牛味:“诸比丘,我允许五种牛味:乳、酪、酪浆、生酥、酥油。”这五种牛味是最先被允许的。之后,世尊随顺那位长者的请求,为了进一步开许而说了“诸比丘,有道路、有旷野”等语。其余内容应依照注疏中所说的方式理解。同样,当比丘得不到食物时,即使从非亲里、未受请的地方乞求后也可以拿取——通过这一点,说明在这样的时节因缘下,以乞求为条件并没有过失。然而,因为已经说了“在一日可走的路上,应只寻求一顿饭的量”,所以说明超过这个量就不应该再乞求了。通过“在长途”等语,说明如果在一个月行程的路上,只有七日行程的旷野,那么在那里只应寻求够维持七日的旅粮;超过这个量,因为可以靠乞食等方式获得丰富易得的食物,所以不应再寻求。巴利
66. Pātheyyakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave’’tiādi bhaddiyanagare amitaparibhogabhūtena meṇḍakaseṭṭhinā abhiyācito hutvā anuññātaṃ, idha pana paṭhamaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca gorase khīraṃ dadhiṃ takkaṃ navanītaṃ sappi’’nti (mahāva. 299) pañca gorasā anuññātā. Tato paraṃ seṭṭhino abhiyācanānurūpaṃ vatvā anujānituṃ ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, maggā kantārā’’tiādimāha. Sesaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Tathā alabhantena aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato yācitvāpi gahetabbanti etena evarūpesu kālesu viññattipaccayā doso natthīti dasseti. ‘‘Ekadivasena gamanīye magge ekabhattatthāya pariyesitabba’’nti vuttattā pana tato upari yācanaṃ na vaṭṭatīti dassitaṃ. ‘‘Dīghe addhāne’’tiādinā sace māsagamanīye magge sattāhagamanīyo eva kantāro hoti, tattha sattāhayāpanīyamattameva pātheyyaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, tato paraṃ piṇḍacārikādivasena subhikkhasulabhapiṇḍamaggattā na pariyesitabbanti.
67 在《大教法论》中,为了说明所谓“大教法”有四种——未被遮止的有两种,未被开许的也有两种——世尊才说了“诸比丘,凡……”等这段话。其中,即使是未被遮止的,也按照“不合宜的随顺”和“合宜的随顺”分为两种;未被开许的也同样如此。巴利
67. Mahāpadesakathāyaṃ mahāpadesā nāma appaṭikkhittā dve, ananuññātā dveti cattāroti dassento ‘‘yaṃ bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Tesu appaṭikkhittepi akappiyānulomakappiyānulomavasena dve, tathā ananuññātepīti.
这里,“揉搓”是指反复仔细检查。“波咤厘那布”是产于波咤厘那地方的一种布。辞典里确实说过:“波咤厘那布是丝织品的一种。”支那布和索玛拉布则是分别产于支那地方和索玛拉地方的布。波咤厘那布等三种,因为是由有情(蚕)所制的丝线做成,所以属于丝的随顺类。神变所成的衣服,是善来比丘以福德神通变化出来的衣布,它属于苎麻等材质中的某一种,因此是它们的随顺类。天人所施的衣服叫天施衣,比如从如意树中生出、由织女天女送给阿那律长老的布,它也属于苎麻等材质的随顺类,因为也是其中某一种。那两种布是以地方名称来说的,这只是为了显示它们的样子,并不是要排除其他种类,因为波咤厘那布也是以地方名称来说的。葫芦是指三种容器:果实葫芦就是瓜瓢之类,水葫芦就是舀水的器具。吉兰遮伞是用竹篾编成的伞。这是《义明灯》里说的。巴利
Tattha ‘‘parimaddantāti upaparikkhantā. Paṭṭaṇṇudese sañjātavatthaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ. ‘Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ koseyyaviseso’ti hi abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Cīnadese somāradese ca sañjātavatthāni cīnasomārapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhimayaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, taṃ khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃyeva anulomaṃ. Devatāhi dinnacīvaraṃ devadattiyaṃ, taṃ kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato. Dve paṭāni desanāmena vuttānīti tesaṃ sarūpadassanamattametaṃ, nāññanivattanapadaṃ paṭṭuṇṇapaṭṭassapi desanāmeneva vuttattā. Tumbāti tīṇi bhājanāni. Phalakatumbo lābuādi. Udakatumbo udakukkhipanakuṭako. Kilañjacchattanti veḷuvilīvehi vāyitvā katachatta’’nti sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.305) vuttaṃ.
关于“时限药之熟”:这是针对熟的果子说的。但生的果子,由未受具足戒的人在冷水中揉搓、过滤后给的饮料,午后也是允许的。这个含义在大注疏里没有明确说到,所以说“然而在《库伦达》”等。“甘蔗汁、去渣的”:这是按可饮用的共性在夜分药的讨论中说的,但它应当归入七日药。“这四种汁”:就是果汁、叶汁、花汁、甘蔗汁,这是《疑惑度脱》里说的。“以地方名称为名的两种布”:就是支那布和索玛拉布。“三种”:加上波咤厘那布共三种。“神变所成”:指善来比丘所化生的。“天施”:指阿那律长老所得,这是《跋耆罗疏》里说的。巴利
‘‘Yāvakālikapakkānanti pakke sandhāya vuttaṃ. Āmāni pana anupasampannehi sītudake madditvā parissāvetvā dinnapānaṃ pacchābhattampi kappati eva. Ayañca attho mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ sarūpato avuttoti āha ‘kurundiyaṃ panā’tiādi. Ucchuraso nikasaṭoti idaṃ pātabbatāsāmaññena yāmakālikakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pana sattāhakālikamevāti gahetabbaṃ. Ime cattāro rasāti phalapattapupphaucchurasā cattāro’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.300) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dve paṭā desanāmenevāti cīnapaṭasomārapaṭāni. Tīṇīti paṭṭuṇṇena saha tīṇi. Iddhimayaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ nibbattaṃ. Devadattiyaṃ anuruddhattherena laddha’’nti vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 305).
在《混合论》中,“当天接受的东西,在适当的时候可以使用”等一整段话,都是针对味道已经混合的情况而说的。如果连壳一起,把整个椰子连同饮料一起接受了,那么把椰子拿掉之后,即使过了正午也可以饮用。如果在冷粥上面放了一块酥油再布施,那么把没有和粥混在一起的酥油取出来,可以允许在七天内食用。对于块状蜂蜜、糖浆等,也是同样的道理。如果用荜澄茄、肉豆蔻等果实装饰后布施钵食,把这些装饰物取出来、洗干净后,可以终生食用。对于放进粥里布施的生姜等,以及放进油等里布施的甘草等,也是同样的道理。像这样,凡是味道没有混合在一起的东西,即使是一起接受的,只要把它洗干净或切掉处理后,就可以按照它各自对应的时限来使用。巴利
Saṃsaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappatītiādi sabbaṃ sambhinnarasaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace hi challimpi apanetvā sakaleneva nāḷikeraphalena saddhiṃ pānakaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ hoti, nāḷikeraṃ apanetvā taṃ vikālepi kappati. Upari sappipiṇḍaṃ ṭhapetvā sītalapāyāsaṃ denti, yaṃ pāyāsena asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ sappi, taṃ apanetvā sattāhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Baddhamadhuphāṇitādīsupi eseva nayo. Takkolajātiphalādīhi alaṅkaritvā piṇḍapātaṃ denti, tāni uddharitvā dhovitvā yāvajīvaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni, yāguyaṃ pakkhipitvā dinnasiṅgiverādīsupi, telādīsu pakkhipitvā dinnalaṭṭhimadhukādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ yaṃ yaṃ asambhinnarasaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ ekato paṭiggahitampi yathā suddhaṃ hoti, tathā dhovitvā vā tacchetvā vā tassa tassa kālassa vasena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
如果味道混在一起、彼此交融,那就不允许。因为时限药会把自己与它味道交融的三种夜分药等,都变成自己的性质。夜分药会把自己与它味道交融的两种七日药等,都变成自己的性质。七日药会把自己与它混杂的终生药,变成自己的性质。所以,和当天受取的七日药放在一起时,无论是当天受取还是之前受取的终生药,在七天内允许使用;和受取了两天的七日药放在一起,则六天内允许……一直到和受取了七天的七日药放在一起,当天就允许——应当这样理解。正因为如此,律中才没有说“诸比丘,以七日药,当天受取的终生药”,而是说“受取后,七天内允许”。巴利
Sace pana sambhinnarasaṃ hoti saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, na vaṭṭati. Yāvakālikañhi attanā saddhiṃ sambhinnarasāni tīṇipi yāmakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Yāmakālikaṃ dvepi sattāhakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Sattāhakālikaṃ attanā saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ attano sabhāvaññeva upaneti, tasmā tena tadahupaṭiggahitena saddhiṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ vā purepaṭiggahitaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ sattāhaṃ kappati, dvīhapaṭiggahitena chāhaṃ…pe… sattāhapaṭiggahitena tadaheva kappatīti veditabbaṃ. Tasmāyeva hi ‘‘sattāhakālikena, bhikkhave, yāvajīvikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahita’’nti avatvā ‘‘paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ kappatī’’ti vuttaṃ.
对于时分、夜分、七日这些期限的逾越,在这里应当依照非时食、储存、医药这几条学处来理解所犯的罪。在这四种时限药当中,时限药和夜分药这两种,既算内宿,也算储存;而七日药和终生药,即使放在不净屋中也可以,不会构成储存罪。其余部分在各处都是显而易见的。巴利
Kālayāmasattāhātikkamesu cettha vikālabhojanasannidhibhesajjasikkhāpadānaṃ vasena āpattiyo veditabbā. Imesu ca pana catūsu kālikesu yāvakālikaṃ yāmakālikanti idameva dvayaṃ antovutthakañceva sannidhikārakañca hoti, sattāhakālikañca yāvajīvikañca akappiyakuṭiyaṃ nikkhipitumpi vaṭṭati, sannidhimpi na janetīti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthameva.
五种药的讨论巴利
Pañcabhesajjakathā
在《五种药论》中,因为世尊说过“诸比丘,我允许这五种药在适当的时候接受、在适当的时候食用”,所以被秋季疾病侵袭的比丘们,喝下去的粥会吐出来,吃下去的饭也会吐出来。他们因此变得消瘦、粗糙、难看,肤色蜡黄,身上青筋暴起。对他们来说,凡是既是药、又被认可为药,既能起到食物的作用,又不算粗食的东西。这里就有五种药,即:酥油、生酥、油、蜂蜜、糖浆。这些药允许在适当的时候接受、在适当的时候食用。其中,注疏里说:“秋季疾病,就是秋季生起的胆汁病。在那个时节,即使被雨水淋湿、踩在泥里,病也时常发作得很厉害,因此他们的胆汁进入腹腔。能起到食物的作用,就是能达成食物的功能。”在《疑惑消除》中说:“胆汁进入腹腔,是指原本遍布在体外、尚未结合的胆汁进入腹腔,因此胆汁被激起来了,这就是它的意思。”巴利
Pañcabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 261) vacanato sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yāgupi pītā uggacchati, bhattampi bhuttaṃ uggacchati, te tena kisā honti lūkhā dubbaṇṇā uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātā dhamanisanthatagattā. Tesaṃ yaṃ bhesajjañceva assa bhesajjasammatañca, lokassa āhāratthañca phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyya. Tatrimāni pañca bhesajjāni. Seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha ‘‘sāradikena ābādhenāti saradakāle uppannena pittābādhena. Tasmiñhi kāle vassodakenapi tementi, kaddamampi maddanti, antarantarā ābādhopi kharo hoti, tena tesaṃ pittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hoti. Āhāratthañca phareyyāti āhāratthaṃ sādheyyā’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 260) vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.260) ‘‘pittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hotīti bahisarīre byāpetvā ṭhitaṃ abaddhapittaṃ koṭṭhabbhantaragataṃ hoti, tena pittaṃ kupitaṃ hotīti adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ.
在《金刚智疏》里说:“‘既是药……’这句话,从后面‘因为这两者而更加消瘦’等说法来看,能看出是互相矛盾的,所以应当知道,这是不依据因缘、只按现前所得来说的。那为什么不依据因缘来说呢?因为意在顾及其他。因为即使在一切佛住世的时代,也要顾及酥油等具有七日药性质这一点。世尊的意趣正是通过这样的说法表达出来的。正因如此,才说‘能起到食物作用,又不显现为粗食’。同样地,在‘按时受取、按时服用’这句里,并没有限定时间,那又从哪里能看出世尊意在顾及其他,而对根药等以‘终生’作为时间限定呢?然而,‘诸比丘,我允许这些药按时受取、按时服用’这句话,应当知道是依‘我允许储存之后,在以后的日子里只在规定时间服用’这一意趣而说的。否则,因为太过分,世尊心里不可能生起‘既是药……’这样的想法。难道是因为允许了精细食物这一点很明显,所以是依随顺病症、适合病情而说的吗?这也不对,因为从‘更加消瘦’等说法可以看出会落到消瘦等状态。就像依甘蔗汁而说糖浆一样,照此说来,依生酥而说酥油,那生酥就不该单独说了吗?并非如此,因为意在显示差别。就像虽然以糖浆一词已经包含了甘蔗汁,但后来甘蔗汁又被单独允许,这是依它与甘蔗共同的特性,意在把它放在糖水的类别中;同样,对生酥也应知道,是为了显示其差别规定,才单独允许生酥。而它的差别规定,应依《药学处》的注疏来了解。那里说:‘想要煮成酥油再食用的人,即使没有洗,也可以煮。’在那里,酥油是指煮过的,不是没煮过的;糖浆也是这样。生酥则是不煮的。巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 260) ‘‘yaṃ bhesajjañceva assāti parato ‘tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā hontī’tiādinā virodhadassanato nidānānapekkhaṃ yathālābhavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yathānidānaṃ kasmā na vuttanti ce? Tadaññāpekkhādhippāyato. Sabbabuddhakālepi hi sappiādīnaṃ sattāhakālikabhāvāpekkhoti. Tathā vacanena bhagavato adhippāyo. Teneva ‘āhāratthañca phareyya, na ca oḷāriko āhāro paññāyeyyā’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitunti ettha ca kālaparicchedo na kato, kutoyeva pana labbhā tadaññāpekkhādhippāyo bhagavatā mūlabhesajjādīni tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvanti kālaparicchedo. Yaṃ pana ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjitu’nti (mahāva. 260) vacanaṃ, taṃ ‘sannidhiṃ katvā aparāparasmiṃ divase kāle eva paribhuñjituṃ anujānāmī’ti adhippāyato vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Aññathā atisayattā bhagavato ‘yaṃ bhesajjañceva assā’tiādivitakkuppādo na sambhavati. Paṇītabhojanānumatiyā pasiddhattā ābādhānurūpasappāyāpekkhāya vuttānīti ce? Tañca na, ‘bhiyyosomattāyā’ti kisādibhāvāpattidassanato. Yathā ucchurasaṃ upādāya phāṇitanti vuttaṃ, tathā navanītaṃ upādāya sappīti vattabbato navanītaṃ visuṃ na vattabbanti ce? Na visesadassanādhippāyato. Yathā phāṇitaggahaṇena siddhepi parato ucchuraso visuṃ anuññāto ucchusāmaññato guḷodakaṭṭhāne ṭhapanādhippāyato, tathā navanīte visesavidhidassanādhippāyato navanītaṃ visuṃ anuññātanti veditabbaṃ. Visesavidhi panassa bhesajjasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāvasena (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.619-621) veditabbo. Vuttañhi tattha ‘pacitvā sappiṃ katvā paribhuñjitukāmena adhotampi pacituṃ vaṭṭatī’ti. Tattha sappi pakkāva hoti, nāpakkā, tathā phāṇitampi. Navanītaṃ apakkamevā’’tiādi.
第二药论巴利
Dutiyabhesajjakathā
在第二药论中,根据“诸比丘,我允许受取这五种药后,在时和非时都可食用”(《大品》261)这句话,既然在此事中允许在时和非时(食用),那么非时食用也是可以的。那些比丘在时受取、在时食用这五种药,连那些平常的粗劣食物都消化不了,更何况是油腻的食物。他们被秋季的疾病所侵扰,又因为食物不能消化,由于这两者而更加消瘦。这里,义注(《大品义注》261)中说:“‘不能消化’就是不能消化,不能平息风病。‘油腻的’就是滑润的。‘食物不能消化’就是食物没有滋味。”但复注(《精义复注·大品》3.261;《别解脱复注·大品》2.261-262)中只说了“不能消化就是不能生起食欲”这么一点。然而依据《大分别》(波罗夷622):“凡是病比丘适合用的药,即酥油、生酥、油、蜜、糖浆,受取之后最多储存七天食用,超过这个期限就犯舍堕。”应当知道这五种药是七日药的性质,但在这里是随着因缘而说的。巴利
Dutiyabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tāni pañca bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā kālepi vikālepi paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 261) vacanato ‘‘tāni pañca bhesajjāni kāle paṭiggahetvā kāle paribhuñjantānaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yānipi tāni pākatikāni lūkhāni bhojanāni, tāni nacchādenti, pageva senesitāni. Te tena ceva sāradikena ābādhena phuṭṭhā iminā ca bhattācchādakena tadubhayena bhiyyosomattāya kisā hontī’’ti imasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ kālepi vikālepīti anuññātattā vikālepi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha ‘‘nacchādentīti na jīranti, na vātarogaṃ paṭippassambhetuṃ sakkonti. Senesitānīti siniddhāni. Bhattācchādakenāti bhattaṃ arocikenā’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 261) vuttaṃ, ṭīkāsu (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.261; vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.261-262) pana ‘‘nacchādentīti ruciṃ na uppādentī’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ, mahāvibhaṅge (pārā. 622) pana ‘‘yāni kho pana tāni gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisāyanīyāni bhesajjāni. Seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ, tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbāni, taṃ atikkāmayato nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti vacanato imesaṃ pañcabhesajjānaṃ sattāhakālikabhāvo veditabbo, idha pana aṭṭhuppattivasena vuttoti.
关于脂肪药的讨论巴利
Vasābhesajjakathā
在“脂肪药”这一节中,世尊说:“比丘们,我允许把脂肪药——熊脂、鱼脂、鳄脂、猪脂、驴脂——在适当时间接受、在适当时间煮好、在适当时间混合,以用油的方式食用。比丘们,如果在非时接受、在非时煮好、在非时混合,然后吃了,就犯三条恶作罪。比丘们,如果在适当时间接受、在非时煮好、在非时混合,然后吃了,就犯两条恶作罪。比丘们,如果在适当时间接受、在适当时间煮好、在非时混合,然后吃了,就犯一条恶作罪。比丘们,如果在适当时间接受、在适当时间煮好、在适当时间混合,然后吃了,就无犯。”(《大品》262)
这里,“在适当时间接受”等话的意思是:在正午之前接受,然后煮好、过滤。义注(《大品义注》262)中说:“‘以用油的方式食用’,意思是以七日药油的方式食用。”复注(《精义注·大品》3.262;《别解脱注·大品》2.261-262)中则说:“‘鳄’是海中的一种鱼,也叫‘鳄鱼’。‘混合’指过滤。‘以用油的方式’是就七日药的食用方式而说的。”以上是这里的简略说明,详细解释已在前面“四时药”一节中说过。巴利
Vasābhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasaṃ kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ. Vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti (mahāva. 262). Tattha ‘‘kāle paṭiggahitantiādīsu majjhanhike avītivatte paṭiggahetvā pacitvā parissāvetvā cāti attho. Telaparibhogena paribhuñjitunti sattāhakālikatelaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 262) vuttaṃ, ṭīkāsu (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.262; vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.261-262) pana ‘‘susukāti samudde bhavā ekā macchajāti, kumbhilātipi vadanti. Saṃsaṭṭhanti parissāvitaṃ. Telaparibhogenāti sattāhakālikaparibhogaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana heṭṭhā catukālikakathāyaṃ vuttoyeva.
在根药这部分,世尊说:“比丘们,我允许各种根药——姜黄、生姜、菖蒲、白菖蒲、乌头、黑种草根、香根、善出根,以及其他任何根药,只要它们不属于嚼食类、不能当作嚼食来用,也不属于噉食类、不能当作噉食来用,就可以接受后终生保存,有适当因缘时受用。如果没有适当因缘而受用,就犯恶作罪。”这里说的“白菖蒲”,就是白色的菖蒲。其余内容跟前面所说的一样。巴利
Mūlabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mūlāni bhesajjāni, haliddiṃ siṅgiveraṃ vacaṃ vacattaṃ ativisaṃ kaṭukarohiṇiṃ usīraṃ bhaddamuttakaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi mūlāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ. Asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti. Tattha vacattanti setavacaṃ. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
在《粉药论》中,因为世尊说过“比丘们,我允许研磨石和小研磨杵”,所以当需要把捣碎、磨成粉的根药等捣碎、研磨成粉时,使用研磨石和小研磨杵是合适的。其中,“研磨石和小研磨杵”就是研臼和研杵。“研磨石”:根药等东西在上面被捣碎、磨成细粉,所以叫研磨石,也就是研臼。“研磨杵”:用它把根药等东西捣碎、磨成细粉,所以叫研磨杵;又因为它尺寸小,像个小男孩,所以叫“杵”;研臼和这个杵合在一起,就叫“研磨石和小研磨杵”,也就是小研杵。这个词的词根是“研磨成粉”。巴利
Piṭṭhabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nisadaṃ nisadapotaka’’nti (mahāva. 263) vacanato pisitehi cuṇṇakatehi mūlabhesajjehi atthe sati nisadañca nisadapotakañca pariharituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha nisadaṃ nisadapotakanti pisanasilā ca pisanapoto ca. Nisadanti pisanti cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ karonti mūlabhesajjādayo etthāti nisadaṃ, pisanasilā. Nisadanti pisanti cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ karonti mūlabhesajjādayo etenāti nisadaṃ, posetabboti poto, dārako. Khuddakappamāṇatāya poto viyāti poto, nisadañca taṃ poto cāti nisadapoto, taṃ nisadapotakaṃ. Nipubbasada cuṇṇakaraṇeti dhātu.
煎汁药论巴利
Kasāvabhesajjakathā
在讨论煎汁药的部分,依《大品》263段所说:“比丘们,我允许各种煎汁药:苦楝煎汁、象牙树煎汁、蛇瓜煎汁、黄麻煎汁、水黄皮煎汁,以及其他任何煎汁药——只要它们既不算作嚼食类的嚼食,也不算作正食类的正食——接受这些煎汁药后,可以终身保存,有因缘时可以受用;没有因缘而受用的人,犯恶作罪。”因此,那些煎汁药也是接受之后,可以终身保存,有因缘时可以受用,这是允许的。其中,phaggava 是一种藤类植物。nattamāla 就是水黄皮。《疑惑消除》中说:“所谓‘以煎汁’,是指把树皮等放在水里煮过后取来的汁液。”巴利
Kasāvabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvāni bhesajjāni nimbakasāvaṃ kuṭajakasāvaṃ paṭolakasāvaṃ phaggavakasāvaṃ nattamālakasāvaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi kasāvāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tānipi kasāvabhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha phaggavanti latājāti. Nattamālanti karañjaṃ. ‘‘Kasāvehīti tacādīni udake tāpetvā gahitaūsarehī’’ti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.263) vuttaṃ.
在讲叶药的部分,依据“诸比丘,我允许叶药:苦楝叶、止泻树叶、蛇瓜叶、水黄皮叶、黄麻叶、罗勒叶、棉花叶,以及其他任何不属于嚼食类、不充当嚼食之物,也不属于噉食类、不充当噉食之物的叶药,接受之后可以终生保存,有因缘时可以受用;没有因缘而受用的人,犯恶作罪”这段话,那些不属于嚼食、噉食之物的叶药,接受之后终生保存,有因缘时受用,是允许的。在“熊脂”等处,应当依照舍堕注释中所说的方式理解其含义。根药等的判定,在小品注释中也已经说过,所以这里只解释前面还没有讲到的内容。巴利
Paṇṇabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṇṇāni bhesajjāni nimbapaṇṇaṃ kuṭajapaṇṇaṃ paṭolapaṇṇaṃ nattamālapaṇṇaṃ phaggavapaṇṇaṃ sulasipaṇṇaṃ kappāsapaṇṇaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi paṇṇāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato khādanīyabhojanīyatthaṃ apharantāni tānipi paṇṇāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Acchavasantiādīsu nissaggiyavaṇṇanāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.623) vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Mūlabhesajjādivinicchayopi khuddakavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttoyeva, tasmā idha yaṃ yaṃ pubbe avuttaṃ, taṃ tadeva vaṇṇayissāma.
在《果药论》中说:“比丘们,我允许把果实作药使用:酸藤果、荜拨、胡椒、诃黎勒、毗黎勒、余甘子、牛膝果,以及其他任何不属于副食范围、也不属于主食范围的果实药。接受这些之后,可以终身保存,有因缘时就可以食用;没有因缘而食用的,犯恶作罪。”根据这段话,那些不属于副食、主食范围的果实药,接受之后可以终身保存,有因缘时食用也是可以的。巴利
Phalabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, phalāni bhesajjāni biḷaṅgaṃ pippaliṃ maricaṃ harītakaṃ vibhītakaṃ āmalakaṃ goṭṭhaphalaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi phalāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato khādanīyabhojanīyatthaṃ apharantāni tāni phalāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjitumpi vaṭṭati.
在《树脂药论》中说:“比丘们,我允许各种树脂药:兴渠、兴渠脂、兴渠皮、答咖、答咖叶、答咖片、紫胶,以及其他任何既不属于嚼食类、也不属于噉食类的树脂药。接受这些之后,可以终身保存,有因缘时使用;没有因缘而使用时,犯恶作罪。”根据这段话,接受这些树脂药之后,终身保存,有因缘时使用,是允许的。其中,兴渠、兴渠脂、兴渠皮都属于兴渠这一类;答咖、答咖叶、答咖片属于紫胶这一类。巴利
Jatubhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, jatūni bhesajjāni hiṅguṃ hiṅgujatuṃ hiṅgusipāṭikaṃ takaṃ takapattiṃ takapaṇṇiṃ sajjulasaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi jatūni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tāni jatūni bhesajjāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha hiṅguhiṅgujatuhiṅgusipāṭikā hiṅgujātiyoyeva. Takatakapattitakapaṇṇayo lākhājātiyo.
在《金刚佛智复注》(vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 263)中则写道:“所谓兴渠脂,是用兴渠树的枝、嫩叶、新芽煮制而成的。所谓兴渠皮,是用它的根和枝煮制而成的。所谓答咖,是用那种树的树皮煮出的水。所谓答咖叶,是用它的叶子煮出的水。所谓答咖片,是用它的果实煮出的水。或者另一种说法:‘答咖就是紫胶,答咖叶就是人工铜枝,答咖片就是熟紫胶。’有因缘时:这里的有因缘性应当按病人和非病人两种情况来理解。因为在非时食学处的无犯部分中,对时限药等三种并没有加以区分,而直接说了有因缘性。在这个篇章里说:‘诸比丘,我允许给病人糖,给非病人糖水。诸比丘,我允许给病人盐酸粥,给非病人用水混合。’因此可以确定‘有因缘性按病人和非病人分为两种’,否则在没有因缘时受用糖水等就构成犯戒,这样就与圣典相违了。为食义:就是食物的目的,也就是维持食物功能的意思。以油受用:就是以七日药的受用。以粉:就是用研磨过的油。果德帕喇,就是果德帕树的果实,或者说是马德那果,也有这样的记载。巴利
Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 263) pana ‘‘hiṅgujatu nāma hiṅgurukkhassa daṇḍapallavapavāḷapākanipphannā. Hiṅgusipāṭikā nāma tassa mūlasākhapākanipphannā. Takaṃ nāma tassa rukkhassa tacapākodakaṃ. Takapattīti tassa pattapākodakaṃ. Takapaṇṇīti tassa phalapākodakaṃ. Atha vā ‘takaṃ nāma lākhā. Takapattīti kittimalohasākhā . Takapaṇṇīti pakkalākhā’ti likhitaṃ. Sati paccayeti ettha satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena dvidhā veditabbā. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadassa hi anāpattivāre yāmakālikādīnaṃ tiṇṇampi avisesena satipaccayatā vuttā. Imasmiṃ khandhake ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ agilānassa guḷodakaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinna’nti (mahāva. 273) vuttaṃ, tasmā siddhaṃ ‘satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena duvidhā’ti, aññathā asati paccaye guḷodakādi āpajjati, tato ca pāḷivirodho. Āhāratthanti āhārapayojanaṃ, āhārakiccayāpananti atthoti ca. Telaparibhogenāti sattāhakālikaparibhogena. Piṭṭhehīti pisitatelehi. Koṭṭhaphalanti koṭṭharukkhassa phalaṃ, madanaphalaṃ vāti ca likhita’’nti vuttaṃ.
关于盐类药物的讨论巴利
Loṇabhesajjakathā
在《盐药论》中说到:“诸比丘,我允许各种盐作为药——海盐、黑盐、辛达瓦盐、涌出盐、比拉盐,以及其他任何既不会在嚼食中起到嚼食作用、也不会在正食中起到正食作用的盐药。接受这些盐后,可以终生保存,有因缘时可以受用;没有因缘而受用的人,犯恶作罪。”根据这段话,接受这些盐后终生保存、有因缘时受用,是允许的。其中,海盐是指像海岸边的沙子那样堆积存在的盐。黑盐是指天然的盐。辛达瓦盐是白色的,产于山中。涌出盐像芽一样从地里冒出来。比拉盐是和药材一起煮成的,呈红色。《义明复注》中说:“所谓涌出盐,是碱土沙质的盐。”《疑惑消除复注》中说:“涌出盐是碱土沙质的盐。比拉盐是一种特殊的盐。”《金刚佛智复注》中也是这么说的。巴利
Loṇabhesajjakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇāni bhesajjāni sāmuddikaṃ kāḷaloṇaṃ sindhavaṃ ubbhidaṃ bilaṃ, yāni vā panaññānipi atthi loṇāni bhesajjāni neva khādanīye khādanīyatthaṃ pharanti, na bhojanīye bhojanīyatthaṃ pharanti, tāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ, asati paccaye paribhuñjantassa āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 263) vacanato tāni loṇāni paṭiggahetvā yāvajīvaṃ pariharituṃ, sati paccaye paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sāmuddanti samuddatīre vālukaṃ viya santiṭṭhati. Kāḷaloṇanti pakatiloṇaṃ. Sindhavanti setavaṇṇaṃ pabbate uṭṭhahati. Ubbhidanti bhūmito aṅkuraṃ viya uṭṭhahati. Bilanti dabbasambhārehi saddhiṃ pacitaṃ, taṃ rattavaṇṇaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.263) pana ‘‘ubbhidaṃ nāma ūsarapaṃsumaya’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.263) pana ‘‘ubbhidanti ūsarapaṃsumayaṃ loṇaṃ. Bilanti loṇaviseso’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi tatheva vuttaṃ.
在粉药这部分,律藏中说:“比丘们,我允许那些有疥疮、疖子、流脓、粗疥疮、身体生病或身体发臭的人使用粉药;没病的人可以用牛粪、黏土、染料渣。比丘们,我允许用臼和杵。”注释书里说:“身体发臭,是指有些人身上有像马那样的气味,对这样的人,西利萨花粉、红花粉等一切香粉都可以用。牛粪就是牛粪。染料渣就是染料沉淀,普通的粉捣碎后用水浸湿来沐浴也可以,这也算在染料渣里面。”《义明复注》里则说:“牛粪就是牛粪。普通粉指的是没有煮过的染料粉。按照这个说法,除了那种普通粉之外,一切香粉都可以用。”《疑惑消除复注》也说:“牛粪就是牛粪。普通粉指的是没有煮过的染料粉,但香粉不允许用。”《瓦基拉佛智复注》里也说:“牛粪就是牛粪。普通粉指的是没有煮过的染料粉。按照这个说法,除了那种普通粉之外,一切香粉都可以用。”律藏中说“比丘们,我允许用粉筛”,根据这句话,生病的比丘需要用筛过的药粉时,可以用粉筛。律藏中说“比丘们,我允许用布筛”,根据这句话,需要细粉时,可以用布筛。《疑惑消除复注》里说:“粉筛就是在臼里捣碎的药粉用的过滤器。”《瓦基拉佛智复注》里也说:“筛过就是指滤过。”巴利
Cuṇṇakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yassa kaṇḍu vā pīḷakā vā assāvo vā thullakacchu vā ābādho kāyo vā duggandho cuṇṇāni bhesajjāni, agilānassa chakaṇaṃ mattikaṃ rajananippakkaṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udukkhalaṃ musala’’nti (mahāva. 264). ‘‘Kāyo vā duggandhoti kassaci assādīnaṃ viya kāyagandho hoti, tassapi sirīsakosumbādicuṇṇāni vā gandhacuṇṇāni vā sabbāni vaṭṭanti. Chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Rajananippakkanti rajanakasaṭaṃ, pākatikacuṇṇampi koṭṭetvā udakena temetvā nhāyituṃ vaṭṭati, etampi rajananippakkasaṅkhameva gacchatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) vuttaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.264) pana ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇaṃ nāma apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ. Tena ṭhapetvā gandhacuṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇanti apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ, gandhacuṇṇaṃ pana na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 264) ‘‘chakaṇanti gomayaṃ. Pākatikacuṇṇaṃ nāma apakkakasāvacuṇṇaṃ. Tena ṭhapetvā gandhacuṇṇaṃ sabbaṃ vaṭṭatīti vadantī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, cuṇṇacālini’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cuṇṇehi bhesajjehi cālitehi atthe sati cuṇṇacālinī vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dussacālini’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato saṇhehi cuṇṇehi atthe sati dussacālinī vaṭṭati . ‘‘Cuṇṇacālininti udukkhale koṭṭitacuṇṇaparissāvani’’nti vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyampi (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 264) ‘‘cālitehīti parissāvitehī’’ti vuttaṃ.
非人致病论巴利
Amanussikābādhakathā
在讨论非人病的那一段里,世尊说:“比丘们,我允许在患非人病时用生肉和生血。”按照这句话,如果一位比丘吃了生肉、喝了生血之后,他的非人病就平息了,那就不算犯戒。不过这里说的“吃了生肉、喝了生血”,并不是那位比丘自己吃、自己喝,而是非人吃了、喝了之后离开了。所以才说“他的非人病平息了”。巴利
Amanussikābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, amanussikābādhe āmakamaṃsaṃ āmakamaṃsalohita’’nti (mahāva. 264) vacanato yassa bhikkhuno āmakamaṃsaṃ khāditassa āmakalohitaṃ pivitassa so amanussābādho paṭippassambhati, tassa anāpatti. Tattha āmakamaṃsañca khādi, āmakalohitañca pivīti na taṃ bhikkhu khādi, na pivi, amanusso khāditvā ca pivitvā ca pakkanto. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tassa so amanussikābādho paṭippassambhī’’ti.
在《眼药论》中,因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许眼药——黑眼药、汁眼药、流眼药、黄土、灯烟”,所以比丘们患眼病时,眼药等物是允许用的。其中,注释书里这样说:“‘眼药’是总括一切的说法。‘黑眼药’是一种眼药。‘汁眼药’是用各种材料做成的。‘流眼药’是产生于河流等处的眼药。‘黄土’就是金黄土。‘灯烟’是从灯焰上刮下来的烟灰。”《义明复注》里说:“金黄土,就是金色硫酸铜之类。”《疑惑消除复注》里也这样说。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许檀香、答嘎喇、黑阿努萨利亚、答离萨、跋德玛木德咖”,所以当有研磨眼药的需要时,这些檀香等物也是允许用的。其中,注释书里说:“‘檀香’指红檀香等任何檀香。答嘎喇等物,含义显而易见。其他如青莲花等也是允许的。‘眼药辅助研磨’,就是应与眼药一起研磨,因为没有任何辅助研磨之物是不允许的。”然而复注里说:“眼药辅助研磨,就是为做眼药而应研磨的任何粉末。”《疑惑消除复注》里则说:“圣典中所说的眼药辅助研磨,就是为做眼药而应研磨的药。”巴利
Añjanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanaṃ kāḷañjanaṃ rasañjanaṃ sotañjanaṃ gerukaṃ kapalla’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato bhikkhūnaṃ cakkhuroge sati añjanādīni vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘añjananti sabbasaṅgāhikavacanametaṃ. Kāḷañjananti ekā añjanajāti. Rasañjananti nānāsambhārehi kataṃ. Sotañjananti nadīsotādīsu uppajjanakaañjanaṃ. Geruko nāma suvaṇṇageruko. Kapallanti dīpasikhato gahitamasī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) vuttaṃ. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.265) ‘‘suvaṇṇagerukoti suvaṇṇatutthādī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) tatheva vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, candanaṃ tagaraṃ kāḷānusāriyaṃ tālīsaṃ bhaddamuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanūpapisanehi atthe sati imāni candanādīni vaṭṭanti. Tattha ‘‘candananti lohitacandanādikaṃ yaṃ kiñci candanaṃ. Tagarādīni pākaṭāni. Aññānipi nīluppalādīni vaṭṭantiyeva. Añjanūpapisanehīti añjanehi saddhiṃ ekato pisitabbehi. Na hi kiñci añjanūpapisanaṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 264) ṭīkāyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.265) pana ‘‘añjanūpapisananti añjanatthāya upapisitabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci cuṇṇajātī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.264-265) pana ‘‘pāḷiyaṃ añjanūpapisananti añjane upanetuṃ pisitabbabhesajja’’nti vuttaṃ.
“诸比丘,我允许眼药盒。”从这句话来看,放置眼药盒的地方是合宜的。“诸比丘,不应持用各种高低档次的眼药盒,谁持用,就犯恶作罪。诸比丘,我允许骨制的、牙制的、角制的、芦苇制的、竹制的、木制的、树脂制的、铜制的、螺壳制的。”从这句话来看,这些材质是允许的。其中,“骨制的”是指除了人骨以外其余任何骨制的。“牙制的”是指象牙等一切牙制的。“角制的”中也没有任何不允许的。“芦苇制的”等等则完全是允许的。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjani’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanaṭhapanaṭṭhānaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanī dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ dantamayaṃ visāṇamayaṃ naḷamayaṃ veḷumayaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ jatumayaṃ lohamayaṃ saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato etāni kappiyāni. Tattha aṭṭhimayanti manussaṭṭhiṃ ṭhapetvā avasesaaṭṭhimayaṃ. Dantamayanti hatthidantādisabbadantamayaṃ. Visāṇamayepi akappiyaṃ nāma natthi. Naḷamayādayo ekantakappiyāyeva.
“比丘们,我允许盖子。”从这句话来看,眼药盒的盖子也是可以的。“比丘们,我允许用线系在眼药盒上。”从这句话来看,盖子应该用线系在眼药盒上。“比丘们,我允许用线缝。”从这句话来看,为了防止脱落,用线缝眼药盒是可以的。“比丘们,我允许眼药棒。”从这句话来看,眼药棒也是可以的。“比丘们,不应持用各种高低档的眼药棒,谁持用,犯恶作。比丘们,我允许骨制的……中略……螺贝制的。”从这句话来看,只有这些眼药棒才可以。“比丘们,我允许棒座。”从这句话来看,眼药棒座也是可以的。其中“棒座”是指放棒的地方,我允许那个有孔的筒或袋子,这就是它的意思。“比丘们,我允许眼药袋。”从这句话来看,袋子也是可以的。“比丘们,我允许肩带和系绳。”从这句话来看,为了让眼药袋挂在肩上,肩带和系绳也是可以的。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, apidhāna’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanīapidhānampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitu’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato apidhānaṃ suttakena bandhitvā añjaniyā bandhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, suttakena sibbetu’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato apatanatthāya añjanīsuttakena sibbetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanisalāka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanisalākampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā añjanisalākā dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato etāyeva añjanisalākā vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, salākaṭṭhāniya’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanisalākaṭṭhāniyampi vaṭṭati. Tattha salākaṭṭhāniyanti yattha salākaṃ odahanti, taṃ susiradaṇḍakaṃ vā thavikaṃ vā anujānāmīti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, añjanitthavika’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato thavikampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 265) vacanato añjanitthavikāya aṃse lagganatthāya aṃsabaddhakampi bandhanasuttakampi vaṭṭati.
在关于鼻药的讨论中,因为“诸比丘,我允许在头顶上涂油”这句话,所以头部发热的比丘可以在头顶涂油。因为“诸比丘,我允许用鼻药”这句话,所以当病情未能缓解时,可以用鼻药。因为“诸比丘,我允许鼻药器”这句话,为了防止鼻药流出来,可以用鼻药器。因为“诸比丘,不应当持用各种高低档的鼻药器,谁持用就犯恶作罪。诸比丘,我允许骨制的……乃至……螺贝制的”这句话,所以只有这些鼻药器可以用。因为“诸比丘,我允许双管鼻药器”这句话,如果灌鼻药时灌得不均匀,就应当用双管鼻药器。这里说的“双管鼻药器”,就是把那两根管子合成一个的鼻药器。巴利
Natthukathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muddhani telaka’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato sīsābhitāpassa bhikkhuno muddhani telaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukamma’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato nakkhamanīye sati natthukammaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, natthukaraṇi’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato natthuyā agaḷanatthaṃ natthukaraṇī vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacā natthukaraṇī dhāretabbā, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato etāyeva natthukaraṇiyo vaṭṭanti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yamakanatthukaraṇi’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato natthu visamaṃ āsiñcayanti ce, yamakanatthukaraṇiṃ dhāretabbaṃ. Tattha yamakanatthukaraṇinti samaso tāhi dvīhi panāḷikāhi ekaṃ natthukaraṇiṃ.
关于烟管这一段:因为佛说“比丘们,我允许用烟”,所以当双管鼻药器疗法仍不能使病情缓解时,可以用烟。因为佛说“比丘们,我允许烟管”,所以把药捻点上后,因吸食而导致喉咙灼热的人,可以用烟管来吸。因为佛说“比丘们,不应持用各种大小烟管,谁持用就犯恶作。比丘们,我允许骨制的……中略……螺贝制的”,所以只应持用这些烟管。因为佛说“比丘们,我允许盖子”,所以为了防止虫子等爬进去,烟管袋也是可以的。因为佛说“比丘们,我允许双层袋”,所以当一侧磨破时,双层袋是允许的。因为佛说“比丘们,我允许肩带和系绳”,所以烟管袋的肩带和系绳是允许的。巴利
Dhūmanettakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato yamakanatthukaraṇiyā nakkhamanīye sati dhūmaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmanetta’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato tameva vaṭṭiṃ ālimbetvā pivanapaccayā kaṇṭhe dahantena dhūmanettadhūmo pivitabbo. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, uccāvacāni dhūmanettāni dhāretabbāni, yo dhāreyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṭṭhimayaṃ…pe… saṅkhanābhimaya’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato etāni eva dhūmanettāni dhāretabbāni. ‘‘Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, apidhāna’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato pāṇakādiappavisanatthaṃ dhūmanettatthavikampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yamakatthavika’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato ekato ghaṃsiyamāne sati yamakatthavikaṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, aṃsabaddhakaṃ bandhanasuttaka’’nti (mahāva. 266) vacanato dhūmanettatthavikassa aṃsabaddhabandhanasuttaṃ vaṭṭati.
关于煮油的规定:根据“诸比丘,我允许煮油”这句话,在有风病时,煮油是可以用的。其中“诸比丘,我允许煮油”的意思是:凡是掺入了药物的,全都属于允许的范围。根据“诸比丘,不应喝掺酒过多的油,谁喝了,就按戒律处理。诸比丘,我允许喝那种在煮油中酒的色、香、味都不显现的、这样掺了酒的油”这句话,如果某种煮油里掺入的酒,其色、香或味已经不显现了,那样的油就可以喝。其中“掺酒过多的”,是指加了非常多的酒,用大量酒调配而成的意思。根据“诸比丘,我允许决意作涂身用”这句话,当油因为掺酒过多而不能喝时,可以决意把它当作涂身用的油。根据“诸比丘,我允许三种瓶子:铜瓶、木瓶、果瓶”这句话,作为装煮油的容器,这三种瓶子是可以用的。巴利
Telapākakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapāka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato vātābādhe sati telapāko vaṭṭati. Tattha anujānāmi, bhikkhave, telapākanti yaṃ kiñci bhesajjapakkhittaṃ sabbaṃ anuññātameva hoti. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, atipakkhittamajjaṃ telaṃ pātabbaṃ, yo piveyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ telapāke majjassa na vaṇṇo na gandho na raso paññāyati, evarūpaṃ majjapakkhittaṃ telaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yasmiṃ telapāke pakkhittassa majjassa vaṇṇo vā gandho vā raso vā na paññāyati, tādisaṃ telaṃ pivitabbaṃ. Tattha atipakkhittamajjānīti ativiya khittamajjāni, bahuṃ majjaṃ pakkhipitvā yojitānīti attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato atipakkhittamajjattā apivitabbe tele sati abbhañjanaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīṇi tumbāni lohatumbaṃ kaṭṭhatumbaṃ phalatumba’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato telapakkabhājanāni imāni tīṇi tumbāni vaṭṭanti.
在讨论发汗疗法这一段,因为律中说“比丘们,我允许发汗”,所以当四肢有风病时,可以做发汗疗法。这里说的“四肢风病”,就是手和脚的风病。如果这样还不能缓解,因为律中说“比丘们,我允许药材蒸”,所以在发汗疗法不能缓解时,可以做药材蒸。这里说的“药材蒸”,就是用各种不同的树叶做药材来蒸。如果还不能缓解,因为律中说“比丘们,我允许大蒸”,所以在药材蒸不能缓解时,可以做大蒸。这里说的“大蒸”,就是挖一个一人身量大小的坑,填满炭火,用沙土等盖住,在上面铺各种能祛风的树叶,把身体涂上油,躺进去,翻身转动,让身体发汗。如果还不能缓解,因为律中说“比丘们,我允许叶煎水”,所以在大蒸不能缓解时,可以做叶煎水。这里说的“叶煎水”,就是用各种树叶煮出来的水,用那些树叶和水反复浇洒身体来发汗。如果还不能缓解,因为律中说“比丘们,我允许水房”,所以在叶煎水不能缓解时,可以做水房。这里说的“水房”,就是在水房里把瓮或槽装满热水,进去里面做发汗疗法。巴利
Sedakammakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sedakamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato aṅgavāte sati sedakammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati . Tattha aṅgavātoti hatthapāde vāto. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sambhāraseda’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sedakammena nakkhamanīye sati sambhārasedaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha sambhārasedanti nānāvidhapaṇṇasambhārasedaṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, mahāseda’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sambhārasedanakkhamanīye sati mahāsedaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha mahāsedanti mahantaṃ sedaṃ, porisappamāṇaṃ āvāṭaṃ aṅgārānaṃ pūretvā paṃsuvālikādīhi pidahitvā tattha nānāvidhāni vātaharaṇapaṇṇāni santharitvā telamakkhitena gattena tattha nipajjitvā samparivattantena sarīraṃ sedetuṃ anujānāmīti attho. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, bhaṅgodaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato mahāsedena nakkhamanīye sati bhaṅgodakaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha bhaṅgodakanti nānāpaṇṇabhaṅgakuthitaṃ udakaṃ, tehi paṇṇehi ca udakena ca siñcitvā siñcitvā sedetabbo. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, udakakoṭṭhaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato bhaṅgodakena nakkhamanīye sati udakakoṭṭhakaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha udakakoṭṭhakanti udakakoṭṭhe cāṭiṃ vā doṇiṃ vā uṇhodakassa pūretvā tattha pavisitvā sedakammakaraṇaṃ anujānāmīti attho.
在《放血论》中,因为说到“诸比丘,我允许放血”,所以当有关节风时,放血是允许的。其中,“有关节风”是指风在每个关节处刺入。“放血”是指用刀放血。如果仍未能缓解,则因为说到“诸比丘,我允许放血后用角吸取”,所以也是允许的。巴利
Lohitamocanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ mocetu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pabbavāte sati lohitaṃ mocetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha pabbavāto hotīti pabbe pabbe vāto vijjhati. Lohitaṃ mocetunti satthakena lohitaṃ mocetuṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, lohitaṃ mocetvā visāṇena gāhetunti (mahāva. 267).
关于涂足药的讨论巴利
Pādabbhañjanakathā
在关于足药的讨论中,因为世尊说过“比丘们,我允许足药”,所以当脚上裂开时,就应当煮足药。如果无法忍受,因为世尊说过“比丘们,我允许制作药膏”,所以当以足药油仍无法忍受时,就应当制作药膏。其中“制作药膏”的意思是:将各种药物投入椰子等之中,制成能使裂开的脚恢复正常的药膏,煮成对脚合适的药。巴利
Pādabbhañjanakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pādabbhañjana’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pādesu phalitesu pādabbhañjanaṃ pacitabbaṃ. Nakkhamanīyo hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato pādabbhañjanatelena nakkhamanīye sati pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitabbaṃ. Tattha pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharitunti yena phalitapādā pākatikā honti, taṃ nāḷikerādīsu nānābhesajjāni pakkhipitvā pajjaṃ abhisaṅkharituṃ, pādānaṃ sappāyabhesajjaṃ pacitunti attho.
关于疮的苦恼的讨论巴利
Gaṇḍābādhakathā
在讲疮病的那一段里,因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许做刀手术”,所以生了疮病时,应当做刀手术。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许用涩水”,所以需要涩水时,应当给涩水。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许用芝麻渣”,所以需要芝麻渣时,应当给芝麻渣。需要芝麻渣,意思就是需要磨碎的芝麻。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许用丸药”,所以需要丸药时,应当给丸药。这里说的丸药,是指把药丸塞进伤口里。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许用包扎伤口的布”,所以需要包扎伤口的布时,应当给包扎伤口的布。因为世尊说“诸比丘,我允许涂芥子粉”,所以如果伤口肿得像疖子一样,就应当涂芥子粉。这里说的芥子粉,就是磨碎的芥子粉末。巴利
Gaṇḍābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthakamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato gaṇḍābādhe sati satthakammaṃ kātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kasāvodaka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato kasāvodakena atthe sati kasāvodakaṃ dātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tilakakka’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato tilakakkena atthe sati tilakakkaṃ dātabbaṃ. Tilakakkena atthoti piṭṭhehi tilehi attho. ‘‘Anujānāmi bhikkhave kabaḷika’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato kabaḷikāya atthe sati kabaḷikā dātabbā. Tattha kabaḷikanti vaṇamukhe sattupiṇḍaṃ pakkhipituṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇabandhanacoḷa’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato vaṇabandhanacoḷena atthe sati vaṇabandhanacoḷaṃ dātabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāsapakuṭṭena phositu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato sace vaṇo kuṇḍavatī, sāsapakuṭṭena phositabbaṃ. Tattha sāsapakuṭṭenāti sāsapapiṭṭhena.
佛说“比丘们,我允许做烟熏”,根据这句话,如果伤口溃烂了,就可以做烟熏。佛说“比丘们,我允许用盐粒切割”,根据这句话,如果长出多余的肉,就应该切除。这里说的“多余的肉”,是指像楔子一样突出来的额外之肉。“用盐粒切割”,就是用碱来切割。佛说“比丘们,我允许用伤口油”,根据这句话,如果伤口不愈合,就应该熬制促进伤口愈合的油。佛说“比丘们,我允许用开疮布和一切伤口处理法”,根据这句话,如果油渗出来,就应给予开疮布,应做一切伤口处理。这里说的“开疮布”,是指用来止住油液渗出的布片。“一切伤口处理法”,是指无论有什么样的伤口处理法,我都允许这一切。大秽浊论此前已说过。巴利
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dhūmaṃ kātu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaṇo kilijjittha, dhūmaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, loṇasakkharikāya chinditu’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaḍḍhamaṃsaṃ vuṭṭhāti , chinditabbaṃ. Tattha vaḍḍhamaṃsanti adhikamaṃsaṃ āṇī viya uṭṭhahati. Loṇasakkharikāya chinditunti khārena chindituṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaṇatela’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi vaṇo na ruhati, vaṇaruhanatelaṃ pacitabbaṃ. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vikāsikaṃ sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikamma’’nti (mahāva. 267) vacanato yadi telaṃ gaḷati, vikāsikaṃ dātabbaṃ, sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tattha vikāsikanti telarundhanapilotikaṃ. Sabbaṃ vaṇapaṭikammanti yaṃ kiñci vaṇapaṭikammaṃ nāma atthi, sabbaṃ anujānāmīti attho. Mahāvikaṭakathā pubbe vuttāva.
自己拿取来用这一条,不只是对被蛇咬伤的情况而言;如果是被其他有毒的东西咬伤,有毒存在时,也可以自己拿取来用。但在其他因缘情况下,只有接受了才可以受用。巴利
Sāmaṃ gahetvāti idaṃ na kevalaṃ sappadaṭṭhasseva, aññasmimpi daṭṭhavise sati sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, aññesu pana kāraṇesu paṭiggahitameva vaṭṭati.
在“饮毒”这一节中,依据“诸比丘,我允许让他饮粪”这句话,可以让中毒的比丘饮粪。依据“诸比丘,我允许:正在做时他接受,那就是已完成的接受,不应再次接受”这句话,也就可以那样做。不过,义注中说“不应再次接受”是指:如果已经落到地上,就应让人重新接受;如果还没有落到地上,则可以取用。巴利
Visapītakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gūthaṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 268) vacanato pītavisaṃ bhikkhuṃ gūthaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ karonto paṭiggaṇhāti, sveva paṭiggaho kato, na puna paṭiggahetabbo’’ti (mahāva. 268) vacanato tadeva vaṭṭati. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 268) pana na puna paṭiggahetabboti sace bhūmippatto, paṭiggahāpetabbo, appattaṃ pana gahetuṃ vaṭṭati.
家施食病论巴利
Gharadinnakābādhakathā
在“家人所给病”这一节中,因为经文说“诸比丘,我允许喝冷泥水”,所以患家人所给病的比丘可以喝冷泥水。其中,“家人所给病”是指由调伏众生的手段所引发的病。不过,义疏中说:“所谓‘家人所给病’,是指由家主妇为了调伏目的而给的药所引发的病。因此说‘由调伏众生的手段所引发的病’。这里‘家’这个词,是笼统地指家主妇。”在《疑惑消除义疏》中也说:“所谓‘家人所给病’,是指由家主妇所给的调伏药所引发的病。”所谓“冷泥水”,意思是把附着在耕田犁铧上的泥土用水搅开,然后允许喝下去。巴利
Gharadinnakābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sītāloḷiṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato gharadinnakābādhassa bhikkhuno sītāloḷiṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha gharadinnakābādhoti vasīkaraṇapāṇakasamuṭṭhitarogo. Ṭīkāyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) pana ‘‘gharadinnakābādho nāma vasīkaraṇatthāya gharaṇiyā dinnabhesajjasamuṭṭhito ābādho. Tenāha ‘vasīkaraṇapāṇakasamuṭṭhitarogo’ti. Ghara-saddo cettha abhedena gharaṇiyā vattamāno adhippeto’’ti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyampi (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘gharadinnakābādho nāma gharaṇiyā dinnavasīkaraṇabhesajjasamuṭṭhito ābādho’’ti vuttaṃ. Sītāloḷinti naṅgalena kasantassa phāle laggamattikaṃ udakena āloḷetvā pāyetuṃ anujānāmīti attho.
恶性肠胃病者论巴利
Duṭṭhagahaṇikakathā
在“坏消化病”这一节里,因为经中说“诸比丘,我允许喝米灰水”,所以患坏消化病的比丘可以喝米灰水。其中,“坏消化病”是指消化功能坏了,大便很难排出来。“米灰水”是指把干饭烧成灰后,用那些灰滤出来的碱水。《疑惑消除义疏》里则说:“用那些灰滤出来的碱水,是指把那些灰放进滤器里,再往上面浇水,从灰下面滤出来的碱水。”巴利
Duṭṭhagahaṇikakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āmisakhāraṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato duṭṭhagahaṇikassa bhikkhuno āmisakhāraṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha duṭṭhagahaṇikoti vipannagahaṇiko, kicchena uccāro nikkhamatīti attho. Āmisakhāranti sukkhodanaṃ jhāpetvā tāya chārikāya paggharitaṃ khārodakaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) pana ‘‘tāya chārikāya paggharitaṃ khārodakanti parissāvane taṃ chārikaṃ pakkhipitvā udake abhisiñcite tato chārikato heṭṭhā paggharitaṃ khārodaka’’nti vuttaṃ.
黄疸病话题巴利
Paṇḍurogābādhakathā
在讲黄疸病这一节时,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许让他喝尿诃梨勒”,所以让患黄疸病的比丘喝尿诃梨勒是允许的。其中,“尿诃梨勒”是指用牛尿泡过的诃梨勒。巴利
Paṇḍurogābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, muttaharītakaṃ pāyetu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato paṇḍurogābādhassa bhikkhuno muttaharītakaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha muttaharītakanti gomuttaparibhāvitaṃ harītakaṃ.
关于皮肤病的讨论巴利
Chavidosābādhakathā
在讨论皮肤病的那一段里,因为世尊说过“比丘们,我允许做香涂”,所以患皮肤病的比丘可以做香涂。巴利
Chavidosābādhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gandhālepaṃ kātu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato chavidosābādhassa bhikkhuno gandhālepaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
体液充盛身论巴利
Abhisannakāyakathā
在“体液充盛身”这一段里,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许喝泻药”,所以体液充盛的比丘可以喝泻药。这里说的“体液充盛身”,就是指病素增盛的身体。接着是“清粥”这一段,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许清粥”,所以可以喝清粥。这里说的“清粥”,就是米汤粥。接着是“未加工豆汁”这一段,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许未加工豆汁”,所以可以喝未加工豆汁。这里说的“未加工豆汁”,就是不含油脂的绿豆煮出来的汁。《义明义疏》和《疑惑消除义疏》里则说:“所谓‘以未加工豆汁’,就是用没有特别加工过的绿豆汁。”接着是“加工豆汁”这一段,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许加工豆汁”,所以可以喝加工豆汁。这里说的“加工豆汁”,就是把绿豆洗净、去掉油脂后煮成的汁。《义明义疏》和《疑惑消除义疏》里说:“所谓‘以加工豆汁’,就是把绿豆煮了以后不搅动、直接过滤出来的绿豆汁。”接着是“肉汁”这一段,因为经中说“比丘们,我允许肉汁”,所以可以喝肉汁。这里说的“以肉汁”,就是肉汤。巴利
Abhisannakāyakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, virecanaṃ pātu’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato abhisannakāyassa bhikkhuno virecanaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha abhisannakāyoti ussannadosakāyo. Acchakañjiyā attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchakañjiya’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato acchakañjiyaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha acchakañjiyanti taṇḍulodakamaṇḍo. Akaṭayūsena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, akaṭayūsa’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato akaṭayūsaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha akaṭayūsanti asiniddho muggapacitapānīyo. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) pana vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘akaṭayūsenāti anabhisaṅkhatena muggayūsenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kaṭākaṭena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, kaṭākaṭa’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato kaṭākaṭaṃ pāyetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha kaṭākaṭanti sova dhotasiniddho. Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.269) vimativinodaniyañca (vi. vi. ṭī. mahāvagga 2.267-269) ‘‘kaṭākaṭenāti mugge pacitvā acāletvāva parissāvitena muggayūsenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Paṭicchādanīyena attho hoti, ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭicchādanīya’’nti (mahāva. 269) vacanato paṭicchādanīyaṃ pātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha paṭicchādanīyenāti maṃsarasena.
关于盐味酸浆的开示巴利
Loṇasovīrakakathā
在《盐酸药论》中,根据“诸比丘,我允许病者用盐酸药,无病者则混合水后作为饮料受用”这句话,生病的比丘应当喝盐酸药,无病的比丘则应当掺水后受用;而且,根据“作为饮料受用”这句话,即使在非时也可以。巴利
Loṇasovīrakakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 273) vacanato gilānena bhikkhunā loṇasovīrakaṃ pātabbaṃ, agilānena udakasambhinnaṃ katvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, tañca ‘‘pānaparibhogenā’’ti vacanato vikālepi vaṭṭati.
这里所说的“盐酸药”,是用各种味道调配成的一种药。据说做这种药的时候,要把诃梨勒、余甘子、毗醯勒的煎汁,加上各种谷物、各种豆类、七种谷物的饭、芭蕉等一切果实、藤蔓、露兜树、枣椰、竹笋等各类笋、鱼肉块,以及许多蜂蜜、糖浆、岩盐、三辛药等种种药材,一起放进去,封好瓮口,放置一年、两年或三年。等它完全熟透后,就变成阎浮果汁那样的颜色。对于风病、痰病、麻风、黄疸、甲状腺肿等病,以及吃了油腻食物的人,作为餐后饮料和助消化的药,没有比这更好的了。这种药对比丘来说,午后也允许用;对病人来说,可以像平常食物一样受用;对没病的人,则要掺水后当饮料喝。巴利
Tattha loṇasovīrakaṃ nāma sabbarasābhisaṅkhataṃ ekaṃ bhesajjaṃ, taṃ kira karonto harītakāmalakavibhītakakasāve sabbadhaññāni sabbaaparaṇṇāni sattannampi dhaññānaṃ odanaṃ kadaliphalādīni sabbaphalāni vettaketakakhajjūrikaḷīrādayo sabbakaḷīre macchamaṃsakhaṇḍāni anekāni ca madhuphāṇitasindhavaloṇatikaṭukādīni bhesajjāni pakkhipitvā kumbhimukhaṃ limpitvā ekaṃ dve tīṇi saṃvaccharāni ṭhapenti, taṃ paripaccitvā jamburasavaṇṇaṃ hoti, vātakāsakuṭṭhapaṇḍubhagaṇḍalādīnaṃ siniddhabhojanabhuttānañca uttarapānaṃ bhattajīraṇakabhesajjaṃ tādisaṃ natthi, taṃ panetaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattampi vaṭṭati, gilānānaṃ pākatikameva. Agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinnaṃ pānaparibhogenāti.
《义灯注》(Sāratthadīpanī 2.191-192)中说:因为说了“作为饮料受用”,所以盐酸药属于时分饮料。《疑惑消除注》(Vimativinodanī 1.192)中说:“‘以饮料受用即允许’是这里的关联。因为这样说了,有些人就说盐酸药是时分饮料;但另一些人说,因为讲了‘对病人是正常的,对没病的人则要掺水’,所以它像糖一样,是七日药。”《跋耆罗注》(Vajirabuddhiṭīkā,大品263)中则说:“没有区分地说了一切因缘条件。在这一篇里说:‘诸比丘,我允许病人用糖,没病的人用糖水;病人用盐酸药,没病的人用水掺和。’因此可以确定,因缘条件按病人和没病的人分为两种。”巴利
Sāratthadīpaniyaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 2.191-192) pana ‘‘pānaparibhogenāti vuttattā loṇasovīrakaṃ yāmakālika’’nti vuttaṃ. Vimativinodaniyaṃ (vi. vi. ṭī. 1.192) pana ‘‘pānaparibhogena vaṭṭatīti sambandho. Evaṃ pana vuttattā loṇasovīrakaṃ yāmakālikanti keci vadanti, keci pana ‘gilānānaṃ pākatikameva, agilānānaṃ pana udakasambhinna’nti vuttattā guḷaṃ viya sattāhakālika’’nti vuttaṃ. Vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ (vajira. ṭī. mahāvagga 263) pana ‘‘avisesena satipaccayatā vuttā . Imasmiṃ khandhake ‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodakaṃ, gilānassa loṇasovīrakaṃ, agilānassa udakasambhinna’nti (mahāva. 284) vuttaṃ, tasmā siddhaṃ ‘satipaccayatā gilānāgilānavasena duvidhā’ti’’ vuttaṃ.
关于内努力等的讨论巴利
Antovutthādikathā
在《内宿等论》这一段里说到:那时,世尊正患腹风病。于是具寿阿难心想:“世尊以前患腹风病时,用三合粥就舒服了。”他就亲自去讨来胡麻、米和绿豆,在内宿处放着,又亲自在里面煮好,然后端给世尊:“世尊,请喝三合粥。”如来即使知道也会问,即使知道也不问;看准时机才问,看准时机就不问。如来只问有利益的事,不问没有利益的事;对没有利益的事,如来一向断除。诸佛世尊以两种目的反问比丘:“我们要说法,或者要为弟子们制定学处。”巴利
Antovutthādikathāyaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena bhagavato udaravātābādho hoti, atha kho āyasmā ānando ‘pubbepi bhagavato udaravātābādho tekaṭulayāguyā phāsu hotī’ti sāmaṃ tilampi taṇḍulampi muggampi viññāpetvā anto vāsetvā anto sāmaṃ pacitvā bhagavato upanāmesi ‘pivatu bhagavā tekaṭulayāgu’nti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti, atthasañhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti, no anatthasañhitaṃ, anatthasañhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti ‘dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmā’ti.
这时,世尊吩咐具寿阿难:“阿难,这粥是从哪里来的?”于是具寿阿难就把这件事禀告了世尊。佛陀、世尊呵责道:“阿难,这不合适,不合规矩,不相应,不是沙门该做的,是不被允许的,不该做的。阿难,你怎么会为了这样丰盛享受而打主意呢?阿难,即使是在屋内过夜的,也不被允许;在屋内煮熟的,也不被允许;自己亲手煮的,也不被允许。阿难,这不能让没有信心的人生起信心……”世尊这样呵责之后,又说了法,然后吩咐比丘们:“比丘们,不可以食用在屋内过夜的、在屋内煮熟的、自己亲手煮的食物。谁食用了,犯恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋内过夜、在屋内煮熟、自己亲手煮的,食用了就犯三种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋内过夜、在屋内煮熟、由别人煮的,食用了就犯两种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋内过夜、在屋外煮熟、自己亲手煮的,食用了就犯两种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋外过夜、在屋内煮熟、自己亲手煮的,食用了就犯两种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋内过夜、在屋外煮熟、由别人煮的,食用了就犯一种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋外过夜、在屋内煮熟、由别人煮的,食用了就犯一种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋外过夜、在屋外煮熟、自己亲手煮的,食用了就犯一种恶作罪。比丘们,如果是在屋外过夜、在屋外煮熟、由别人煮的,食用了就没有罪。”根据这段话,在与卧处相连的地方过夜、在那里煮熟、由受具足戒者自己亲手煮——这三个条件都具备时,就有三种罪;具备两个条件时,就有两种罪;只具备一个条件时,就有一种罪,应当这样理解。巴利
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi ‘kutāyaṃ, ānanda, yāgū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā ananucchavikaṃ, ānanda, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assamaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ, kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, ānanda, evarūpāya bāhullāya cetessasi, yadapi, ānanda, anto vutthaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Yadapi anto pakkaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Yadapi sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tadapi akappiyaṃ. Netaṃ, ānanda, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – na, bhikkhave, anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ, yo paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Anto ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Bahi ce, bhikkhave, vutthaṃ bahi pakkaṃ aññehi pakkaṃ, tañce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti (mahāva. 274) vacanato sahaseyyappahonake ṭhāne vutthatā, tattha pakkatā, upasampannena sāmaṃ pakkatāti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ aṅgānaṃ sambhave sati tisso āpattiyo, dvinnaṃ sambhave dve āpattiyo, ekassa aṅgassa sambhave ekā āpattīti veditabbaṃ.
“在内宿”是指在不合适的小屋里过夜。“亲自煮”是指在这里,任何食物比丘都不可以自己煮。即使有人在热粥里放进罗勒叶、生姜或盐,也不可以搅动。但如果说“我要把粥弄凉”,那就可以搅动。即使拿到热饭,也不可以盖起来。但如果人们是盖好之后才给的,那就可以。如果说“别让饭凉了”而盖起来,那就可以。根据“诸比丘,我允许再煮”这句话,之前由未受具足戒的人煮过的东西,再煮是可以的。注疏里说:“不过,牛奶、酸奶等一旦煮过之后,因为允许再煮,所以可以再加热。”根据“诸比丘,我允许在内存放”这句话,在闹饥荒的时候,米等东西可以在里面存放。根据“诸比丘,我允许在内煮”这句话,在闹饥荒的时候,可以在里面煮。根据“诸比丘,我允许亲自煮”这句话,在闹饥荒的时候,也可以亲自煮。根据“诸比丘,我允许在内宿、在内煮、亲自煮”这句话,在闹饥荒的时候,这三样都可以。巴利
Anto vutthanti akappiyakuṭiyaṃ vutthaṃ. Sāmaṃ pakkanti ettha yaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ bhikkhuno pacituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sacepissa uṇhayāguyā sulasipaṇṇāni vā siṅgiveraṃ vā loṇaṃ vā pakkhipanti, tampi cāletuṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Yāguṃ nibbāpemī’’ti pana cāletuṃ vaṭṭati. Uttaṇḍubhattaṃ labhitvāpi pidahituṃ na vaṭṭati. Sace pana manussā pidahitvāva denti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Bhattaṃ vā mā nibbāyatū’’ti pidahituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, puna pākaṃ pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato pubbe anupasampannehi pakkaṃ puna pacituṃ vaṭṭati. Vuttañhi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 274) ‘‘khīratakkādīsu pana sakiṃ kuthitesu aggiṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati punapākassa anuññātattā’’ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vāsetu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye taṇḍulādīni anto vāsetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye anto pacituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṃ pacitu’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye sāmampi pacituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, anto vutthaṃ anto pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakka’’nti (mahāva. 274) vacanato dubbhikkhasamaye tīṇipi vaṭṭanti.
已拿取与已接受的话题巴利
Uggahitapaṭiggahitakathā
在“已取与已受”这一论题中,因为经文说:“诸比丘,我允许:如果看到有可以嚼食的果食之处,而那里没有作净者,就自己拿起来,带到别处,见到作净者后,放在地上,让对方授与,然后接受并食用。诸比丘,我允许接受已取的。”所以照这样做了再食用是可以的,不犯戒。巴利
Uggahitapaṭiggahitakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha phalakhādanīyaṃ passati, kappiyakārako ca na hoti, sāmaṃ gahetvā haritvā kappiyakārake passitvā bhūmiyaṃ nikkhipitvā paṭiggahāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, uggahitaṃ paṭiggahitu’’nti (mahāva. 275) vacanato tathā katvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, āpatti na hotīti.
从彼处取出的讨论巴利
Tatonīhaṭakathā
在“从那里取出”这一话题中,根据“诸比丘,你们接受吧,食用吧。诸比丘,我允许已食、已满足的比丘食用从那里取出的、未作余食法的食物”这段经文,比丘们受邀在某处施食处用餐后,从该施食处取出的食物,已满足的比丘可以食用,不犯足食学处。注疏中确实这样说:“‘从那里取出’是指从受邀用餐之处取出。”巴利
Tato nīhaṭakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tato nīhaṭaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 276) vacanato yasmiṃ dāne nimantitā hutvā bhikkhū bhuñjanti, tato dānato nīhaṭaṃ bhojanaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā bhuñjitabbaṃ, na pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti hoti. Vuttañhi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 276) ‘‘tato nīhaṭanti yattha nimantitā bhuñjanti, tato nīhaṭa’’nti.
食前接受的食物这件事巴利
Purebhattapaṭiggahitakathā
在“食前受取”这一论题中,根据“比丘们,你们受取吧,受用吧。比丘们,我允许已吃过的比丘以已满足、非余食受用食前受取的食物”这段文句,食前受取后存放的食物,已满足的比丘不作余食法也可以吃,不犯足食学处的罪。巴利
Purebhattapaṭiggahitakathāyaṃ ‘‘paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, purebhattaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 277) vacanato purebhattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipitaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā atirittaṃ akatvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti na hoti.
《林居与莲池论》巴利
Vanaṭṭhapokkharaṭṭhakathā
《林生池生注》中说:“那时,具寿舍利弗患了身体发热的病。于是具寿大目犍连来到具寿舍利弗那里,到了之后对具寿舍利弗这样说:‘贤友舍利弗,你以前身体发热病发作时,靠什么才舒服?’‘贤友,靠莲藕和莲根。’……中间省略……那时,具寿舍利弗吃了莲藕和莲根之后,身体发热的病就平息了。……中间省略……‘比丘们,你们可以接受、可以吃。比丘们,我允许已吃过饭、已受请食、尚未作余食法的比丘,吃林生的和池生的食物。’”根据这段话,已受请食的比丘可以吃林生的和池生的食物,不犯谢食学处。其中,“林生的、池生的”是指生在森林里和莲池丛中的。巴利
Vanaṭṭhapokkharaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa kāyaḍāhābādho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca ‘pubbe te, āvuso sāriputta, kāyaḍāhābādho kena phāsu hotī’ti. Bhisehi ca me, āvuso, muḷālikāhi cāti…pe… atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa bhise ca muḷālikāyo ca paribhuttassa kāyaḍāhābādho paṭippassambhi…pe… paṭiggaṇhatha, bhikkhave, paribhuñjatha. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ bhuttāvinā pavāritena anatirittaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 278) vacanato vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhaṃ pavāritena bhikkhunā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, pavāritasikkhāpadena āpatti na hoti. Tattha vanaṭṭhaṃ pokkharaṭṭhanti vane ceva paduminigacche ca jātaṃ.
关于未作净的讨论巴利
Akatakappakathā
在《未作净论》中,根据“诸比丘,我允许食用无种子、种子已除、未作净的果实”这句话,无种子和种子已除的果实,即使没有用火、刀、指甲作沙门净,也可以食用。其中,“无种子”指幼嫩的果实,它的种子不能发芽;“种子已除”指种子已被去掉、移除后可以食用的芒果、波罗蜜等,这些果实如果没有作净的人在场,即使不作净也可以食用。巴利
Akatakappakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, abījaṃ nibbaṭṭabījaṃ akatakappaṃ phalaṃ paribhuñjitu’’nti (mahāva. 278) vacanato abījañca nibbaṭṭabījañca phalaṃ aggisatthanakhehi samaṇakappaṃ akatvāpi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tattha abījanti taruṇaphalaṃ, yassa bījaṃ aṅkuraṃ na janeti. Nibbaṭṭabījanti bījaṃ nibbaṭṭetvā apanetvā paribhuñjitabbakaṃ ambapanasādi, tāni phalāni kappiyakārake asati kappaṃ akatvāpi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
在关于粥的讨论中说到:婆罗门,粥有这十种利益。哪十种呢?布施粥的人,给予寿命、给予容貌、给予安乐、给予力气、给予辩才;饮粥者能压住饥饿、消除口渴、顺通风、清净膀胱、消化未消化的残余食物。婆罗门,这就是粥的十种利益。巴利
Yāgukathāyaṃ ‘‘dasayime, brāhmaṇa, ānisaṃsā yāguyā. Katame dasa, yāguṃ dento āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ deti, sukhaṃ deti, balaṃ deti, paṭibhānaṃ deti, yāgupītā khudaṃ paṭihanati, pipāsaṃ vineti, vātaṃ anulometi, vatthiṃ sodheti, āmāvasesaṃ pāceti. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, dasānisaṃsā yāguyāti.
对于能自制、靠别人布施的食物而活的人,
在合适的时候,恭敬地布施粥食;
他因此施予十种好处。
寿命、容貌、安乐与力量。
他的辩才就从那时生起。
他消除饥饿、口渴和风(肠胃的气)。
净化胃部,消化食物;
这药是善逝所称赞的。
所以,粥确实应该拿来布施。
一个总是寻求安乐的人,应当始终……
或者渴望天界的种种快乐;
或者想要人间最殊胜的福报。巴利
‘Yo saññatānaṃ paradattabhojinaṃ; Kālena sakkacca dadāti yāguṃ; Dasassa ṭhānāni anuppavecchati; Āyuñca vaṇṇañca sukhaṃ balañca. ‘Paṭibhānamassa upajāyate tato; Khuddaṃ pipāsañca byapaneti vātaṃ; Sodheti vatthiṃ pariṇāmeti bhattaṃ; Bhesajjametaṃ sugatena vaṇṇitaṃ. ‘Tasmā hi yāguṃ alameva dātuṃ; Niccaṃ manussena sukhatthikena; Dibbāni vā patthayatā sukhāni; Mānussasobhagyatamicchatā vā’ti.
那时,世尊用这些偈颂随喜那位婆罗门后,就从座位起身离开了。后来,世尊以这个因缘、这件事由讲完法之后,对比丘们说:“比丘们,我允许粥和蜜丸。”根据这句话,接受粥和蜜丸是允许的。在随喜偈中,“求”和“欲”这两个词,与“确实应该布施”相连。如果存在“求者、欲者”这样的读法,那就应该采用那个读法。根据“比丘们,除了受邀请之外,不应食用他人的可食之粥;谁食用了,就应如法处理”这句话,这样食用的人,就依辗转食学处而犯戒。“可食之粥”是指能令人满足的粥。“应如法处理”是指应以辗转食之罪来处理。巴利
Atha kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yāguñca madhugoḷakañcā’’ti (mahāva. 282) vacanato yāguñca madhugoḷakañca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Anumodanāgāthāya ‘‘patthayataṃ icchata’’nti padānaṃ ‘‘alameva dātu’’nti iminā sambandho. Sace pana ‘‘patthayatā icchatā’’ti pāṭho atthi, soyeva gahetabbo. ‘‘Na, bhikkhave, aññatra nimantitena aññassa bhojjayāgu paribhuñjitabbā, yo paribhuñjeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti (mahāva. 283) vacanato tathā bhuñjantassa paramparabhojanasikkhāpadena āpatti hoti. Bhojjayāgūti yā pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Yathādhammo kāretabboti paramparabhojanena kāretabbo.
在《糖论》中,因为说到“诸比丘,我允许病比丘用糖块,非病比丘用糖水”(《大品》284),所以病比丘即使在非时也可以吃糖块。而非病比丘则可以把糖掺入水中,以饮用糖水的方式来受用。注疏(《大品注》284)中说:“‘病比丘的糖块’意思是:我允许患这类疾病的病比丘在午后吃糖块。”由于说了“患这类疾病”,看起来就是在说:患哪一类疾病的病比丘可以受用糖块,就是患那一类疾病的病比丘才可以,这需要考察之后再确定。巴利
Guḷakathāyaṃ ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodaka’’nti (mahāva. 284) vacanato gilāno bhikkhu guḷapiṇḍaṃ vikālepi khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Agilāno pana udakasambhinnaṃ katvā guḷodakaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Gilānassa guḷanti tathārūpena byādhinā gilānassa pacchābhattaṃ guḷaṃ anujānāmīti attho’’ti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 284) vuttaṃ. ‘‘Tathārūpena byādhinā’’ti vuttattā yathārūpena byādhinā gilānassa guḷo paribhuñjitabbo hoti, tathārūpena eva byādhinā gilānassāti vuttaṃ viya dissati, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
在这些论述当中,凡是在要解释的篇章里没有出现的内容,我们都从巴利圣典和注疏里取来,再用复注师们的话加以修饰,然后安立下来,这是为了让心地善良的比丘们获得善巧。所以,请智者们在断除疑惑之后,好好思择。巴利
Ettakāsu kathāsu yā yā saṃvaṇṇetabbappakaraṇe na dissati, sā sā amhehi pesalānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kosallatthaṃ pāḷito ca aṭṭhakathāto ca gahetvā ṭīkācariyānaṃ vacanehi alaṅkaritvā ṭhapitā, tasmā nikkaṅkhā hutvā paṇḍitā upadhārentu.
四大教法论巴利
Catumahāpadesakathā
67 “诸比丘,这些”等这一段,名叫大教法论。其中,大教法是指:因为它们指示大义,所以叫大教法;或者大义在这里显现、被了知,所以叫大教法;或者大义由这里显现、生起,所以叫大教法。它们是什么呢?就是这四种文句,或者义理。因此说“这四大教法”等。其中,持法长老指大迦叶等人。“取经而”是指取“除谷物果实汁”等经而受持。“七种谷物”是指:巴利
67.Yaṃbhikkhavetiādi mahāpadesakathā nāma. Tattha mahante atthe upadissati etehīti mahāpadesā, mahantā vā atthā padissanti paññāyanti etthāti mahāpadesā, mahantānaṃ vā atthānaṃ padeso pavattidesoti mahāpadesā. Ke te? Imeyeva cattāro pāṭhā, atthā vā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ime cattāro mahāpadese’’tiādi. Tattha dhammasaṅgāhakattherāti mahākassapādayo. Suttaṃ gahetvāti ‘‘ṭhapetvā dhaññaphalarasa’’ntiādikaṃ suttaṃ gahetvā upadhārento. Satta dhaññānīti –
稻、稻谷、粟,小麦、野豌豆、大麦;
卡古提是第七种谷物,野生稻之类是它的分类。巴利
‘‘Sāli vīhi ca kudrūso, godhumo varako yavo; Kaṅgūti satta dhaññāni, nīvārādī tu tabbhidā’’ti –.
已说了七种谷物。所谓“一切豆类”,指的是绿豆、黑豆之类。所谓“八种饮料”,指的是芒果饮、阎浮果饮、椰子饮、芭蕉饮、藕饮、葡萄饮、蜜饮和帕鲁萨咖饮。巴利
Vuttāni satta dhaññāni. Sabbaṃ aparaṇṇanti muggamāsādayo. Aṭṭha pānānīti ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ sālukapānaṃ muddikapānaṃ madhukapānaṃ phārusakapānañca.
用这个方法,就是依照随顺经教的方法。因为注疏里说过:“所谓随顺经教,就是四大教法。”不参照经和注疏,意思是不取用经中已经确定了的义理。其他各种,是指除了这些以外的其他各种。由此表明,所谓大教法并不只是上面所说的那些,还包括许多不同种类、由持律者智慧之力所展现出来的内容。巴利
Iminā nayenāti suttānulomanayena. Vuttañhetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘suttānulomaṃ nāma cattāro mahāpadesā’’ti. Pāḷiñca aṭṭhakathañca anapekkhitvāti pāḷiyaṃ nītatthato āgatameva aggahetvā . Aññānipīti tato aññānipi. Etena mahāpadesā nāma na kevalaṃ yathāvuttā eva, atha kho anekāni nānappakārāni vinayadharassa ñāṇānubhāvappakāsitānīti dasseti.
68 在《利益论》中,“持律者”是指持守律藏的比丘,也就是通过学习、诵习、作意、决断以及随顺与此相应之事等,而精通律藏教理的人。“这些以律藏教理为根本”:哪些事物以律藏教理为根本?就是五种利益。意思是,应当获得的这些利益,是以律藏教理本身作为根本、作为因缘,而不是以其他教理或修持等作为根本。另一种解释是:学习就是教理,律的学习就是律藏教理,它是这些利益的根本,所以叫“以律藏教理为根本”,意思是:这些利益以学习律藏为因。以“哪些”等话询问这五种利益等的具体内容,又以“自己的”等话作答之后,为了用经文来证明这种说法,所以说了“因为已说”等话。巴利
68. Ānisaṃsakathāyaṃ vinayaṃ dhāretīti vinayadharo, sikkhanavācanamanasikāravinicchayanatadanulomakaraṇādinā vinayapariyattikusalo bhikkhu. Vinayapariyattimūlaṃ etesanti vinayapariyattimūlakā. Ke te? Pañcānisaṃsā. Vinayapariyattiyeva mūlaṃ kāraṇaṃ katvā labhitabbaānisaṃsā, na aññapariyattiṃ vā paṭipattiādayo vā mūlaṃ katvāti attho. Atha vā pariyāpuṇanaṃ pariyatti, vinayassa pariyatti vinayapariyatti, sā mūlaṃ etesanti vinayapariyattimūlakā, vinayapariyāpuṇanahetubhavā ānisaṃsāti attho. ‘‘Katame’’tiādinā tesaṃ pañcānisaṃsādīnaṃ sarūpaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘attano’’tiādinā vissajjetvā taṃ vacanaṃ pāḷiyā samatthetuṃ ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādimāha.
这样显示了五种利益的具体样貌之后,现在为了详细说明它们,先以“如何是他的……”等问起,再以“这里有人……”等来回答。其中,自己的戒蕴守护得很好,就是指不犯戒这件事本身,而不是别的什么。因此,先说明犯戒的原因,再通过没有这个原因来说明不犯戒,于是说“犯戒的人以六种方式犯戒……”等等。其中——巴利
Evaṃ pañcānisaṃsānaṃ sarūpaṃ dassetvā idāni teyeva vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘kathamassā’’tiādinā pucchitvā ‘‘idhekacco’’tiādinā vissajjeti. Tattha attano sīlakkhandhasuguttabhāvo nāma āpattianāpajjanabhāveneva hoti, no aññathāti āpattiāpajjanakāraṇaṃ dassetvā tadabhāvena anāpajjanaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘āpattiṃ āpajjanto chahākārehi āpajjatī’’tiādimāha. Tattha –
故意犯戒;
隐瞒罪过;
他还会走上不该走的路。
像这样的人,就叫做无惭者。巴利
‘‘Sañcicca āpattiṃ āpajjati; Āpattiṃ parigūhati; Agatigamanañca gacchati; Ediso vuccati alajjipuggalo’’ti. (pari. 359) –
按照所说的无惭之相,不惭、不羞耻,就是无惭;它的状态就是无惭性。没有智,就是无智;它的状态就是无智性。做了坏事的状态就是恶作;被它影响的人就是恶作成就者,他的状态就是恶作成就性。适合的就是净,不适合的就是不净;对于那个不净,把它想成净的人就是净想者,他的状态就是净想性。另一个词要从相反方面来理解。在这五个词里,字母 y 脱落了,所以应该用“由无惭性而犯罪”这样的方式连接——这是表示原因时的从格用法。记得,就是念;忘掉,就是失念。念的失念就是念失念,所以是“从念失念”——这是表示原因时的具格用法。现在为了详细说明这些原因,说了“如何”等句。它们应当通过方法论的运用来理解。巴利
Vuttena alajjīlakkhaṇena na lajjati na hirīyatīti alajjī, tassa bhāvo alajjitā. Natthi ñāṇaṃ etassāti aññāṇaṃ, tassa bhāvo aññāṇatā. Kukatassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ, tena pakato kukkuccapakato, tassa bhāvo kukkuccapakatatā. Kappatīti kappiyaṃ, na kappiyaṃ akappiyaṃ , tasmiṃ akappiye, kappiyaṃ iti saññā yassa so kappiyasaññī, tassa bhāvo kappiyasaññitā. Itaraṃ tappaṭipakkhato kātabbaṃ, imesu pañcasu padesu yakāralopo, tasmā ‘‘alajjitāya āpattiṃ āpajjatī’’tiādinā yojetabbāni. Hetvatthe cetaṃ nissakkavacanaṃ. Saratīti sati, samussanaṃ sammoso. Satiyā sammoso satisammoso, tasmā satisammosā. Hetvatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Idāni tāni kāraṇāni vitthārato dassetuṃ ‘‘katha’’ntyādimāha. Taṃ nayānuyogena viññeyyameva.
名叫阿利吒的比丘,就是“阿利吒比丘”;名叫刺的沙弥,就是“刺沙弥”;生在毗舍离的人,就是“毗舍离人”;跋耆的儿子们,就是“跋耆子”;既是毗舍离人又是跋耆子,就是“毗舍离跋耆子”;阿利吒比丘、刺沙弥和毗舍离跋耆子合在一起,就是“阿利吒比丘、刺沙弥、毗舍离跋耆子”。
“诽谤他人”“无知”“度脱疑惑”合起来就是“诽谤他人、无知、度脱疑惑”。这些指的是什么?就是各种主张。它们作为开头部分,所以叫“诽谤他人、无知、度脱疑惑等”。他们依这些而说,所以叫“主张”;诽谤他人、无知、度脱疑惑等就是这些人的主张,所以是“诽谤他人……等等……主张”。这些是什么人?就是持邪见主张的人。阿利吒……等等……跋耆子,以及诽谤他人……等等……主张,还有大众部等,都叫做教法的敌对者——应当按集合并列复合词的方式组合理解。其余部分很容易明白。巴利
Ariṭṭho iti bhikkhu ariṭṭhabhikkhu, kaṇṭako iti sāmaṇero kaṇṭakasāmaṇero, vesāliyā jātā vesālikā, vajjīnaṃ puttā vajjiputtā, vesālikā ca te vajjiputtā cāti vesālikavajjiputtā, ariṭṭhabhikkhu ca kaṇṭakasāmaṇero ca vesālikavajjiputtā ca ariṭṭhabhikkhukaṇṭakasāmaṇeravesālikavajjiputtakā. Parūpahāro ca aññāṇañca kaṅkhāvitaraṇañca parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇā. Ke te? Vādā. Te ādi yesaṃ teti parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇādayo. Vadanti etehīti vādā, parūpahāraaññāṇakaṅkhāvitaraṇādayo vādā etesanti parū…pe… vādā. Ke te? Micchāvādino. Ariṭṭha…pe… puttā ca parūpahāra…pe… vādā ca mahāsaṅghikādayo ca sāsanapaccatthikā nāmāti samuccayadvandavasena yojanā kātabbā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
如是,在作为《摘编巴利律注疏抉择》注释的《律庄严复注》中,巴利
Iti vinayasaṅgahasaṃvaṇṇanābhūte vinayālaṅkāre
结语解说巴利
Nigamanakathāvaṇṇanā
在尼干偈的第一首偈中,应这样连接理解:那位具足精进力的君王,想让正法久住、让教法光显,他劝请了我,于是我造了这部律集。巴利
Nigamagāthāsu paṭhamagāthāyaṃ saddhammaṭṭhitikāmena sāsanujjotakārinā parakkamabāhunā narindena ajjhesito so ahaṃ vinayasaṅgahaṃ akāsinti yojanā.
在第二和第三偈里,应当这样连接起来理解:正是由那位具足精进力的国王亲自建造了这座精舍——它可爱又悦意,以百座宫殿装饰得极为庄严,以一百座宫殿庄严,到处散布着各种树木,是喜爱修习的人所安住的地方,也是乐于修习的比丘们的住处,还具足清凉的水;在名为祇园的祇园精舍中,我,就是那个住在其中或曾经住在其中的修行者,为了利益那些瑜伽行者,完成了这部具有精华、具足利益的律藏汇编。巴利
Dutiyatatiyagāthāyaṃ teneva parakkamabāhunarindeneva kārite ramme ramaṇīye pāsādasatamaṇḍite pāsādānaṃ satena paṭimaṇḍite nānādumagaṇākiṇṇe bhāvanābhiratālaye bhāvanāya abhiratānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ālayabhūte sītalūdakasampanne jetavane jetavananāmake vihāre vasaṃ vasanto hutvā, atha vā vasaṃ vasanto sohaṃ so ahaṃ yogīnaṃ hitaṃ hitabhūtaṃ sāraṃ sāravantaṃ imaṃ īdisaṃ vinayasaṅgahaṃ akāsinti yojanā.
在其余偈颂中,通过这次造论,我所成就的福德,以及我在这造论之外所积累的其他福德,凭借这些福业,我将在第二世投生到三十三天,欢喜踊跃,乐于持戒与品行等功德,不贪著五欲,成为一位天子;证得最初之果——入流果之后,在最后一生中,见到世间最上者、众生的依怙、乐于利益一切众生的弥勒,那位名为弥勒的牟尼中最胜者、牟尼中尊;听闻那位智者宣说正法之后,证得最上之果——阿拉汉果,得以庄严并使人庄严如来的教法。这就是通行的解释。巴利
Sesagāthāsu iminā ganthakaraṇena yaṃ puññaṃ mayhaṃ siddhaṃ, aññaṃ ito ganthakaraṇato aññabhūtaṃ yaṃ puññaṃ mayā pasutaṃ hoti, etena puññakammena dutiye attasambhave tāvatiṃse pamodento sīlācāraguṇe rato pañcakāmesu alaggo devaputto hutvā paṭhamaṃ paṭhamabhūtaṃ phalaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ patvāna antime attabhāvamhi lokaggapuggalaṃ nāthaṃ nāthabhūtaṃ sabbasattahite rataṃ metteyyaṃ metteyyanāmakaṃ munipuṅgavaṃ muniseṭṭhaṃ disvāna tassa dhīrassa saddhammadesanaṃ sutvā aggaṃ phalaṃ arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā labhitvā jinasāsanaṃ sobheyyaṃ sobhāpeyyanti ayaṃ pākaṭayojanā.
不过,如果按照这种解释,智者们并不接受这位阿阇梨尊者的说法。为什么呢?因为在这里,阿阇梨的愿望是:从这一生之后的第二生,在三十三天成为天子,证得入流果,然后在最后一生中,听闻弥勒世尊说法之后,证得阿拉汉果。这个愿望是不合理的。因为入流者不会再投生到七有以上;而三十三天的天神们,即使经过一百生、一千生、十万生,也等不到弥勒世尊出现的时候。如果有人辩解说“可以在中间投生到梵天界,然后在弥勒世尊的时代再成为人”,这样也说不通。因为已经往生梵天界的圣者们,不会再投生到欲界。在《阿毗达摩双论》中确实已经说过:“从色界死后投生到欲界的有情,只有七种随眠随增。”如果有人辩解说“就住在梵天界证得最高的果位”,但在阿阇梨的说法里看不到这一点,因为他说的是“要庄严如来教法”,所以只提到以比丘的身份。不是比丘身份就不能庄严教法。在《阿毗达摩义释》中——巴利
Etissāya pana yojanāya sati ācariyavarassa vacanaṃ na sampaṭicchanti paṇḍitā. Kathaṃ? Ettha hi ito dutiyabhave tāvatiṃsabhavane devaputto hutvā sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā antimabhave metteyyassa bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā arahattaphalaṃ labheyyanti ācariyassa patthanā, sā ayuttarūpā hoti. Sotāpannassa hi sattabhavato uddhaṃ paṭisandhi natthi, tāvatiṃsānañca devānaṃ bhavasatenapi bhavasahassenapi bhavasatasahassenapi metteyyassa bhagavato uppajjanakālo appattabbo hoti. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘antarā brahmaloke nibbattitvā metteyyassa bhagavato kāle manusso bhaveyyā’’ti, evampi na yujjati. Na hi brahmalokagatānaṃ ariyānaṃ puna kāmabhavūpapatti atthi. Vuttañhi abhidhamme yamakappakaraṇe (yama. 2.anusayayamaka. 312) ‘‘rūpadhātuyā cutassa kāmadhātuṃ upapajjantassa satteva anusayā anusentī’’ti. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘brahmalokeyeva ṭhatvā aggaphalaṃ labheyyā’’ti, tathā ca ācariyassa vacane na dissati, ‘‘sobheyyaṃ jinasāsana’’nti vuttattā bhikkhubhūtattameva dissati. Na hi bhikkhubhūto sāsanaṃ sobhāpetuṃ sakkoti. Abhidhammatthavibhāvaniyañca –
那时,那位清净心者正在弘扬他的教法;
愿我能见到他、敬奉他,他是我心中尊贵的舍利弗。巴利
‘‘Jotayantaṃ tadā tassa, sāsanaṃ suddhamānasaṃ; Passeyyaṃ sakkareyyañca, garuṃ me sārisambhava’’nti. –
这里说的就是“已成为比丘”这件事。假如有人这样说:“在中间阶段成为长寿的地居天,那时才成为人”,这样也不成立,因为已经是一位佛陀弟子中的圣者,不可能再成为另一位佛陀的弟子。然而,这位阿阇梨通达一切教典,造了许多论书,是许多造论长老的老师,也是他们老师的老师,因此这些偈颂不只是在这里安立,也在名为《义理阐明》的律注疏末尾安立了,所以这里必定有其道理,应当审察这件事。巴利
Bhikkhubhūtameva vuttaṃ. Athāpi vadeyya ‘‘antarā dīghāyuko bhummadevo hutvā tadā manusso bhaveyyā’’ti, evampi ekassa buddhassa sāvakabhūto ariyapuggalo puna aññassa buddhassa sāvako na bhaveyyāti, ācariyo pana sabbapariyattidharo anekaganthakārako anekesaṃ ganthakārakānaṃ therānaṃ ācariyapācariyabhūto, tena na kevalaṃ idheva imā gāthāyo ṭhapitā, atha kho sāratthadīpanīnāmikāya vinayaṭīkāya avasāne ca ṭhapitā, tasmā bhavitabbamettha kāraṇenāti vīmaṃsitabbametaṃ.
或者,用这种方式……中略……成为天子后,先获得前面所说的果报——在三十三天乐于欢喜、戒行等功德,也就是所谓不执著五欲的利益;在最后身……中略……而庄严。或者,用这种方式……中略……不执著五欲,在最后身……中略……听闻正法后,先证得入流果,之后证得最上的阿拉汉果,庄严如来教法——这是句义连接。就像我们世尊开示转法轮经时,阿若憍陈如长老听闻后证得入流果,后来证得阿拉汉果,庄严了如来教法——这就是这里的意思。除此之外,还有其他符合长老说法的解释方式,智者应当自行思择。巴利
Atha vā iminā…pe… devaputto hutvā paṭhamaṃ tāva phalaṃ yathāvuttaṃ tāvatiṃse pamodanasīlācāraguṇe rataṃ pañcakāmesu alaggabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ patvāna antime attabhāvamhi…pe… sobheyyanti yojanā. Atha vā iminā…pe… pañcakāmesu alaggo hutvā antime attabhāvamhi…pe… saddhammadesanaṃ sutvā paṭhamaṃ phalaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā tato paraṃ aggaphalaṃ arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā jinasāsanaṃ sobheyyanti yojanā. Yathā amhākaṃ bhagavato dhammacakkappavattanasuttantadhammadesanaṃ sutvā aññātakoṇḍaññatthero sotāpattiphalaṃ patvā pacchā arahattaphalaṃ adhigantvā jinasāsanaṃ sobhesi, evanti attho. Ito aññānipi nayāni yathā therassa vacanānukūlāni, tāni paṇḍitehi cintetabbāni.